From 70f009fb3e8ce914b0774f979ce799e40ecec9a5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: wangdengke2 Date: Mon, 24 Nov 2025 12:07:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH] rds_umn Reviewed-by: Wagner, Fabian Co-authored-by: wangdengke2 Co-committed-by: wangdengke2 --- docs/rds/umn/ALL_META.TXT.json | 1723 ++++++----------- docs/rds/umn/CLASS.TXT.json | 1495 +++++++------- docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001145051720.png | Bin 296 -> 0 bytes docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001145051748.png | Bin 184 -> 0 bytes docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001145051802.png | Bin 295 -> 0 bytes docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001145051804.png | Bin 203 -> 0 bytes docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001145051822.png | Bin 203 -> 0 bytes docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001145211428.png | Bin 182 -> 0 bytes docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001145211434.png | Bin 184 -> 0 bytes docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001145211446.png | Bin 296 -> 0 bytes docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001145211550.png | Bin 627 -> 0 bytes docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001145211620.png | Bin 184 -> 0 bytes docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191131297.png | Bin 203 -> 0 bytes docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191131307.png | Bin 529 -> 0 bytes docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191131343.png | Bin 627 -> 0 bytes docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191131359.png | Bin 296 -> 0 bytes docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191131369.png | Bin 184 -> 0 bytes docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191131399.png | Bin 627 -> 0 bytes docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191131411.png | Bin 296 -> 0 bytes docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191131423.png | Bin 184 -> 0 bytes docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191131441.png | Bin 203 -> 0 bytes docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191131453.png | Bin 296 -> 0 bytes docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191131469.png | Bin 627 -> 0 bytes docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191131497.png | Bin 295 -> 0 bytes docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191211453.png | Bin 182 -> 0 bytes docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191211455.png | Bin 295 -> 0 bytes docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191211539.png | Bin 296 -> 0 bytes docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191211577.png | Bin 529 -> 0 bytes docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191211667.png | Bin 184 -> 0 bytes docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001520982189.png | Bin 184 -> 0 bytes docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002459434180.png | Bin 0 -> 325 bytes docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002459593788.png | Bin 0 -> 325 bytes docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002459664204.png | Bin 0 -> 325 bytes docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002459664212.png | Bin 0 -> 325 bytes docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002459797326.png | Bin 0 -> 245 bytes docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002459823832.png | Bin 0 -> 245 bytes docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002459846176.png | Bin 0 -> 245 bytes docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002492673373.png | Bin 0 -> 325 bytes docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002492732049.png | Bin 0 -> 245 bytes docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002492743401.png | Bin 0 -> 1004 bytes docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002492831361.png | Bin 0 -> 325 bytes docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002492863365.png | Bin 0 -> 1004 bytes docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002492863369.png | Bin 0 -> 325 bytes docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002492885721.png | Bin 0 -> 245 bytes docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002500427729.png | Bin 0 -> 174 bytes docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002500515149.png | Bin 0 -> 174 bytes docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002509454071.png | Bin 0 -> 245 bytes docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002514985127.png | Bin 0 -> 174 bytes .../rds/umn/en-us_topic_add_read_replica.html | 157 +- .../rds/umn/en-us_topic_connect_instance.html | 2 +- docs/rds/umn/en-us_topic_scale_cluster.html | 10 +- docs/rds/umn/en-us_topic_scale_rds.html | 6 +- .../en-us_topic_sqlserver_reset_password.html | 2 +- .../umn/public_sys-resources/commonltr.css | 2 +- .../public_sys-resources/commonltr_print.css | 2 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_01_0089.html | 2 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_02_0008.html | 240 +-- docs/rds/umn/rds_02_0016.html | 10 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_02_0047.html | 8 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_02_0051.html | 10 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_03_0007.html | 8 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_03_0011.html | 144 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_03_0013.html | 8 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_03_0065.html | 205 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_03_0100.html | 2 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_04_0061.html | 211 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_05_0001.html | 4 + docs/rds/umn/rds_05_0003.html | 2 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_05_0005.html | 2 + docs/rds/umn/rds_05_0023.html | 3 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_05_0024.html | 2 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_05_0038.html | 2 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_05_0039.html | 2 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_05_0060.html | 2 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_05_0085.html | 19 + docs/rds/umn/rds_05_0140.html | 66 + docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0003.html | 3 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0004.html | 2 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0005.html | 4 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0006.html | 6 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0007.html | 2 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0008.html | 2 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0009.html | 4 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0010.html | 2 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0013.html | 2 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0025.html | 193 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0037.html | 9 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0024.html | 2 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0026.html | 3 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0027.html | 2 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0028.html | 4 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0029.html | 2 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0030.html | 2 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0031.html | 6 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0032.html | 4 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0033.html | 2 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0045.html | 69 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0065.html | 6 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_10_0004.html | 2 - docs/rds/umn/rds_10_0055.html | 4 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_10_0101.html | 2 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0006.html | 2 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0010.html | 4 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0013.html | 4 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0015.html | 6 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0017.html | 6 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0018.html | 4 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0019.html | 2 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0022.html | 2 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0024.html | 11 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0026.html | 2 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0027.html | 145 ++ docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0031.html | 2 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0032.html | 3 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0047.html | 2 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0050.html | 4 + docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0066.html | 19 + docs/rds/umn/rds_add_read_replica_pg.html | 159 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_change_database_port.html | 9 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_faq_0050.html | 10 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_faq_0051.html | 2 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_faq_0065.html | 7 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_faq_0100.html | 2 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_faq_0119.html | 2 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_history_0008.html | 9 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_modify_availability.html | 2 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_modify_instance_name.html | 4 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_05_0001.html | 4 + docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_05_0003.html | 5 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_05_0005.html | 2 + docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_05_0023.html | 3 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_05_0024.html | 2 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_05_0026.html | 15 + docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_05_0038.html | 2 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_05_0039.html | 2 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_05_0060.html | 2 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_05_0084.html | 19 + docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_06_0001.html | 8 - docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_08_0025.html | 47 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_08_0033.html | 4 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_08_0037.html | 9 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_10_0004.html | 2 - docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_11_0004.html | 6 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_11_0005.html | 2 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_change_database_port.html | 9 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_modify_availability.html | 2 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_modify_instance_name.html | 4 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_public_accessibility.html | 6 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_reset_password.html | 2 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_scale_cluster.html | 10 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_scale_rds.html | 4 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_switch_ha.html | 5 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_public_accessibility.html | 4 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_reset_password.html | 2 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_sql_auditing_log.html | 2 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_0024.html | 21 + docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_0025.html | 4 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_05_0005.html | 2 + docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_05_0008.html | 4 + docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_05_0023.html | 3 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_05_0024.html | 2 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_05_0038.html | 2 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_05_0050.html | 45 + docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_05_0117.html | 51 + docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_11_0004.html | 6 +- .../rds_sqlserver_change_database_port.html | 11 +- .../rds_sqlserver_modify_availability.html | 2 +- .../rds_sqlserver_modify_instance_name.html | 4 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_scale_cluster.html | 4 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_scale_rds.html | 4 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_switch_ha.html | 5 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_switch_ha.html | 5 +- 172 files changed, 2796 insertions(+), 2677 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001145051720.png delete mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001145051748.png delete mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001145051802.png delete mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001145051804.png delete mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001145051822.png delete mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001145211428.png delete mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001145211434.png delete mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001145211446.png delete mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001145211550.png delete mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001145211620.png delete mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191131297.png delete mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191131307.png delete mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191131343.png delete mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191131359.png delete mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191131369.png delete mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191131399.png delete mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191131411.png delete mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191131423.png delete mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191131441.png delete mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191131453.png delete mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191131469.png delete mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191131497.png delete mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191211453.png delete mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191211455.png delete mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191211539.png delete mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191211577.png delete mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191211667.png delete mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001520982189.png create mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002459434180.png create mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002459593788.png create mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002459664204.png create mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002459664212.png create mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002459797326.png create mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002459823832.png create mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002459846176.png create mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002492673373.png create mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002492732049.png create mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002492743401.png create mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002492831361.png create mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002492863365.png create mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002492863369.png create mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002492885721.png create mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002500427729.png create mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002500515149.png create mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002509454071.png create mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002514985127.png create mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/rds_05_0085.html create mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/rds_05_0140.html create mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0027.html create mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0066.html create mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_05_0026.html create mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_05_0084.html create mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_0024.html create mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_05_0050.html create mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_05_0117.html diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/ALL_META.TXT.json b/docs/rds/umn/ALL_META.TXT.json index ba440eacc..724257bbb 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/ALL_META.TXT.json +++ b/docs/rds/umn/ALL_META.TXT.json @@ -1525,10 +1525,7 @@ "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -1546,10 +1543,7 @@ "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -1567,10 +1561,7 @@ "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -1588,10 +1579,7 @@ "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -1609,10 +1597,7 @@ "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -1630,10 +1615,7 @@ "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -1651,10 +1633,7 @@ "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -1672,10 +1651,7 @@ "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -1693,10 +1669,7 @@ "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -1714,10 +1687,7 @@ "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -1735,10 +1705,7 @@ "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -1756,10 +1723,7 @@ "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -1777,10 +1741,7 @@ "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -1798,10 +1759,7 @@ "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -1819,10 +1777,7 @@ "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -1840,10 +1795,7 @@ "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -1861,10 +1813,7 @@ "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -1882,31 +1831,43 @@ "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], "title":"Instance Modifications", "githuburl":"" }, + { + "uri":"rds_08_0025.html", + "node_id":"rds_08_0025.xml", + "product_code":"rds", + "code":"91", + "des":"On the Overview page, you can get knowledge of the overall status of your RDS for MySQL instance, including alarms, intelligent anomaly diagnosis, and key performance met", + "doc_type":"usermanual", + "kw":"Introduction to Instance Overview,Instance Modifications,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"rds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], + "title":"Introduction to Instance Overview", + "githuburl":"" + }, { "uri":"rds_05_0003.html", "node_id":"rds_05_0003.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"91", + "code":"92", "des":"RDS for MySQL supports minor version upgrades to improve performance, add new functions, and fix bugs.The upgrade will cause the DB instance to reboot and interrupt servi", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"RDS for MySQL,MySQL,Upgrading a Minor Version,Instance Modifications,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -1917,17 +1878,14 @@ "uri":"rds_modify_instance_name.html", "node_id":"rds_modify_instance_name.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"92", - "des":"You can change the name of a primary DB instance or read replica.Alternatively, click the target DB instance to go to the Basic Information page. In the DB Instance Name ", + "code":"93", + "des":"You can change the name of a primary DB instance or read replica.Alternatively, click the target DB instance to go to the Overview page. Under DB Instance Name, click to", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"name,Changing a DB Instance Name,Instance Modifications,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -1938,17 +1896,14 @@ "uri":"rds_modify_availability.html", "node_id":"rds_modify_availability.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"93", + "code":"94", "des":"You can configure the failover priority for reliability or for availability, depending on your service requirements.Reliability: This option is selected by default. Data ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"failover priority,Changing the Failover Priority,Instance Modifications,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -1959,17 +1914,14 @@ "uri":"en-us_topic_scale_rds.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_scale_rds.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"94", + "code":"95", "des":"You can change the instance class (CPU or memory) of a DB instance as required. If the status of a DB instance changes from Changing instance class to Available, the chan", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"CPU or memory,Changing a DB Instance Class,Instance Modifications,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -1980,17 +1932,14 @@ "uri":"en-us_topic_scale_cluster.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_scale_cluster.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"95", + "code":"96", "des":"If the original storage space is insufficient as your services grow, scale up storage space of your DB instance.You are advised to set alarm rules for the storage space u", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"scale up storage space,scale up storage space,MySQL,Scaling up Storage Space,Instance Modifications,", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -2001,38 +1950,50 @@ "uri":"rds_05_0039.html", "node_id":"rds_05_0039.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"96", + "code":"97", "des":"With storage autoscaling enabled, when RDS detects that you are running out of database space, it automatically scales up your storage.Autoscaling up the storage of a rea", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Storage Autoscaling,Instance Modifications,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], "title":"Storage Autoscaling", "githuburl":"" }, + { + "uri":"rds_05_0140.html", + "node_id":"rds_05_0140.xml", + "product_code":"rds", + "code":"98", + "des":"If the storage type of your RDS DB instance does not match your workloads, you can change it as needed.Alternatively, click the instance name to go to the Overview page. ", + "doc_type":"usermanual", + "kw":"Changing a Storage Type,Instance Modifications,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"rds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], + "title":"Changing a Storage Type", + "githuburl":"" + }, { "uri":"rds_05_0038.html", "node_id":"rds_05_0038.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"97", + "code":"99", "des":"The maintenance window is 02:00–06:00 by default and you can change it as required. To prevent service interruptions, you are advised to set the maintenance window to off", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Changing the Maintenance Window,Instance Modifications,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -2043,17 +2004,14 @@ "uri":"rds_05_0023.html", "node_id":"rds_05_0023.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"98", + "code":"100", "des":"RDS enables you to change single DB instances to primary/standby DB instances to improve instance reliability. This operation does not affect the services running on the ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"change single DB instances to primary/standby DB instances,Changing a DB Instance Type from Single t", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -2064,17 +2022,14 @@ "uri":"rds_switch_ha.html", "node_id":"rds_switch_ha.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"99", + "code":"101", "des":"If you choose to create primary/standby DB instances, RDS will create a primary DB instance and a synchronous standby DB instance in the same region. You can access the p", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Manually Switching Between Primary and Standby DB Instances,Instance Modifications,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -2085,17 +2040,14 @@ "uri":"rds_05_0060.html", "node_id":"rds_05_0060.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"100", + "code":"102", "des":"You can migrate a standby DB instance to another AZ in the same region as the original AZ.Primary/standby instances running MySQL 5.7, or 8.0 support standby instance mig", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Migrating a Standby DB Instance,Instance Modifications,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -2106,17 +2058,14 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0011.html", "node_id":"rds_11_0011.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"101", + "code":"103", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Read Replicas", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -2127,17 +2076,14 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0012.html", "node_id":"rds_11_0012.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"102", + "code":"104", "des":"RDS for MySQL supports read replicas.In read-intensive scenarios, a single DB instance may be unable to handle the read pressure and service performance may be affected. ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"read replicas,MySQL,Introducing Read Replicas,Read Replicas,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -2148,17 +2094,14 @@ "uri":"en-us_topic_add_read_replica.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_add_read_replica.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"103", + "code":"105", "des":"Read replicas are used to enhance the read capabilities and reduce the load on primary DB instances.After DB instances are created, you can create read replicas for them.", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "kw":"create read replicas,create read replicas,Creating a Read Replica,Read Replicas,User Guide", + "kw":"create read replicas,Creating a Read Replica,Read Replicas,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -2169,17 +2112,14 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0015.html", "node_id":"rds_11_0015.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"104", + "code":"106", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Managing a Read Replica,Read Replicas,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -2190,17 +2130,14 @@ "uri":"rds_05_0034.html", "node_id":"rds_05_0034.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"105", + "code":"107", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Backups and Restorations", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -2211,17 +2148,14 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0024.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0024.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"106", + "code":"108", "des":"RDS for MySQL automatically creates backups for DB instances during the backup time window. The backups are stored based on a preset retention period (1 to 732 days).A ba", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Introduction to Backups,Backups and Restorations,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -2232,17 +2166,14 @@ "uri":"en-us_topic_backup_restore.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_backup_restore.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"107", + "code":"109", "des":"RDS for MySQL supports multiple backup types. Based on different dimensions, there are the following backup types:", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Backup Types,Backups and Restorations,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -2253,17 +2184,14 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0004.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0004.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"108", + "code":"110", "des":"When you create a DB instance, an automated backup policy is enabled by default. For security purposes, the automated backup policy cannot be disabled. After the DB insta", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Configuring an Intra-Region Backup Policy,Backups and Restorations,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -2274,17 +2202,14 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0005.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0005.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"109", + "code":"111", "des":"RDS allows you to create manual backups of a running primary DB instance. You can use these backups to restore data.When you delete a DB instance, its automated backups a", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"create manual backups,Creating a Manual Backup,Backups and Restorations,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -2295,17 +2220,14 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0006.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0006.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"110", + "code":"112", "des":"This section describes how to download a manual or an automated backup file to a local device and restore data from the backup file.RDS for MySQL enables you to download ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"download a manual or an automated backup file,RDS for MySQL,full backup files,Downloading a Backup F", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -2316,17 +2238,14 @@ "uri":"rds_03_0100.html", "node_id":"rds_03_0100.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"111", + "code":"113", "des":"RDS for MySQL allows you to download binlog backup files to your client computer and use them to restore DB instances if necessary.You can also select the binlog backups ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"binlog backup files,Downloading a Binlog Backup File,Backups and Restorations,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -2337,17 +2256,14 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0007.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0007.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"112", + "code":"114", "des":"This section describes how to use an automated or manual backup to restore a DB instance to the status when the backup was created. The restoration is at the DB instance ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Restoring from Backup Files to DB Instances,Backups and Restorations,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -2358,17 +2274,14 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0044.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0044.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"113", + "code":"115", "des":"You can download backup files by referring to Downloading a Backup File and restore data from them.Backup data cannot be restored to local databases that run the Windows ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Restoring from Backup Files to a Self-Built MySQL Database,Backups and Restorations,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -2379,17 +2292,14 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0008.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0008.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"114", + "code":"116", "des":"You can restore from automated backups to a specified point in time.RDS for MySQL supports restoration to a new, the original, or an existing DB instance.When you enter t", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"RDS for MySQL,restoration to a new, the original,,Restoring a DB Instance to a Point in Time,Backups", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -2400,17 +2310,14 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0009.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0009.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"115", + "code":"117", "des":"This section describes how to replicate a manual or an automated backup. The new backup name must be different from the original backup name.You can replicate backups and", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"replicate a manual or an automated backup,Replicating a Backup,Backups and Restorations,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -2421,17 +2328,14 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0010.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0010.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"116", + "code":"118", "des":"You can delete manual backups to free up backup storage.Deleted manual backups cannot be recovered. Exercise caution when performing this operation.The following backups ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Deleting a Manual Backup,Backups and Restorations,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -2442,17 +2346,14 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0011.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0011.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"117", + "code":"119", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Parameter Template Management", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -2463,17 +2364,14 @@ "uri":"en-us_topic_parameter_group.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_parameter_group.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"118", + "code":"120", "des":"You can use database parameter templates to manage the DB engine configuration. A database parameter template acts as a container for engine configuration values that can", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Creating a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -2484,17 +2382,14 @@ "uri":"rds_configuration.html", "node_id":"rds_configuration.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"119", + "code":"121", "des":"You can modify parameters in a custom parameter template to optimize RDS database performance.You can only change parameter values in custom parameter templates. You cann", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Modifying Parameters,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -2505,17 +2400,14 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0043.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0043.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"120", + "code":"122", "des":"RDS allows you to import new parameter templates for future use. To apply an imported parameter template to new DB instances, see Applying a Parameter Template.Only param", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Importing a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -2526,17 +2418,14 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0042.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0042.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"121", + "code":"123", "des":"You can export a parameter template of a DB instance for future use. You can also apply the exported parameter template to DB instances by referring to Applying a Paramet", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Exporting a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -2547,17 +2436,14 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0012.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0012.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"122", + "code":"124", "des":"You can compare DB instance parameters with a parameter template that uses the same DB engine to understand the differences of parameter settings.You can also compare def", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Compare,Comparing Parameter Templates,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -2568,17 +2454,14 @@ "uri":"rds_05_0099.html", "node_id":"rds_05_0099.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"123", + "code":"125", "des":"You can view the change history of DB instance parameters or custom parameter templates.An exported or custom parameter template has initially a blank change history.You ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing Parameter Change History,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -2589,17 +2472,14 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0014.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0014.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"124", + "code":"126", "des":"You can replicate a parameter template you have created. When you have already created a parameter template and want to include most of the custom parameters and values f", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Replicating a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -2610,17 +2490,14 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0015.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0015.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"125", + "code":"127", "des":"You can reset all parameters in a custom parameter template to their default settings.If the DB instance status is Parameter change. Pending reboot, a reboot is required ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Resetting a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -2631,17 +2508,14 @@ "uri":"rds_05_0018.html", "node_id":"rds_05_0018.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"126", + "code":"128", "des":"You can apply parameter templates to DB instances as needed.The parameter innodb_buffer_pool_size is determined by the memory. DB instances of different specifications ha", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Applying a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -2652,17 +2526,14 @@ "uri":"rds_05_0098.html", "node_id":"rds_05_0098.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"127", + "code":"129", "des":"You can view the application records of a parameter template.You can view the name or ID of the DB instance that the parameter template applies to, as well as the applica", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing Application Records of a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -2673,17 +2544,14 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0016.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0016.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"128", + "code":"130", "des":"You can modify the description of a parameter template you have created.You cannot modify the description of a default parameter template.The description consists of a ma", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Modifying a Parameter Template Description,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -2694,17 +2562,14 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0017.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0017.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"129", + "code":"131", "des":"You can delete a custom parameter template that is no longer in use.Deleted parameter templates cannot be recovered. Exercise caution when performing this operation.Defau", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Deleting a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -2715,17 +2580,14 @@ "uri":"rds_05_0005.html", "node_id":"rds_05_0005.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"130", + "code":"132", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Connection Management", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -2736,38 +2598,50 @@ "uri":"rds_05_0024.html", "node_id":"rds_05_0024.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"131", + "code":"133", "des":"You can change floating IP addresses after migrating on-premises databases or other cloud databases to RDS.After a floating IP address is changed, the domain name needs t", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"change floating IP addresses,automatically-assigned IP address,change the floating IP address,Config", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], "title":"Configuring and Changing a Floating IP Address", "githuburl":"" }, + { + "uri":"rds_05_0085.html", + "node_id":"rds_05_0085.xml", + "product_code":"rds", + "code":"134", + "des":"You can connect to RDS DB instances through private domain names.Changing the private domain name will interrupt your database connection. To reconnect to the instance, c", + "doc_type":"usermanual", + "kw":"Changing a Private Domain Name,Connection Management,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"rds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], + "title":"Changing a Private Domain Name", + "githuburl":"" + }, { "uri":"rds_public_accessibility.html", "node_id":"rds_public_accessibility.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"132", + "code":"135", "des":"By default, a DB instance is not publicly accessible (not bound with an EIP) after being created. You can bind an EIP to a DB instance for public accessibility, and you c", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Binding and Unbinding an EIP,Connection Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -2778,17 +2652,14 @@ "uri":"rds_change_database_port.html", "node_id":"rds_change_database_port.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"133", + "code":"136", "des":"This section describes how to change the database port of a primary DB instance or a read replica. For primary/standby DB instances, changing the database port of the pri", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"change the database port of a primary DB instance or a read replica,Changing a Database Port,Connect", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -2799,17 +2670,14 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0009.html", "node_id":"rds_11_0009.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"134", + "code":"137", "des":"A security group is a collection of access control rules for ECSs and RDS DB instances that have the same security protection requirements and are mutually trusted in a V", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"security group,RDS,RDS,RDS,RDS,RDS,Configuring a Security Group Rule,Connection Management,User Guid", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -2820,17 +2688,14 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0050.html", "node_id":"rds_11_0050.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"135", + "code":"138", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Database Proxy (Read/Write Splitting)", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -2841,38 +2706,50 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0035.html", "node_id":"rds_11_0035.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"136", + "code":"139", "des":"Read/write splitting enables read and write requests to be automatically routed through a read/write splitting address. You can enable read/write splitting after read rep", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Introducing Read/Write Splitting,Database Proxy (Read/Write Splitting),User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], "title":"Introducing Read/Write Splitting", "githuburl":"" }, + { + "uri":"rds_11_0027.html", + "node_id":"rds_11_0027.xml", + "product_code":"rds", + "code":"140", + "des":"The following table describes the updates in each kernel version of RDS for MySQL database proxy.", + "doc_type":"usermanual", + "kw":"Kernel Versions,Database Proxy (Read/Write Splitting),User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"rds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], + "title":"Kernel Versions", + "githuburl":"" + }, { "uri":"rds_11_0047.html", "node_id":"rds_11_0047.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"137", + "code":"141", "des":"In most cases, an RDS for MySQL proxy instance sends all requests in transactions to the primary DB instance to ensure transaction correctness. However, in some framework", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Configuring Transaction Splitting,Database Proxy (Read/Write Splitting),User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -2883,17 +2760,14 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0017.html", "node_id":"rds_11_0017.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"138", + "code":"142", "des":"Read/write splitting enables read and write requests to be automatically routed through a read/write splitting address. This section describes how to enable read/write sp", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Enabling Read/Write Splitting,Database Proxy (Read/Write Splitting),User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -2904,17 +2778,14 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0018.html", "node_id":"rds_11_0018.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"139", + "code":"143", "des":"After read/write splitting is enabled, you can configure the delay threshold and routing policy as required.The system automatically distributes weights to read replicas,", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Configuring the Delay Threshold and Routing Policy,Database Proxy (Read/Write Splitting),User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -2925,38 +2796,50 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0026.html", "node_id":"rds_11_0026.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"140", + "code":"144", "des":"After read/write splitting is enabled, you can change the read/write splitting address.Changing the read/write splitting address will interrupt database connections and s", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"change the read/write splitting address,Changing the Read/Write Splitting Address,Database Proxy (Re", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], "title":"Changing the Read/Write Splitting Address", "githuburl":"" }, + { + "uri":"rds_11_0066.html", + "node_id":"rds_11_0066.xml", + "product_code":"rds", + "code":"145", + "des":"After a database proxy is created, you can apply for a private domain name for it and change the domain name later as needed.The private domain name must be unique in a g", + "doc_type":"usermanual", + "kw":"Applying for and Changing a Private Domain Name for a Database Proxy,Database Proxy (Read/Write Spli", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"rds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], + "title":"Applying for and Changing a Private Domain Name for a Database Proxy", + "githuburl":"" + }, { "uri":"rds_11_0028.html", "node_id":"rds_11_0028.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"141", + "code":"146", "des":"You can change the instance class (vCPU or memory) of a DB proxy instance as required. If the DB instance status changes from Changing proxy instance class to Available, ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"vCPU or memory,Changing the Instance Class of a DB Proxy Instance,Database Proxy (Read/Write Splitti", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -2967,17 +2850,14 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0045.html", "node_id":"rds_11_0045.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"142", + "code":"147", "des":"After read/write splitting is enabled, you can change the number of proxy nodes as required.Read/write splitting has been enabled.The primary DB instance, read replicas, ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Changing the Number of Proxy Nodes,Database Proxy (Read/Write Splitting),User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -2988,17 +2868,14 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0024.html", "node_id":"rds_11_0024.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"143", - "des":"You can manually upgrade the RDS for MySQL database proxy to the latest kernel version to improve performance, add new functions, and fix problems.Intermittent disconnect", + "code":"148", + "des":"You can manually upgrade the RDS for MySQL database proxy to the latest kernel version to improve performance, add new functions, and fix problems.For details about kerne", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Upgrading the Kernel Version of Database Proxy,Database Proxy (Read/Write Splitting),User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -3009,17 +2886,14 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0025.html", "node_id":"rds_11_0025.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"144", + "code":"149", "des":"If load balancing is enabled for a database proxy instance, the security group associated with the proxy instance does not apply. You need to use access control to grant ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Enabling or Disabling Access Control,Database Proxy (Read/Write Splitting),User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -3030,17 +2904,14 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0019.html", "node_id":"rds_11_0019.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"145", + "code":"150", "des":"You can disable read/write splitting as required.If the database proxy is disabled, read/write splitting is also disabled and services using the read/write splitting addr", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Disabling Read/Write Splitting,Database Proxy (Read/Write Splitting),User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -3051,17 +2922,14 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0020.html", "node_id":"rds_11_0020.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"146", + "code":"151", "des":"This section describes the rules of distributing read weights to DB instances of different specifications.When the system automatically sets the read weights for DB insta", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Rules for Distributing Weights,Database Proxy (Read/Write Splitting),User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -3072,17 +2940,14 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0021.html", "node_id":"rds_11_0021.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"147", + "code":"152", "des":"After read/write splitting is enabled, databases can be connected through a read/write splitting address. You can use internal SQL commands to verify the read/write split", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Testing Read/Write Splitting Performance,Database Proxy (Read/Write Splitting),User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -3093,7 +2958,7 @@ "uri":"rds_22_0024.html", "node_id":"rds_22_0024.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"148", + "code":"153", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Problem Diagnosis and SQL Analysis", @@ -3111,7 +2976,7 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0037.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0037.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"149", + "code":"154", "des":"DBA Assistant provides visualized database O&M and intelligent diagnosis for developers and database administrators (DBAs), making database O&M easy and efficient. By ana", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Function Overview,Problem Diagnosis and SQL Analysis,User Guide", @@ -3129,7 +2994,7 @@ "uri":"rds_10_0004.html", "node_id":"rds_10_0004.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"150", + "code":"155", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Performance Monitoring", @@ -3143,29 +3008,11 @@ "title":"Performance Monitoring", "githuburl":"" }, - { - "uri":"rds_08_0025.html", - "node_id":"rds_08_0025.xml", - "product_code":"rds", - "code":"151", - "des":"On the Dashboard page, you can get knowledge of the overall status of your instance, including alarms, resource usages, and key performance metrics. DBA Assistant diagnos", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "kw":"Viewing the Overall Status of a DB Instance,Performance Monitoring,User Guide", - "search_title":"", - "metedata":[ - { - "prodname":"rds", - "documenttype":"usermanual" - } - ], - "title":"Viewing the Overall Status of a DB Instance", - "githuburl":"" - }, { "uri":"rds_08_0027.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0027.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"152", + "code":"156", "des":"DBA Assistant allows you to view the performance metrics of your DB instance. Historical trends of performance metrics within a specified time period help you learn about", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing Performance Metrics of a DB Instance,Performance Monitoring,User Guide", @@ -3183,7 +3030,7 @@ "uri":"rds_10_0005.html", "node_id":"rds_10_0005.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"153", + "code":"157", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Problem Diagnosis", @@ -3201,7 +3048,7 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0026.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0026.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"154", + "code":"158", "des":"You can view current session statistics of your instance, identify abnormal sessions, and kill the sessions.Viewing session statisticsIn the sessions statistics, you can ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Managing Real-Time Sessions,Problem Diagnosis,User Guide", @@ -3219,7 +3066,7 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0028.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0028.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"155", + "code":"159", "des":"Data and log storage space and its changes significantly impact database performance. RDS for MySQL shows you the distribution and changes of used storage on the Storage ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Managing Storage Capacity,Problem Diagnosis,User Guide", @@ -3237,7 +3084,7 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0029.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0029.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"156", + "code":"160", "des":"DBA Assistant allows you to check whether your DB instance has metadata locks and InnoDB locks. You can also check the recent deadlock analysis and full deadlock analysis", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Managing Locks & Transactions,Problem Diagnosis,User Guide", @@ -3255,7 +3102,7 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0039.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0039.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"157", + "code":"161", "des":"This function is used to analyze and discover large transactions and the transactions that have been there for a long time without being committed in the database.Data on", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Managing Historical Transactions,Problem Diagnosis,User Guide", @@ -3273,7 +3120,7 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0035.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0035.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"158", + "code":"162", "des":"You can start a diagnosis for your DB instance and subscribe to diagnosis reports.Starting a Diagnosis: You can perform an overall health diagnosis on your instance and v", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Daily Reports,Problem Diagnosis,User Guide", @@ -3291,7 +3138,7 @@ "uri":"rds_10_0006.html", "node_id":"rds_10_0006.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"159", + "code":"163", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"SQL Analysis", @@ -3309,7 +3156,7 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0030.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0030.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"160", + "code":"164", "des":"Slow Query Log displays a chart of SQL statements that are taking too long to execute and allows you to sort slow SQL statements by multiple dimensions, such as by user, ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing Slow Query Logs of a DB Instance,SQL Analysis,User Guide", @@ -3327,7 +3174,7 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0031.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0031.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"161", + "code":"165", "des":"Top SQL shows the SQL queries that have been contribued at most to database load. You can sort them by multiple dimensions.Top SQL needs to be purchased separately. To us", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing Top SQL Statements of a DB Instance,SQL Analysis,User Guide", @@ -3345,7 +3192,7 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0032.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0032.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"162", + "code":"166", "des":"SQL Insights allows you to not only query all executed SQL statements, but also analyze and search for the tables that are accessed and updated most frequently, and the S", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Creating a SQL Insights Task,SQL Analysis,User Guide", @@ -3363,7 +3210,7 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0033.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0033.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"163", + "code":"167", "des":"You can create rules to control concurrent execution of SQL statements by specifying SQL type, keywords, and maximum concurrency. To maintain better performance at high c", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Creating a SQL Throttling Rule,SQL Analysis,User Guide", @@ -3381,17 +3228,14 @@ "uri":"rds_05_0006.html", "node_id":"rds_05_0006.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"164", + "code":"168", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Data Security", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -3402,17 +3246,14 @@ "uri":"rds_reset_password.html", "node_id":"rds_reset_password.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"165", + "code":"169", "des":"You can reset the administrator password of a primary instance.You can also reset the password of your database account when using RDS.If you have changed the administrat", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"reset the administrator password,RDS,Resetting the Administrator Password,Data Security,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -3423,17 +3264,14 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0003.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0003.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"166", + "code":"170", "des":"This section describes how to change the security group of a primary DB instance or read replica. For primary/standby DB instances, changing the security group of the pri", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Changing a Security Group,Data Security,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -3444,17 +3282,14 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0019.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0019.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"167", + "code":"171", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Metrics and Alarms", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -3465,17 +3300,14 @@ "uri":"rds_06_0001.html", "node_id":"rds_06_0001.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"168", + "code":"172", "des":"The RDS Agent monitors RDS DB instances and collects monitoring metrics only.This section describes the RDS metrics that can be monitored by Cloud Eye as well as their na", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Configuring Displayed Metrics,Metrics and Alarms,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -3486,17 +3318,14 @@ "uri":"rds_06_0002.html", "node_id":"rds_06_0002.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"169", + "code":"173", "des":"You can set alarm rules by referring to Setting Alarm Rules to customize the monitored objects and notification policies and keep track of the RDS running status.The RDS ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Setting Alarm Rules,Metrics and Alarms,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -3507,17 +3336,14 @@ "uri":"rds_06_0003.html", "node_id":"rds_06_0003.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"170", + "code":"174", "des":"Cloud Eye monitors the statuses of RDS DB instances. You can view RDS monitoring metrics on the management console.Monitored data takes some time before it can be display", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing Monitoring Metrics,Metrics and Alarms,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -3528,17 +3354,14 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0020.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0020.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"171", + "code":"175", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Interconnection with CTS", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -3549,17 +3372,14 @@ "uri":"rds_06_0004.html", "node_id":"rds_06_0004.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"172", + "code":"176", "des":"Cloud Trace Service (CTS) records operations related to RDS for further query, audit, and backtrack.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Cloud Trace Service (CTS),Key Operations Supported by CTS,Interconnection with CTS,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -3570,17 +3390,14 @@ "uri":"rds_06_0005.html", "node_id":"rds_06_0005.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"173", + "code":"177", "des":"After CTS is enabled, operations on cloud resources are recorded. You can view the operation records of the last 7 days on the CTS console.This section describes how to q", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing Tracing Events,Interconnection with CTS,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -3591,17 +3408,14 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0021.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0021.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"174", + "code":"178", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Log Management", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -3612,17 +3426,14 @@ "uri":"rds_mysql_error_log.html", "node_id":"rds_mysql_error_log.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"175", + "code":"179", "des":"RDS log management allows you to view database-level logs, including error logs and slow SQL query logs.Error logs contain warning- and error-level logs generated during ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing Error Logs,Log Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -3633,17 +3444,14 @@ "uri":"rds_mysql_slow_query_log.html", "node_id":"rds_mysql_slow_query_log.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"176", + "code":"180", "des":"Slow query logs record statements that exceed long_query_time. You can use these logs to identify and optimize the statements that are executing slowly.RDS supports the f", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing Slow Query Logs,Log Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -3654,17 +3462,14 @@ "uri":"rds_switch_log.html", "node_id":"rds_switch_log.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"177", + "code":"181", "des":"You can view failover or switchover logs of MySQL DB instances to evaluate the impact on services.Only failover and switchover logs within 30 days are displayed.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"MySQL,Viewing Failover/Switchover Logs,Log Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -3675,17 +3480,14 @@ "uri":"rds_sql_auditing_log.html", "node_id":"rds_sql_auditing_log.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"178", + "code":"182", "des":"After you enable the SQL audit function, all SQL operations will be recorded in log files. You can download audit logs to view log details.By default, SQL audit is disabl", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Enabling the SQL Audit Function,Log Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -3696,17 +3498,14 @@ "uri":"rds_download_sql_auditing_log.html", "node_id":"rds_download_sql_auditing_log.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"179", + "code":"183", "des":"If you enable the SQL audit function, all SQL operations will be logged, and you can download audit logs to view details. By default, the SQL audit function is disabled. ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Downloading SQL Audit Logs,Log Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -3717,17 +3516,14 @@ "uri":"rds_05_0007.html", "node_id":"rds_05_0007.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"180", + "code":"184", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Task Center", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -3738,17 +3534,14 @@ "uri":"rds_task_0001.html", "node_id":"rds_task_0001.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"181", + "code":"185", "des":"You can view the progress and results of scheduled and instant tasks on the Task Center page.RDS allows you to view and manage the following instant tasks:Creating DB ins", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing a Task,Task Center,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -3759,17 +3552,14 @@ "uri":"rds_task_0002.html", "node_id":"rds_task_0002.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"182", + "code":"186", "des":"You can delete task records so that they are no longer displayed in the task list. This operation only deletes the task records, and does not delete the DB instances or t", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Deleting a Task Record,Task Center,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -3780,17 +3570,14 @@ "uri":"rds_tag.html", "node_id":"rds_tag.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"183", + "code":"187", "des":"Tag Management Service (TMS) enables you to use tags on the management console to manage resources. TMS works with other cloud services to manage tags. TMS manages tags g", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Tag Management Service (TMS),Managing Tags,Working with RDS for MySQL,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -3801,17 +3588,14 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0000.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0000.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"184", + "code":"188", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Working with RDS for PostgreSQL", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -3822,17 +3606,14 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_05_0001_02.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_05_0001_02.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"185", + "code":"189", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Data Migration", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -3843,17 +3624,14 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0023.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0023.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"186", + "code":"190", "des":"PostgreSQL supports logical backups. You can use the pg_dump logical backup function to export backup files and then import them to RDS using psql.You can access RDS DB i", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"PostgreSQL,pg_dump,Migrating Data to RDS for PostgreSQL Using psql,Data Migration,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -3864,17 +3642,14 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_10_0000.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_10_0000.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"187", + "code":"191", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Parameter Tuning", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -3885,17 +3660,14 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_10_0001.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_10_0001.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"188", + "code":"192", "des":"Parameters are key configuration items in a database system. Improper parameter settings may adversely affect the stable running of databases. This section describes some", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Suggestions on PostgreSQL Parameter Tuning,Parameter Tuning,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -3906,17 +3678,14 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_07_0000.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_07_0000.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"189", + "code":"193", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Permissions Management", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -3927,17 +3696,14 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_07_0002.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_07_0002.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"190", + "code":"194", "des":"This chapter describes how to use Identity and Access Management (IAM) for fine-grained permissions management for your RDS resources. With IAM, you can:Create IAM users ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"RDS,RDS,RDS,Creating a User and Granting Permissions,Permissions Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -3948,17 +3714,14 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_07_0003.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_07_0003.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"191", + "code":"195", "des":"Custom policies can be created to supplement the system policies of RDS.You can create custom policies in either of the following two ways:Visual editor: Select cloud ser", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"RDS,RDS Custom Policies,Permissions Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -3969,17 +3732,14 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_05_0000.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_05_0000.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"192", + "code":"196", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Instance Lifecycle", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -3990,17 +3750,14 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_05_0055.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_05_0055.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"193", + "code":"197", "des":"This section describes how to quickly create a DB instance with the same configurations as the selected one.You can create DB instances with the same configurations numer", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"create a DB instance with the same configurations as the selected one,Creating a Same DB Instance as", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -4011,17 +3768,14 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_stop.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_stop.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"194", + "code":"198", "des":"If you use DB instances only for routine development, you can temporarily stop instances to save money. You can stop an instance for up to seven days.If you stop a primar", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Stopping a DB Instance,Instance Lifecycle,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -4032,17 +3786,14 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_start.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_start.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"195", + "code":"199", "des":"You can stop your instance temporarily to save money. After stopping your instance, you can restart it to begin using it again.If you start a primary instance, read repli", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Starting a DB Instance,Instance Lifecycle,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -4053,17 +3804,14 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0024.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0024.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"196", + "code":"200", "des":"You may need to reboot a DB instance during maintenance. For example, after modifying some parameters, a reboot is required for the modifications to take effect. You can ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Rebooting DB Instances or Read Replicas,Instance Lifecycle,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -4074,17 +3822,14 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_06_0022.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_06_0022.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"197", + "code":"201", "des":"You can customize which instance items are displayed on the Instances page.The following items are displayed by default: DB instance name/ID, DB instance type, DB engine ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"instance items,edit columns,Selecting Displayed Items,Instance Lifecycle,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -4095,17 +3840,14 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_05_0017.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_05_0017.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"198", + "code":"202", "des":"You can export information about all or selected DB instances to view and analyze DB instance information.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Exporting DB Instance Information,Instance Lifecycle,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -4116,17 +3858,14 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0025.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0025.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"199", + "code":"203", "des":"To release resources, you can delete DB instances or read replicas as required on the Instances page.DB instances cannot be deleted when operations are being performed on", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Deleting a DB Instance,Deleting a Read Replica,Deleting a DB Instance or Read Replica,Instance Lifec", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -4137,17 +3876,14 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_recycle.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_recycle.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"200", + "code":"204", "des":"Deleted DB instances can be moved to the recycle bin. You can rebuild DB instances from the recycle bin. The DB engine, DB engine version, and storage type of the new DB ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Read replicas,Recycling a DB Instance,Instance Lifecycle,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -4158,38 +3894,50 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_05_0001.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_05_0001.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"201", + "code":"205", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Instance Modifications", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], "title":"Instance Modifications", "githuburl":"" }, + { + "uri":"rds_pg_08_0025.html", + "node_id":"rds_pg_08_0025.xml", + "product_code":"rds", + "code":"206", + "des":"On the Overview page, you can get knowledge of the overall status of your RDS for PostgreSQL instance, including alarms, intelligent anomaly diagnosis, and key performanc", + "doc_type":"usermanual", + "kw":"Introduction to Instance Overview,Instance Modifications,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"rds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], + "title":"Introduction to Instance Overview", + "githuburl":"" + }, { "uri":"rds_pg_05_0003.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_05_0003.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"202", + "code":"207", "des":"RDS for PostgreSQL supports minor version upgrades to improve performance, add new functions, and fix bugs.When any new minor version is released to address vulnerabiliti", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Upgrading a Minor Version,Instance Modifications,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -4200,17 +3948,14 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_modify_instance_name.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_modify_instance_name.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"203", - "des":"You can change the name of a primary DB instance or read replica.Alternatively, click the target DB instance to go to the Basic Information page. In the DB Instance Name ", + "code":"208", + "des":"You can change the name of a primary DB instance or read replica.Alternatively, click the target DB instance to go to the Overview page. Under DB Instance Name, click to", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"name,Changing a DB Instance Name,Instance Modifications,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -4221,17 +3966,14 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_modify_availability.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_modify_availability.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"204", + "code":"209", "des":"You can configure the failover priority for reliability or for availability, depending on your service requirements.Reliability: This option is selected by default. Data ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"failover priority,Changing the Failover Priority,Instance Modifications,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -4242,17 +3984,14 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_scale_rds.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_scale_rds.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"205", + "code":"210", "des":"You can change the instance class (CPU or memory) of a DB instance as required. If the status of a DB instance changes from Changing instance class to Available, the chan", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"CPU or memory,Changing a DB Instance Class,Instance Modifications,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -4263,38 +4002,50 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_scale_cluster.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_scale_cluster.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"206", + "code":"211", "des":"If the original storage space is insufficient as your services grow, scale up storage space of your DB instance.You are advised to set alarm rules for the storage space u", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"scale up storage space,scale up storage space,Scaling up Storage Space,Instance Modifications,User G", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], "title":"Scaling up Storage Space", "githuburl":"" }, + { + "uri":"rds_pg_05_0084.html", + "node_id":"rds_pg_05_0084.xml", + "product_code":"rds", + "code":"212", + "des":"If the storage type of your RDS DB instance does not match your workloads, you can change it as needed.If the storage type of a read replica is different from that of its", + "doc_type":"usermanual", + "kw":"Changing a Storage Type,Instance Modifications,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"rds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], + "title":"Changing a Storage Type", + "githuburl":"" + }, { "uri":"rds_pg_05_0039.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_05_0039.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"207", + "code":"213", "des":"With storage autoscaling enabled, when RDS detects that you are running out of database space, it automatically scales up your storage.Autoscaling up the storage space of", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Storage Autoscaling,Instance Modifications,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -4305,17 +4056,14 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_05_0038.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_05_0038.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"208", + "code":"214", "des":"The maintenance window is 02:00–06:00 by default and you can change it as required. To prevent service interruptions, you are advised to set the maintenance window to off", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Changing the Maintenance Window,Instance Modifications,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -4326,17 +4074,14 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_05_0023.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_05_0023.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"209", + "code":"215", "des":"RDS enables you to change single DB instances to primary/standby DB instances to improve instance reliability.Primary/standby DB instances support automatic failover. If ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"change single DB instances to primary/standby DB instances,Changing a DB Instance Type from Single t", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -4347,17 +4092,14 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_switch_ha.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_switch_ha.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"210", + "code":"216", "des":"If you choose to create primary/standby DB instances, RDS will create a primary DB instance and a synchronous standby DB instance in the same region. You can access the p", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Manually Switching Between Primary and Standby DB Instances,Instance Modifications,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -4368,17 +4110,14 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_05_0060.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_05_0060.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"211", + "code":"217", "des":"You can migrate a standby DB instance to another AZ in the same region as the original AZ.DDL operations and scheduled events will be suspended during migration. To preve", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Migrating a Standby DB Instance,Instance Modifications,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -4389,17 +4128,14 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_11_0001.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_11_0001.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"212", + "code":"218", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Read Replicas", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -4410,17 +4146,14 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_11_0002.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_11_0002.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"213", + "code":"219", "des":"RDS for PostgreSQL supports read replicas.In read-intensive scenarios, a single DB instance may be unable to handle the read pressure and service performance may be affec", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"read replicas,Introducing Read Replicas,Read Replicas,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -4431,17 +4164,14 @@ "uri":"rds_add_read_replica_pg.html", "node_id":"rds_add_read_replica_pg.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"214", + "code":"220", "des":"Read replicas are used to enhance the read capabilities and reduce the load on primary DB instances.You can create read replicas as needed.A maximum of five read replicas", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"create read replicas,Creating a Read Replica,Read Replicas,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -4452,17 +4182,14 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_11_0004.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_11_0004.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"215", + "code":"221", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"read replica,Managing a Read Replica,Read Replicas,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -4473,17 +4200,14 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_05_0034.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_05_0034.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"216", + "code":"222", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Backups and Restorations", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -4494,17 +4218,14 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_backup_restore.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_backup_restore.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"217", + "code":"223", "des":"RDS supports backups and restorations to ensure data reliability.Automated backups are created during the backup time window for your DB instances. RDS saves automated ba", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"backups and restorations,Automated backups,Manual backups,Working with Backups,Backups and Restorati", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -4515,17 +4236,14 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0027.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0027.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"218", + "code":"224", "des":"When you create a DB instance, an automated backup policy is enabled by default. For security purposes, the automated backup policy cannot be disabled. After the DB insta", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Configuring an Automated Backup Policy,Backups and Restorations,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -4536,17 +4254,14 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0028.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0028.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"219", + "code":"225", "des":"RDS allows you to create manual backups of a running primary DB instance. You can use these backups to restore data.When you delete a DB instance, its automated backups a", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"create manual backups,Creating a Manual Backup,Backups and Restorations,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -4557,17 +4272,14 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0031.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0031.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"220", + "code":"226", "des":"This section describes how to download a manual or an automated backup file to a local device and restore data from the backup file.RDS for PostgreSQL enables you to down", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"download a manual or an automated backup file,full backup files,Downloading a Full Backup File,Backu", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -4578,17 +4290,14 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_05_0138.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_05_0138.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"221", + "code":"227", "des":"This section describes how to download a manual or an automated backup file to a local device and restore data from the backup file.RDS for PostgreSQL enables you to down", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"automated backup,incremental backup files,Downloading an Incremental Backup File,Backups and Restora", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -4599,17 +4308,14 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0030.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0030.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"222", + "code":"228", "des":"This section describes how to use an automated or manual backup to restore a DB instance to the status when the backup was created. The restoration is at the DB instance ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Restoring from Backup Files to RDS for PostgreSQL,Backups and Restorations,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -4620,17 +4326,14 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0029.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0029.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"223", + "code":"229", "des":"You can restore from automated backups to a specified point in time.RDS for PostgreSQL supports restoration to a new, the original, or an existing DB instance.When you en", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"to a specified point in time,RDS for PostgreSQL,restoration to a new, the original,,Restoring a DB I", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -4641,17 +4344,14 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0032.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0032.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"224", + "code":"230", "des":"This section describes how to replicate a manual or an automated backup. The new backup name must be different from the original backup name.You can replicate backups and", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"replicate a manual or an automated backup,Replicating a Backup,Backups and Restorations,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -4662,17 +4362,14 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0033.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0033.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"225", + "code":"231", "des":"You can delete manual backups to free up backup storage.Deleted manual backups cannot be recovered. Exercise caution when performing this operation.The following backups ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Deleting a Manual Backup,Backups and Restorations,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -4683,17 +4380,14 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0034.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0034.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"226", + "code":"232", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Parameter Template Management", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -4704,17 +4398,14 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_parameter_group.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_parameter_group.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"227", + "code":"233", "des":"You can use database parameter templates to manage the DB engine configuration. A database parameter template acts as a container for engine configuration values that can", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Creating a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -4725,17 +4416,14 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_configuration.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_configuration.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"228", + "code":"234", "des":"You can modify parameters in a custom parameter template to optimize RDS database performance.You can change parameter values in custom parameter templates only and canno", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Modifying Instance Parameters,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -4746,17 +4434,14 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_08_0042.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_08_0042.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"229", + "code":"235", "des":"You can export a parameter template of a DB instance for future use. You can also apply the exported parameter template to DB instances by referring to Applying a Paramet", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Exporting a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -4767,17 +4452,14 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0035.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0035.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"230", + "code":"236", "des":"You can compare DB instance parameters with a parameter template that uses the same DB engine to understand the differences of parameter settings.You can also compare def", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Compare,Comparing Parameter Templates,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -4788,17 +4470,14 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_05_0099.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_05_0099.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"231", + "code":"237", "des":"You can view the change history of DB instance parameters or custom parameter templates.An exported or custom parameter template has initially a blank change history.You ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing Parameter Change History,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -4809,17 +4488,14 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0036.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0036.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"232", + "code":"238", "des":"You can replicate a parameter template you have created. When you have already created a parameter template and want to include most of the custom parameters and values f", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Replicating a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -4830,17 +4506,14 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0037.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0037.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"233", + "code":"239", "des":"You can reset all parameters in a custom parameter template to their default settings.If the DB instance status is Parameter change. Pending reboot, a reboot is required ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Resetting a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -4851,17 +4524,14 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_05_0018.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_05_0018.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"234", + "code":"240", "des":"You can apply parameter templates to DB instances as needed. A parameter template can be applied only to DB instances of the same version.If you intend to apply a default", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Applying a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -4872,17 +4542,14 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_05_0098.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_05_0098.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"235", + "code":"241", "des":"You can view the application records of a parameter template.You can view the name or ID of the DB instance that the parameter template applies to, as well as the applica", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing Application Records of a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -4893,17 +4560,14 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0038.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0038.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"236", + "code":"242", "des":"You can modify the description of a parameter template you have created.You cannot modify the description of a default parameter template.The description consists of a ma", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Modifying a Parameter Template Description,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -4914,17 +4578,14 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0039.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0039.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"237", + "code":"243", "des":"You can delete a custom parameter template that is no longer in use.Deleted parameter templates cannot be recovered. Exercise caution when performing this operation.Defau", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Deleting a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -4935,17 +4596,14 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_05_0005.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_05_0005.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"238", + "code":"244", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Connection Management", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -4956,38 +4614,50 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_05_0024.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_05_0024.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"239", + "code":"245", "des":"You can change floating IP addresses after migrating on-premises databases or other cloud databases to RDS.After a floating IP address is changed, the domain name needs t", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"change floating IP addresses,automatically-assigned IP address,change the floating IP address,Config", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], "title":"Configuring and Changing a Floating IP Address", "githuburl":"" }, + { + "uri":"rds_pg_05_0026.html", + "node_id":"rds_pg_05_0026.xml", + "product_code":"rds", + "code":"246", + "des":"You can change the private domain name of your DB instance and connect to the instance using the new domain name.Only the prefix of a private domain name can be modified.", + "doc_type":"usermanual", + "kw":"Changing a Private Domain Name,Connection Management,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"rds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], + "title":"Changing a Private Domain Name", + "githuburl":"" + }, { "uri":"rds_pg_public_accessibility.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_public_accessibility.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"240", + "code":"247", "des":"By default, a DB instance is not publicly accessible (not bound with an EIP) after being created. You can bind an EIP to a DB instance for public accessibility, and you c", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Binding and Unbinding an EIP,Connection Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -4998,17 +4668,14 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_change_database_port.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_change_database_port.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"241", + "code":"248", "des":"This section describes how to change the database port of a primary DB instance or a read replica. For primary/standby DB instances, changing the database port of the pri", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"change the database port of a primary DB instance or a read replica,Changing a Database Port,Connect", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -5019,17 +4686,14 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_11_0005.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_11_0005.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"242", + "code":"249", "des":"You can use the pgAdmin client to connect to an RDS DB instance.The pgAdmin version must be 4 or later.Prepare an ECS or a device that can access RDS DB instances.To conn", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"pgAdmin,Connecting to a DB Instance Through pgAdmin,Connection Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -5040,17 +4704,14 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_11_0029.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_11_0029.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"243", + "code":"250", "des":"SSL is enabled by default when you create an RDS for PostgreSQL DB instance and cannot be disabled after the instance is created. SSL encryption ensures that all communic", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Configuring SSL Encryption,Connection Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -5061,17 +4722,14 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0046.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0046.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"244", + "code":"251", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Plugin Management", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -5082,17 +4740,14 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0070.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0070.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"245", + "code":"252", "des":"RDS allows you to install and uninstall plugins on the console.RDS for PostgreSQL plugins only take effect on the databases you created the plugins for. To use a plugin o", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Installing and Uninstalling a Plugin on the RDS Console,Plugin Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -5103,17 +4758,14 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0043.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0043.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"246", + "code":"253", "des":"RDS provides the PostgreSQL plugin management solution for user root. Except the following plugins, you need to manually create other plugins by referring to this section", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Installing and Uninstalling a Plugin Using SQL Commands,Plugin Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -5124,17 +4776,14 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0045.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0045.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"247", + "code":"254", "des":"The following table lists the plugins supported by the latest minor versions of RDS for PostgreSQL. You can use SELECT name FROM pg_available_extensions; to view the plug", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Supported Plugins,Plugin Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -5145,17 +4794,14 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0062.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0062.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"248", + "code":"255", "des":"RDS for PostgreSQL supports the pgvector plugin, which allows for vector data type and vector similarity search. This plugin supports:Exact and approximate nearest neighb", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"pgvector,Plugin Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -5166,7 +4812,7 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0064.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0064.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"249", + "code":"256", "des":"The pg_stat_statements extension provides a means for tracking planning and execution statistics of all SQL statements executed by a server.For more information, see pg_s", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"pg_stat_statements,Plugin Management,User Guide", @@ -5184,7 +4830,7 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0065.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0065.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"250", + "code":"257", "des":"To prevent highly concurrent SQL statements that consume too many resources from causing instance instability, RDS for PostgreSQL provides rds_pg_sql_ccl, ccl is short fo", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"rds_pg_sql_ccl,Plugin Management,User Guide", @@ -5202,17 +4848,14 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0044.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0044.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"251", + "code":"258", "des":"RDS provides the PostgreSQL tablespace management solution based on user root.# psql --host=--port= --dbname=--username=root -c\"select cont", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"PostgreSQL tablespace,Tablespace Management,Working with RDS for PostgreSQL,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -5223,7 +4866,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_08_0024.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_08_0024.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"252", + "code":"259", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Problem Diagnosis and SQL Analysis", @@ -5241,7 +4884,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_08_0037.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_08_0037.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"253", + "code":"260", "des":"DBA Assistant provides visualized database O&M and intelligent diagnosis for developers and database administrators (DBAs), making database O&M easy and efficient. By ana", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Function Overview,Problem Diagnosis and SQL Analysis,User Guide", @@ -5259,7 +4902,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_10_0004.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_10_0004.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"254", + "code":"261", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Performance Monitoring", @@ -5273,29 +4916,11 @@ "title":"Performance Monitoring", "githuburl":"" }, - { - "uri":"rds_pg_08_0025.html", - "node_id":"rds_pg_08_0025.xml", - "product_code":"rds", - "code":"255", - "des":"On the Dashboard page, you can get knowledge of the overall status of your instance, including alarms, resource usages, and key performance metrics. DBA Assistant diagnos", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "kw":"Viewing the Overall Status of a DB Instance,Performance Monitoring,User Guide", - "search_title":"", - "metedata":[ - { - "prodname":"rds", - "documenttype":"usermanual" - } - ], - "title":"Viewing the Overall Status of a DB Instance", - "githuburl":"" - }, { "uri":"rds_pg_08_0027.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_08_0027.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"256", + "code":"262", "des":"DBA Assistant allows you to view the performance metrics of your DB instance. Historical trends of performance metrics within a specified time period help you learn about", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing Performance Metrics of a DB Instance,Performance Monitoring,User Guide", @@ -5313,7 +4938,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_10_0005.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_10_0005.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"257", + "code":"263", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Problem Diagnosis", @@ -5331,7 +4956,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_08_0039.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_08_0039.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"258", + "code":"264", "des":"You can kill sessions when necessary on the Sessions that Can Be Killed If Necessary tab page. This page covers:Emergency Channel: If the maximum number of connections fo", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Killing Sessions,Problem Diagnosis,User Guide", @@ -5349,7 +4974,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_08_0026.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_08_0026.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"259", + "code":"265", "des":"You can query session snapshots of your instance while sorting, filtering, and displaying the snapshots as needed. You can also view session statistics by user, source, a", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Managing Real-Time Sessions,Problem Diagnosis,User Guide", @@ -5367,7 +4992,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_10_0006.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_10_0006.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"260", + "code":"266", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"SQL Analysis", @@ -5385,7 +5010,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_08_0030.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_08_0030.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"261", + "code":"267", "des":"Slow Query Log displays a chart of SQL statements that are taking too long to execute and allows you to sort slow SQL statements by multiple dimensions, such as by user, ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing Slow Query Logs of a DB Instance,SQL Analysis,User Guide", @@ -5403,7 +5028,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_08_0032.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_08_0032.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"262", + "code":"268", "des":"SQL Insights allows you to not only query all executed SQL statements, but also analyze and search for the tables that are accessed and updated most frequently, and the S", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Creating a SQL Insights Task,SQL Analysis,User Guide", @@ -5421,7 +5046,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_08_0033.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_08_0033.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"263", + "code":"269", "des":"You can create rules to control concurrent execution of SQL statements by specifying original SQL statements or query ID. When the number of matched SQL statements exceed", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Creating a SQL Throttling Rule,SQL Analysis,User Guide", @@ -5439,17 +5064,14 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_05_0006.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_05_0006.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"264", + "code":"270", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Data Security", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -5460,17 +5082,14 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_reset_password.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_reset_password.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"265", + "code":"271", "des":"You can reset the administrator password of a primary instance.You can also reset the password of your database account when using RDS.If you have changed the administrat", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"reset the administrator password,RDS,Resetting the Administrator Password,Data Security,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -5481,17 +5100,14 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0026.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0026.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"266", + "code":"272", "des":"This section describes how to change the security group of a primary DB instance or read replica. For primary/standby DB instances, changing the security group of the pri", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Changing a Security Group,Data Security,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -5502,17 +5118,14 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0041.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0041.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"267", + "code":"273", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Metrics and Alarms", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -5523,17 +5136,14 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_06_0001.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_06_0001.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"268", + "code":"274", "des":"The RDS Agent monitors RDS DB instances and collects monitoring metrics only.This section describes the metrics that can be monitored by Cloud Eye as well as their namesp", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Configuring Displayed Metrics,Metrics and Alarms,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -5544,17 +5154,14 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_06_0002.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_06_0002.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"269", + "code":"275", "des":"You can set alarm rules by referring to Setting Alarm Rules to customize the monitored objects and notification policies and keep track of the RDS running status.The RDS ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"alarm rule,Setting Alarm Rules,Metrics and Alarms,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -5565,17 +5172,14 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_06_0003.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_06_0003.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"270", + "code":"276", "des":"Cloud Eye monitors the statuses of RDS DB instances. You can view RDS monitoring metrics on the management console.Monitored data takes some time before it can be display", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing Monitoring Metrics,Metrics and Alarms,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -5586,17 +5190,14 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0042.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0042.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"271", + "code":"277", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Interconnection with CTS", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -5607,17 +5208,14 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_06_0004.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_06_0004.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"272", + "code":"278", "des":"Cloud Trace Service (CTS) records operations related to RDS for further query, audit, and backtrack.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Cloud Trace Service (CTS),Key Operations Supported by CTS,Interconnection with CTS,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -5628,17 +5226,14 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_06_0005.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_06_0005.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"273", + "code":"279", "des":"After CTS is enabled, operations on cloud resources are recorded. You can view the operation records of the last 7 days on the CTS console.This section describes how to q", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing Tracing Events,Interconnection with CTS,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -5649,17 +5244,14 @@ "uri":"rds_08_001.html", "node_id":"rds_08_001.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"274", + "code":"280", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Log Management", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -5670,17 +5262,14 @@ "uri":"rds_recent_log.html", "node_id":"rds_recent_log.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"275", + "code":"281", "des":"Error logs contain logs generated during the database running. These can help you analyze problems with the database.You can select a log level in the upper right corner ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing Error Logs,Log Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -5691,17 +5280,14 @@ "uri":"slow_query_log-pg.html", "node_id":"slow_query_log-pg.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"276", + "code":"282", "des":"Slow query logs record statements that exceed the log_min_duration_statement value. You can view log details to identify statements that are slowly executed and optimize ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing Slow Query Logs,Log Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -5712,17 +5298,14 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_05_0007.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_05_0007.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"277", + "code":"283", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Task Center", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -5733,17 +5316,14 @@ "uri":"rds_task_pg_0001.html", "node_id":"rds_task_pg_0001.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"278", + "code":"284", "des":"You can view the detailed progress and result of the task on the Task Center page.You can view and manage the following tasks:Creating DB instancesCreating read replicasC", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing a Task,Task Center,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -5754,17 +5334,14 @@ "uri":"rds_task_pg_0002.html", "node_id":"rds_task_pg_0002.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"279", + "code":"285", "des":"You can delete task records so that they are no longer displayed in the task list. This operation only deletes the task records, and does not delete the DB instances or t", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Deleting a Task Record,Task Center,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -5775,17 +5352,14 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0048.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0048.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"280", + "code":"286", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Major Version Upgrade", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -5796,17 +5370,14 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_05_0004.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_05_0004.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"281", + "code":"287", "des":"RDS for PostgreSQL allows you to upgrade the major version of your DB instance in either of the following methods:Upgrade without cutover: You can use it to test service ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Upgrading the Major Version of a DB Instance on the Console,Major Version Upgrade,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -5817,17 +5388,14 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_tag.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_tag.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"282", + "code":"288", "des":"Tag Management Service (TMS) enables you to use tags on the management console to manage resources. TMS works with other cloud services to manage tags. TMS manages tags g", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Tag Management Service (TMS),Managing Tags,Working with RDS for PostgreSQL,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -5838,17 +5406,14 @@ "uri":"rds_10_0000.html", "node_id":"rds_10_0000.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"283", + "code":"289", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Working with RDS for SQL Server", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -5859,17 +5424,14 @@ "uri":"rds_mssql_10_0000.html", "node_id":"rds_mssql_10_0000.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"284", + "code":"290", "des":"Do not use instances with 2 vCPUs and 4 GB memory for production workloads. Such instances are provided only for experience testing.Use instances with at least 4 vCPUs an", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Suggestions on Using RDS for SQL Server,Working with RDS for SQL Server,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -5880,17 +5442,14 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0001_02.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_05_0001_02.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"285", + "code":"291", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Data Migration", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -5901,17 +5460,14 @@ "uri":"rds_10_0035.html", "node_id":"rds_10_0035.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"286", + "code":"292", "des":"You can access RDS DB instances through an EIP or ECS.Prepare an ECS for accessing DB instances in the same VPC or prepare a device for accessing RDS through an EIP. To c", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Migrating Data to RDS for SQL Server Using SQL Server Management Studio,Data Migration,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -5922,17 +5478,14 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_07_0000.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_07_0000.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"287", + "code":"293", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Permissions Management", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -5943,17 +5496,14 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_07_0002.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_07_0002.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"288", + "code":"294", "des":"This chapter describes how to use Identity and Access Management (IAM) for fine-grained permissions management for your RDS resources. With IAM, you can:Create IAM users ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"RDS,RDS,RDS,Creating a User and Granting Permissions,Permissions Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -5964,17 +5514,14 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_07_0003.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_07_0003.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"289", + "code":"295", "des":"Custom policies can be created to supplement the system policies of RDS.You can create custom policies in either of the following two ways:Visual editor: Select cloud ser", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"RDS,RDS Custom Policies,Permissions Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -5985,17 +5532,14 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0000.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_05_0000.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"290", + "code":"296", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Instance Lifecycle", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -6006,17 +5550,14 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0055.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_05_0055.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"291", + "code":"297", "des":"This section describes how to quickly create a DB instance with the same configurations as the selected one.You can create DB instances with the same configurations numer", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"create a DB instance with the same configurations as the selected one,Creating a Same DB Instance as", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -6027,17 +5568,14 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0006.html", "node_id":"rds_11_0006.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"292", + "code":"298", "des":"You may need to reboot a DB instance during maintenance. For example, after modifying some parameters, a reboot is required for the modifications to take effect. You can ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Rebooting DB Instances or Read Replicas,Instance Lifecycle,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -6048,17 +5586,14 @@ "uri":"rds_mssql_stop.html", "node_id":"rds_mssql_stop.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"293", + "code":"299", "des":"If you use DB instances only for routine development, you can temporarily stop instances to save money. You can stop an instance for up to 15 days.After a DB instance is ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Stopping a DB Instance,Instance Lifecycle,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -6069,7 +5604,7 @@ "uri":"rds_mssql_start.html", "node_id":"rds_mssql_start.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"294", + "code":"300", "des":"You can stop your instance temporarily to save money. After stopping your instance, you can restart it to begin using it again.After a DB instance is started, the VM wher", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Starting a DB Instance,Instance Lifecycle,User Guide", @@ -6087,17 +5622,14 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_06_0022.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_06_0022.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"295", + "code":"301", "des":"You can customize which instance items are displayed on the Instances page.The following items are displayed by default: DB instance name/ID, DB instance type, DB engine ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"instance items,edit columns,Selecting Displayed Items,Instance Lifecycle,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -6108,17 +5640,14 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0017.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_05_0017.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"296", + "code":"302", "des":"You can export information about all or selected DB instances to view and analyze DB instance information.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Exporting DB Instance Information,Instance Lifecycle,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -6129,17 +5658,14 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0030.html", "node_id":"rds_11_0030.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"297", + "code":"303", "des":"To release resources, you can delete DB instances or read replicas as required on the Instances page.DB instances cannot be deleted when operations are being performed on", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Deleting a DB Instance,Deleting a Read Replica,Deleting a DB Instance or Read Replica,Instance Lifec", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -6150,17 +5676,14 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_recycle.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_recycle.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"298", + "code":"304", "des":"Deleted DB instances can be moved to the recycle bin. You can rebuild DB instances from the recycle bin. The DB engine, DB engine version, and storage type of the new DB ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Read replicas,Recycling a DB Instance,Instance Lifecycle,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -6171,38 +5694,50 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0008.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_05_0008.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"299", + "code":"305", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Instance Modifications", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], "title":"Instance Modifications", "githuburl":"" }, + { + "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0117.html", + "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_05_0117.xml", + "product_code":"rds", + "code":"306", + "des":"On the Overview page, you can get knowledge of the overall status of your RDS for SQL Server instance, including alarms, intelligent anomaly diagnosis, and key performanc", + "doc_type":"usermanual", + "kw":"Introduction to Instance Overview,Instance Modifications,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"rds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], + "title":"Introduction to Instance Overview", + "githuburl":"" + }, { "uri":"rds_sqlserver_modify_instance_name.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_modify_instance_name.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"300", - "des":"You can change the name of a primary DB instance or read replica.Alternatively, click the target DB instance to go to the Basic Information page. In the DB Instance Name ", + "code":"307", + "des":"You can change the name of a primary DB instance or read replica.Alternatively, click the target DB instance to go to the Overview page. Under DB Instance Name, click to", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"name,Changing a DB Instance Name,Instance Modifications,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -6213,17 +5748,14 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_modify_availability.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_modify_availability.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"301", + "code":"308", "des":"You can configure the failover priority for reliability or for availability, depending on your service requirements.Reliability: This option is selected by default. Data ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"failover priority,Changing the Failover Priority,Instance Modifications,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -6234,38 +5766,50 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_scale_rds.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_scale_rds.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"302", + "code":"309", "des":"You can change the instance class (CPU or memory) of a DB instance as required. If the status of a DB instance changes from Changing instance class to Available, the chan", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"CPU or memory,Changing a DB Instance Class,Instance Modifications,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], "title":"Changing a DB Instance Class", "githuburl":"" }, + { + "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0050.html", + "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_05_0050.xml", + "product_code":"rds", + "code":"310", + "des":"If the storage type of your DB instance does not match your workloads, you can change it as needed.If the storage type of a read replica is different from that of its ass", + "doc_type":"usermanual", + "kw":"Changing a Storage Type,Instance Modifications,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"rds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], + "title":"Changing a Storage Type", + "githuburl":"" + }, { "uri":"rds_sqlserver_scale_cluster.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_scale_cluster.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"303", + "code":"311", "des":"If the original storage space is insufficient as your services grow, scale up storage space of your DB instance.You are advised to set alarm rules for the storage space u", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"scale up storage space,scale up storage space,Scaling up Storage Space,Instance Modifications,User G", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -6276,17 +5820,14 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0029.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_05_0029.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"304", + "code":"312", "des":"With storage autoscaling enabled, when RDS detects that you are running out of database space, it automatically scales up your storage.Autoscaling up the storage space of", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Configuring Autoscaling,Instance Modifications,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -6297,17 +5838,14 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0038.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_05_0038.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"305", + "code":"313", "des":"The maintenance window is 02:00–06:00 by default and you can change it as required. To prevent service interruptions, you are advised to set the maintenance window to off", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Changing the Maintenance Window,Instance Modifications,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -6318,17 +5856,14 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0023.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_05_0023.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"306", + "code":"314", "des":"RDS enables you to change single DB instances to primary/standby DB instances to improve instance reliability.Primary/standby DB instances support automatic failover. If ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"change single DB instances to primary/standby DB instances,Changing a DB Instance Type from Single t", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -6339,17 +5874,14 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_switch_ha.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_switch_ha.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"307", + "code":"315", "des":"If you choose to create primary/standby DB instances, RDS will create a primary DB instance and a synchronous standby DB instance in the same region. You can access the p", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Manually Switching Between Primary and Standby DB Instances,Instance Modifications,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -6360,17 +5892,14 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_11_0001.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_11_0001.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"308", + "code":"316", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Read Replicas", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -6381,17 +5910,14 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_11_0002.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_11_0002.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"309", + "code":"317", "des":"Only RDS for SQL Server 2022 Enterprise Edition, 2019 Enterprise Edition and 2017 Enterprise Edition support read replicas.In read-intensive scenarios, a single DB instan", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"read replicas,Introducing Read Replicas,Read Replicas,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -6402,17 +5928,14 @@ "uri":"rds_03_0011.html", "node_id":"rds_03_0011.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"310", + "code":"318", "des":"Read replicas are used to enhance the read capabilities and reduce the load on primary DB instances.After a DB instance has been created, you can create read replicas for", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"create read replicas,read replicas,Creating a Read Replica,Read Replicas,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -6423,17 +5946,14 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_11_0004.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_11_0004.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"311", + "code":"319", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"read replica,Managing a Read Replica,Read Replicas,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -6444,17 +5964,14 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0034.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_05_0034.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"312", + "code":"320", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Backups and Restorations", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -6465,17 +5982,14 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_backup_restore.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_backup_restore.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"313", + "code":"321", "des":"RDS supports DB instance backups and restorations to ensure data reliability.Automated backups are created during the backup period of your DB instances. RDS saves automa", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"backups and restorations,Automated backups,Manual backups,Working with Backups,Backups and Restorati", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -6486,17 +6000,14 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0031.html", "node_id":"rds_11_0031.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"314", + "code":"322", "des":"When you create a DB instance, an automated backup policy is enabled by default. For security purposes, the automated backup policy cannot be disabled. After the DB insta", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Configuring an Intra-Region Backup Policy,Backups and Restorations,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -6507,17 +6018,14 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0010.html", "node_id":"rds_11_0010.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"315", + "code":"323", "des":"RDS allows you to create manual backups of a running primary DB instance. You can use these backups to restore data.When you delete a DB instance, its automated backups a", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"create manual backups,Creating a Manual Backup,Backups and Restorations,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -6528,17 +6036,14 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0013.html", "node_id":"rds_11_0013.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"316", + "code":"324", "des":"This section describes how to download a manual backup or an automated backup to a local device and restore data from the backup file.If the size of the backup data is gr", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"automated backup,Downloading a Backup File,Backups and Restorations,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -6549,17 +6054,14 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0023.html", "node_id":"rds_11_0023.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"317", + "code":"325", "des":"This section describes how to use an automated or manual backup to restore a DB instance to the status when the backup was created.Alternatively, click the target DB inst", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Restoring from Backup Files to RDS for SQL Server,Backups and Restorations,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -6570,17 +6072,14 @@ "uri":"rds_05_0044.html", "node_id":"rds_05_0044.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"318", + "code":"326", "des":"You can download backup files by referring to section Downloading a Backup File and restore data from them. You can use SQL Server Management Studio (SSMS) to connect to ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Restoring from Backup Files to a Self-Built SQL Server Database,Backups and Restorations,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -6591,17 +6090,14 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0022.html", "node_id":"rds_11_0022.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"319", + "code":"327", "des":"You can restore from automated backups to a specified point in time.RDS for Microsoft SQL Server supports restoration to a new, the original, or an existing DB instance.I", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"restoration to a new, the original,Restoring a DB Instance to a Point in Time,Backups and Restoratio", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -6612,17 +6108,14 @@ "uri":"rds_10_0055.html", "node_id":"rds_10_0055.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"320", + "code":"328", "des":"This section describes how to replicate a manual or an automated backup. The new backup name must be different from the original backup name.You can replicate backups and", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"replicate a manual or an automated backup,Replicating a Backup,Backups and Restorations,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -6633,17 +6126,14 @@ "uri":"rds_10_0101.html", "node_id":"rds_10_0101.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"321", + "code":"329", "des":"You can delete manual backups to free up backup storage.Deleted manual backups cannot be recovered. Exercise caution when performing this operation.The following backups ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Deleting a Manual Backup,Backups and Restorations,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -6654,17 +6144,14 @@ "uri":"rds_10_0102.html", "node_id":"rds_10_0102.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"322", + "code":"330", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Parameter Template Management", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -6675,17 +6162,14 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_parameter_group.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_parameter_group.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"323", + "code":"331", "des":"You can use database parameter templates to manage the DB engine configuration. A database parameter template acts as a container for engine configuration values that can", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Creating a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -6696,17 +6180,14 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_configuration.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_configuration.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"324", + "code":"332", "des":"You can modify parameters in a custom parameter template to optimize RDS database performance.You can only change parameter values in custom parameter templates. You cann", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Modifying Parameters,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -6717,17 +6198,14 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_08_0042.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_08_0042.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"325", + "code":"333", "des":"You can export a parameter template of a DB instance for future use. You can also apply the exported parameter template to DB instances by referring to Applying a Paramet", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Exporting a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -6738,17 +6216,14 @@ "uri":"rds_10_0103.html", "node_id":"rds_10_0103.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"326", + "code":"334", "des":"You can compare DB instance parameters with a parameter template that uses the same DB engine to understand the differences of parameter settings.You can also compare def", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Compare,Comparing Parameter Templates,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -6759,17 +6234,14 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0099.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_05_0099.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"327", + "code":"335", "des":"You can view the change history of DB instance parameters or custom parameter templates.An exported or custom parameter template has initially a blank change history.You ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing Parameter Change History,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -6780,17 +6252,14 @@ "uri":"rds_10_0104.html", "node_id":"rds_10_0104.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"328", + "code":"336", "des":"You can replicate a parameter template you have created. When you have already created a parameter template and want to include most of the custom parameters and values f", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Replicating a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -6801,17 +6270,14 @@ "uri":"rds_10_0105.html", "node_id":"rds_10_0105.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"329", + "code":"337", "des":"You can reset all parameters in a custom parameter template to their default settings.If the DB instance status is Parameter change. Pending reboot, a reboot is required ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Resetting a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -6822,17 +6288,14 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0018.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_05_0018.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"330", + "code":"338", "des":"You can apply parameter templates to DB instances as needed. A parameter template can be applied only to DB instances of the same version.If you intend to apply a default", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Applying a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -6843,17 +6306,14 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0098.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_05_0098.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"331", + "code":"339", "des":"You can view the application records of a parameter template.You can view the name or ID of the DB instance that the parameter template applies to, as well as the applica", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing Application Records of a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -6864,17 +6324,14 @@ "uri":"rds_10_0106.html", "node_id":"rds_10_0106.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"332", + "code":"340", "des":"You can modify the description of a parameter template you have created.You cannot modify the description of a default parameter template.The description consists of a ma", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Modifying a Parameter Template Description,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -6885,17 +6342,14 @@ "uri":"rds_10_0107.html", "node_id":"rds_10_0107.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"333", + "code":"341", "des":"You can delete a custom parameter template that is no longer in use.Deleted parameter templates cannot be recovered. Exercise caution when performing this operation.Defau", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Deleting a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -6906,17 +6360,14 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0005.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_05_0005.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"334", + "code":"342", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Connection Management", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -6927,17 +6378,14 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0024.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_05_0024.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"335", + "code":"343", "des":"You can change floating IP addresses after migrating on-premises databases or other cloud databases to RDS.After a floating IP address is changed, the domain name needs t", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"change floating IP addresses,self-configured floating IP address,Configuring and Changing a Floating", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -6948,17 +6396,14 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_0025.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_0025.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"336", + "code":"344", "des":"By default, a DB instance is not publicly accessible (not bound with an EIP) after being created. You can bind an EIP to a DB instance for public accessibility, and you c", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Binding and Unbinding an EIP,Connection Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -6969,38 +6414,50 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_change_database_port.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_change_database_port.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"337", + "code":"345", "des":"This section describes how to change the database port of a primary DB instance or a read replica. For primary/standby DB instances, changing the database port of the pri", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"change the database port of a primary DB instance or a read replica,Changing a Database Port,Connect", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], "title":"Changing a Database Port", "githuburl":"" }, + { + "uri":"rds_sqlserver_0024.html", + "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_0024.xml", + "product_code":"rds", + "code":"346", + "des":"You can apply for a private domain name and connect to your RDS DB instance through the private domain name.After a private domain name is generated, changing the floatin", + "doc_type":"usermanual", + "kw":"RDS,Applying for and Changing a Private Domain Name,Connection Management,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"rds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], + "title":"Applying for and Changing a Private Domain Name", + "githuburl":"" + }, { "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0006.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_05_0006.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"338", + "code":"347", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Data Security", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -7011,17 +6468,14 @@ "uri":"en-us_topic_sqlserver_reset_password.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_sqlserver_reset_password.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"339", + "code":"348", "des":"You can reset the administrator password only through the primary DB instance.You can also reset the password of your database account when using RDS.If you have changed ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"reset the administrator password,Resetting the Administrator Password,Data Security,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -7032,17 +6486,14 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0032.html", "node_id":"rds_11_0032.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"340", + "code":"349", "des":"This section describes how to change the security group of a primary DB instance or read replica. For primary/standby DB instances, changing the security group of the pri", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Changing a Security Group,Data Security,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -7053,17 +6504,14 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0004.html", "node_id":"rds_11_0004.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"341", + "code":"350", "des":"Transparent Data Encryption (TDE) encrypts data files and backup files using certificates to implement real-time I/O encryption and decryption. This function effectively ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Configuring the TDE Function,Data Security,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -7074,17 +6522,14 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_01_0001.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_01_0001.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"342", + "code":"351", "des":"The participator, transaction-supported server, resource server, and transaction manager of a distributed transaction are deployed on different nodes in a distributed sys", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Distributed Transactions,Working with RDS for SQL Server,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -7095,17 +6540,14 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_06_0000.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_06_0000.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"343", + "code":"352", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Metrics and Alarms", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -7116,17 +6558,14 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_06_0001.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_06_0001.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"344", + "code":"353", "des":"The RDS Agent monitors RDS DB instances and collects monitoring metrics only.This section describes the metrics that can be monitored by Cloud Eye as well as their namesp", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Configuring Displayed Metrics,Metrics and Alarms,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -7137,17 +6576,14 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_06_0002.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_06_0002.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"345", + "code":"354", "des":"You can set alarm rules by referring to Setting Alarm Rules to customize the monitored objects and notification policies and keep track of the RDS running status.The RDS ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"alarm rule,Setting Alarm Rules,Metrics and Alarms,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -7158,17 +6594,14 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_06_0003.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_06_0003.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"346", + "code":"355", "des":"Cloud Eye monitors the statuses of RDS DB instances. You can view RDS monitoring metrics on the management console.Monitored data takes some time before it can be display", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing Monitoring Metrics,Metrics and Alarms,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -7179,17 +6612,14 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_01_0000.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_01_0000.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"347", + "code":"356", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Interconnection with CTS", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -7200,17 +6630,14 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_06_0004.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_06_0004.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"348", + "code":"357", "des":"Cloud Trace Service (CTS) records operations related to RDS for further query, audit, and backtrack.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Cloud Trace Service (CTS),Key Operations Supported by CTS,Interconnection with CTS,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -7221,17 +6648,14 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_06_0005.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_06_0005.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"349", + "code":"358", "des":"After CTS is enabled, operations on cloud resources are recorded. You can view the operation records of the last 7 days on the CTS console.This section describes how to q", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing Tracing Events,Interconnection with CTS,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -7242,17 +6666,14 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_log.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_log.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"350", + "code":"359", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Log Management", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -7263,17 +6684,14 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_01_0002.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_01_0002.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"351", + "code":"360", "des":"System logs contain logs generated during the database running. These can help you analyze problems with the database.You can select a log level in the upper right corner", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing System Logs,Log Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -7284,17 +6702,14 @@ "uri":"slow_query_log-sqlserver.html", "node_id":"slow_query_log-sqlserver.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"352", + "code":"361", "des":"Slow query logs record statements that exceed long_query_time (1 second by default). You can view log details to identify statements that are executing slowly and optimiz", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing and Downloading Slow Query Logs,Log Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -7305,7 +6720,7 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_dba.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_dba.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"353", + "code":"362", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"DBA Assistant", @@ -7323,7 +6738,7 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_dba_01.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_dba_01.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"354", + "code":"363", "des":"DBA Assistant provides you with a range of database O&M functions, making it easy to diagnose database problems, locate faults, analyze and optimize database performance.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Function Overview,DBA Assistant,User Guide", @@ -7341,7 +6756,7 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_dba_02.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_dba_02.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"355", + "code":"364", "des":"RDS for SQL Server provides space monitoring and analysis by instance, database, and even table, helping you quickly learn about space information and identify space prob", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Storage Analysis,DBA Assistant,User Guide", @@ -7359,17 +6774,14 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0007.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_05_0007.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"356", + "code":"365", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Task Center", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -7380,17 +6792,14 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_task_0001.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_task_0001.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"357", + "code":"366", "des":"You can view the progress and results of tasks on the Task Center page.You can view and manage the following tasks:Creating DB instancesCreating read replicasChanging sin", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing a Task,Task Center,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -7401,17 +6810,14 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_task_0002.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_task_0002.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"358", + "code":"367", "des":"You can delete task records so that they are no longer displayed in the task list. This operation only deletes the task records, and does not delete the DB instances or t", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Deleting a Task Record,Task Center,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -7422,17 +6828,14 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0001.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0001.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"359", + "code":"368", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Usage of Stored Procedures", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -7443,17 +6846,14 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0009.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0009.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"360", + "code":"369", "des":"You can use a stored procedure to update statistics to improve query performance.An RDS Microsoft SQL Server DB instance has been connected. For details about how to conn", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Updating Database Statistics,Usage of Stored Procedures,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -7464,17 +6864,14 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_tag.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_tag.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"361", + "code":"370", "des":"Tag Management Service (TMS) enables you to use tags on the management console to manage resources. TMS works with other cloud services to manage tags. TMS manages tags g", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Tag Management Service (TMS),Managing Tags,Working with RDS for SQL Server,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - "IsMulti":"No;Yes;no", - "IsBot":"No;Yes", "prodname":"rds", - "opensource":"true", "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], @@ -7485,7 +6882,7 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0000.html", "node_id":"rds_11_0000.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"362", + "code":"371", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Best Practices", @@ -7506,7 +6903,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_11_0000.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_11_0000.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"363", + "code":"372", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"RDS for PostgreSQL", @@ -7527,7 +6924,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_11_0011.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_11_0011.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"364", + "code":"373", "des":"PostgreSQL has earned a reputation for reliability, stability, and data consistency, and has become the preferred choice as an open-source relational database for many en", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Security Best Practices,RDS for PostgreSQL,User Guide", @@ -7548,7 +6945,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0000.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0000.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"365", + "code":"374", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"FAQs", @@ -7569,7 +6966,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0146.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0146.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"366", + "code":"375", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Product Consulting", @@ -7590,7 +6987,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0001.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0001.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"367", + "code":"376", "des":"DB instance operating systems (OSs) are invisible to you. Your applications can access a database only through an IP address and a port.The backup files stored in Object ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Should I Pay Attention to When Using RDS?,Product Consulting,User Guide", @@ -7611,7 +7008,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0002.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0002.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"368", + "code":"377", "des":"Calculation formula for RDS DB instance availability:DB instance availability = (1 – Failure duration/Total service duration) × 100%", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Is the Availability of RDS DB Instances?,Product Consulting,User Guide", @@ -7632,7 +7029,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0003.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0003.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"369", + "code":"378", "des":"Currently, DB instance cannot be created using a template.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Can I Use a Template to Create DB Instances?,Product Consulting,User Guide", @@ -7653,7 +7050,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0004.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0004.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"370", + "code":"379", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Are the Differences Between RDS and Other Database Solutions?,Product Consulting,User Guide", @@ -7674,7 +7071,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0005.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0005.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"371", + "code":"380", "des":"No. Your RDS DB instances and resources are isolated from other users' DB instances.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Will My RDS DB Instances Be Affected by Other User Instances?,Product Consulting,User Guide", @@ -7695,7 +7092,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0073.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0073.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"372", + "code":"381", "des":"Yes. RDS supports cross-AZ high availability. When you create primary/standby DB instances, you can select different AZs for them.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Does RDS Support Cross-AZ High Availability?,Product Consulting,User Guide", @@ -7716,7 +7113,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0104.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0104.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"373", + "code":"382", "des":"No. RDS single DB instances can be changed to primary/standby DB instances, but not the other way around.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Can RDS Primary/Standby DB Instances Be Changed to Single DB Instances?,Product Consulting,User Guid", @@ -7737,7 +7134,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0110.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0110.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"374", + "code":"383", "des":"The default code is utf8. You need to convert the default code to Unicode in the exported Excel file.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Should I Do If Garbled Characters Are Displayed After SQL Query Results Are Exported to an Exce", @@ -7758,7 +7155,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0008.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0008.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"375", + "code":"384", "des":"To solve this problem:Check the performance of RDS DB instances on the RDS console.Compare the database connection status of local databases and RDS DB instances. This pr", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Can I Do About Slow Respond of Websites When They Use RDS?,Product Consulting,User Guide", @@ -7779,7 +7176,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0065.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0065.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"376", + "code":"385", "des":"RDS provides the high availability. Select the primary/standby mode.Also called an unplanned handover. If the primary DB instance fails, the system will automatically swi", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Does a Cloud Database Perform a Primary/Standby Switchover?,Product Consulting,User Guide", @@ -7800,7 +7197,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0013.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0013.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"377", + "code":"386", "des":"Multiple ECSs can connect to the same RDS DB instance as long as the capability limits of a database are not exceeded.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Can Multiple ECSs Connect to the Same RDS DB Instance?,Product Consulting,User Guide", @@ -7821,7 +7218,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0094.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0094.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"378", + "code":"387", "des":"An error shown in Figure 1 is reported on SQL Server Management Studio when a database is being deleted from RDS SQL Server primary/standby DB instances.The database 'xxx", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Is an Error Reported When I Attempt to Delete a Database from RDS SQL Server Primary/Standby DB ", @@ -7842,7 +7239,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0145.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0145.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"379", + "code":"388", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Resource and Disk Management", @@ -7863,7 +7260,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0049.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0049.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"380", + "code":"389", "des":"The following logs and files occupy RDS storage space.If the original storage space is insufficient as your services grow, scale up storage space of your DB instance.If d", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"scale up storage space,Which Types of Logs and Files Occupy RDS Storage Space?,Resource and Disk Man", @@ -7884,7 +7281,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0047.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0047.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"381", + "code":"390", "des":"Both your common data (excluding backup data) and the data required for the operation of your DB instances (such as system database data, rollback logs, redo logs, and in", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Which Items Occupy the Storage Space of My RDS DB Instances?,Resource and Disk Management,User Guide", @@ -7905,7 +7302,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0048.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0048.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"382", + "code":"391", "des":"The storage space you applied for will include space for the file system overhead required for inode, reserved block, and database operations.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Overhead Does the Storage Space Have After I Applied for an RDS DB Instance?,Resource and Disk ", @@ -7926,7 +7323,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0082.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0082.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"383", + "code":"392", "des":"Data Definition Language (DDL) operations may increase storage space usage sharply. To ensure that services are running properly, do not perform DDL operations during pea", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Much Storage Space Is Required for DDL Operations?,Resource and Disk Management,User Guide", @@ -7947,7 +7344,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0006.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0006.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"384", + "code":"393", "des":"There are no limitations on the number of DB instances running on RDS.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Many DB Instances Can Run on RDS?,Resource and Disk Management,User Guide", @@ -7968,7 +7365,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0007.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0007.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"385", + "code":"394", "des":"The maximum number of databases that can run on an RDS DB instance depends on the DB engine settings.If there are enough CPU, memory, and storage resources, there are no ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Many Databases Can Run on an RDS DB Instance?,Resource and Disk Management,User Guide", @@ -7989,7 +7386,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0141.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0141.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"386", + "code":"395", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Database Connection", @@ -8010,7 +7407,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0018.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0018.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"387", + "code":"396", "des":"For a DB instance that has an EIP bound, you can access it through the EIP.Enable a VPN in a VPC and use the VPN to connect to the RDS DB instance.Create an RDS and an EC", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Can an External Server Access the RDS Database?,Database Connection,User Guide", @@ -8031,7 +7428,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0019.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0019.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"388", + "code":"397", "des":"The number of database connections indicates the number of applications that can be simultaneously connected to a database, and is irrelevant to the maximum number of use", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Do I Do If the Number of RDS Database Connections Reaches the Upper Limit?,Database Connection,", @@ -8052,7 +7449,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0055.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0055.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"389", + "code":"398", "des":"RDS does not have constraints on the number of connections. This number is determined by the default value and value range of the DB engine. For example, you can set max_", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Is the Maximum Number of Connections to an RDS DB Instance?,Database Connection,User Guide", @@ -8073,7 +7470,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0057.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0057.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"390", + "code":"399", "des":"For details about how to create an ECS, see the Elastic Cloud Server User Guide.If you connect to an RDS DB instance through a private network, ensure that the ECS and DB", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Create and Connect to an ECS?,Database Connection,User Guide", @@ -8094,7 +7491,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0020.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0020.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"391", + "code":"400", "des":"Perform the following steps to identify the problem:If they are in the same VPC, go to 2.If they are in different VPCs, create an ECS in the VPC in which the RDS DB insta", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Should I Do If an ECS Cannot Connect to an RDS DB Instance Through a Private Network?,Database ", @@ -8115,7 +7512,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0021.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0021.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"392", + "code":"401", "des":"Troubleshoot RDS connection failures caused by a client problem by checking the following items:ECS Security PolicyIn Windows, check whether the RDS instance port is enab", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Should I Do If a Database Client Problem Causes a Connection Failure?,Database Connection,User ", @@ -8136,7 +7533,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0022.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0022.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"393", + "code":"402", "des":"Check whether any of the following problems occurred on the RDS DB instance.The RDS DB instance is not properly connected.Solution: Check the connection. If you connect t", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Should I Do If an RDS Database Problem Causes a Connection Failure?,Database Connection,User Gu", @@ -8157,7 +7554,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0023.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0023.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"394", + "code":"403", "des":"Ensure that the ECS in which your applications are located is in the same VPC as the RDS DB instance. If the ECS and the RDS DB instance are in different VPCs, modify the", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Do My Applications Access an RDS DB Instance in a VPC?,Database Connection,User Guide", @@ -8178,7 +7575,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0024.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0024.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"395", + "code":"404", "des":"It is recommended that your applications support automatic reconnections to the database. After a database reboot, your applications will automatically reconnect to the d", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Do Applications Need to Support Reconnecting to the RDS DB Instance Automatically?,Database Connecti", @@ -8199,7 +7596,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0050.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0050.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"396", + "code":"405", "des":"Although the SSL certificate is optional if you choose to connect to a database through Java database connectivity (JDBC), download an SSL certificate to encrypt the conn", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Connect to a PostgreSQL Database Through JDBC?,Database Connection,User Guide", @@ -8220,7 +7617,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0100.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0100.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"397", + "code":"406", "des":"Check whether the ECS can connect to the RDS DB instance.If the ECS cannot connect to the RDS DB instance, check whether the ECS and RDS DB instance are located in the sa", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Should I Do If an RDS Microsoft SQL Server DB Instance Failed to Be Connected?,Database Connect", @@ -8241,7 +7638,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0101.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0101.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"398", + "code":"407", "des":"By default, RDS DB instances cannot be accessed over an intranet across regions. Cloud services in different regions cannot communicate with each other over an intranet. ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Can I Access an RDS DB Instance Over an Intranet Connection Across Regions?,Database Connection,User", @@ -8262,7 +7659,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0111.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0111.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"399", + "code":"408", "des":"For DB instances connected using SSL, a primary/standby switchover or failover does not interrupt the connection because the SSL certificate is still valid for both the p", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Is an SSL Connection to a DB Instance Interrupted After a Primary/Standby Switchover or Failover?,Da", @@ -8283,7 +7680,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0070.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0070.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"400", + "code":"409", "des":"MySQL supports SSL connections. Different from other vendors, RDS for MySQL enables the SSL connection on the database server by default. When you use a client to connect", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Does MySQL Support SSL Connections?,Database Connection,User Guide", @@ -8304,7 +7701,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0034.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0034.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"401", + "code":"410", "des":"You may have restored from a backup before you reset the administrator password.Check whether the DB instance was restored after you reset the administrator password.Log ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Did the New Password Not Take Effect After I Reset the Administrator Password?,Database Connecti", @@ -8325,7 +7722,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0155.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0155.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"402", + "code":"411", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Database Migration", @@ -8346,7 +7743,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0026.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0026.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"403", + "code":"412", "des":"The mysqldump or pg_dump tool is easy to use for data migration. However, when you use this tool, the server is stopped for a long period of time during data migration. O", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Do I Need to Use the mysqldump or pg_dump Tools for Migration?,Database Migration,User Guide", @@ -8367,7 +7764,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0025.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0025.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"404", + "code":"413", "des":"Exporting or importing data between DB engines of the same type is called homogeneous database export or import.Exporting or importing data between DB engines of differen", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Types of DB Engines Does RDS Support for Importing Data?,Database Migration,User Guide", @@ -8388,7 +7785,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0154.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0154.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"405", + "code":"414", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Database Permission", @@ -8409,7 +7806,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0075.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0075.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"406", + "code":"415", "des":"Most relational database cloud service platforms do not provide super permissions for the root user. The super permissions allow users to execute many management commands", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Does the Root User Not Have the Super Permissions?,Database Permission,User Guide", @@ -8430,7 +7827,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0144.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0144.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"407", + "code":"416", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Database Storage", @@ -8451,7 +7848,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0041.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0041.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"408", + "code":"417", "des":"The database storage engine is a core service for storing, processing, and protecting data. It can be used to control access permissions and rapidly process transactions ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Storage Engines Does the RDS for MySQL Support?,Database Storage,User Guide", @@ -8472,7 +7869,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0045.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0045.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"409", + "code":"418", "des":"RDS uses Elastic Volume Service (EVS) disks for storage. For details about EVS disks, see Elastic Volume Service Product Introduction.The RDS backup data is stored in OBS", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Is the RDS DB Instance Storage Configuration?,Database Storage,User Guide", @@ -8493,7 +7890,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0076.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0076.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"410", + "code":"419", "des":"No. After an RDS DB instance is created, the storage type cannot be changed.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Can I Change the Storage Type of an RDS DB Instance from Common I/O to Ultra-high I/O?,Database Stor", @@ -8514,7 +7911,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0046.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0046.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"411", + "code":"420", "des":"There is not enough storage available for an RDS DB instance and the DB instance has entered read-only status, or applications can no longer read from or write to the dat", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Should I Do If My Data Exceeds the Available Storage of an RDS DB Instance?,Database Storage,Us", @@ -8535,7 +7932,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0152.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0152.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"412", + "code":"421", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Client Installation", @@ -8556,7 +7953,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0027.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0027.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"413", + "code":"422", "des":"MySQL provides client installation packages for different OSs on its official website. MySQL 8.0 is used as an example. You can download the latest version or any other v", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Install the MySQL Client?,Client Installation,User Guide", @@ -8577,7 +7974,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0029.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0029.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"414", + "code":"423", "des":"The PostgreSQL community provides client installation methods for different OSs. You can download and install the client using the installation tool of the OS. This insta", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Install the PostgreSQL Client?,Client Installation,User Guide", @@ -8598,7 +7995,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0032.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0032.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"415", + "code":"424", "des":"The Microsoft SQL Server official website provides the SQL Server Management Studio installation package. SQL Server Management Studio applications can run in the Windows", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Install SQL Server Management Studio?,Client Installation,User Guide", @@ -8619,7 +8016,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0098.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0098.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"416", + "code":"425", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Backup and Restoration", @@ -8640,7 +8037,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0043.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0043.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"417", + "code":"426", "des":"Automated backup data is kept based on the backup retention period you specified. There is no limit for the manual backup retention period. You can delete manual backups ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Long Does RDS Store Backup Data For?,Backup and Restoration,User Guide", @@ -8661,7 +8058,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0044.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0044.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"418", + "code":"427", "des":"A backup window is a user-specified time during which RDS DB instances are backed up. With these periodic data backups, RDS allows you to restore DB instances to the back", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Can My Database Be Used in the Backup Window?,Backup and Restoration,User Guide", @@ -8682,7 +8079,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0042.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0042.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"419", + "code":"428", "des":"You can back up data to an ECS the same way you export SQL statements. The ECS service does not have restrictions on the types of data to be backed up as long as the data", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Back Up an RDS Database to an ECS?,Backup and Restoration,User Guide", @@ -8703,7 +8100,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0053.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0053.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"420", + "code":"429", "des":"Automated backups may fail for the following reasons:The network environment is unstable due to issues such as network delay or interruption. RDS will detect these proble", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Has My Automated Backup Failed?,Backup and Restoration,User Guide", @@ -8724,7 +8121,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0014.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0014.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"421", + "code":"430", "des":"When you delete a DB instance, its automated backups are also deleted but its manual backups are retained.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Happens to Database Backups After an RDS DB Instance Is Deleted?,Backup and Restoration,User Gu", @@ -8745,7 +8142,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0015.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0015.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"422", + "code":"431", "des":"If your cloud account is deleted, both your automated and manual backups are deleted.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Will My Backups Be Deleted If I Delete My Cloud Account?,Backup and Restoration,User Guide", @@ -8766,7 +8163,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0012.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0012.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"423", + "code":"432", "des":"RDS does not delete or perform any operations on any user data. If this problem occurs, check if there have been any misoperations and restore the data from backup files,", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Is a Table or Data Missing from My Database?,Backup and Restoration,User Guide", @@ -8787,7 +8184,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0151.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0151.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"424", + "code":"433", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Database Monitoring", @@ -8808,7 +8205,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0036.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0036.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"425", + "code":"434", "des":"You need to pay attention to CPU, memory, and storage space usage.You can configure the system to report alarms based on service requirements and take measures to handle ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Which DB Instance Monitoring Metrics Do I Need to Pay Attention To?,Database Monitoring,User Guide", @@ -8829,7 +8226,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0150.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0150.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"426", + "code":"435", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Capacity Expansion and Specification Change", @@ -8850,7 +8247,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0016.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0016.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"427", + "code":"436", "des":"Currently, you can scale up storage space and change the CPU or memory of a DB instance.When storage space is being scaled up, RDS DB instances are still available and se", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Are My RDS DB Instances Available When Scaling?,Capacity Expansion and Specification Change,User Gui", @@ -8871,7 +8268,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0035.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0035.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"428", + "code":"437", "des":"The DB instance is in Faulty state after the original database port is changed.The DB instance cannot be connected using the new database port.The submitted database port", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Does the DB Instance Become Faulty After the Original Database Port Is Changed?,Capacity Expansi", @@ -8892,7 +8289,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0142.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0142.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"429", + "code":"438", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Database Parameter Modification", @@ -8913,7 +8310,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0031.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0031.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"430", + "code":"439", "des":"In the following cases, inappropriate parameter settings cause the database to be unavailable:Parameter value ranges are related to DB instance specifications.The maximum", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Inappropriate Parameter Settings Cause Unavailability of the PostgreSQL Database?,Database Para", @@ -8934,8 +8331,8 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0119.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0119.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"431", - "des":"PostgreSQL 12 and PostgreSQL 13 support test_decoding. For more information about test_decoding, see test_decoding introduction.To use test_decoding, set wal_level to log", + "code":"440", + "des":"PostgreSQL 12 support test_decoding. For more information about test_decoding, see test_decoding introduction.To use test_decoding, set wal_level to logical.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Does RDS for PostgreSQL Support the test_decoding Plugin?,Database Parameter Modification,User Guide", "search_title":"", @@ -8955,7 +8352,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0092.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0092.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"432", + "code":"441", "des":"When you add NDF files of the custom database and the tempdb database, do not place them in the C drive. If you place them in the C drive, the system disk space will be u", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Where Should I Store the NDF Files for Microsoft SQL Server?,Database Parameter Modification,User Gu", @@ -8976,7 +8373,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0149.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0149.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"433", + "code":"442", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Log Management", @@ -8997,7 +8394,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0078.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0078.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"434", + "code":"443", "des":"Generally, the delay is 5 minutes. If the size of slow query logs reaches 10 MB within 5 minutes, the logs will be uploaded to OBS.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Long Is the Delay for RDS MySQL Slow Query Logs?,Log Management,User Guide", @@ -9018,7 +8415,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0077.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0077.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"435", + "code":"444", "des":"The slow query threshold is 5 seconds.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What's the Slow Query Threshold for Microsoft SQL Server?,Log Management,User Guide", @@ -9039,7 +8436,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0059.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0059.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"436", + "code":"445", "des":"EXECUTE master.dbo.rds_read_errorlogFileID,LogType,FilterText,FilterBeginTime,FilterEndTimeFileID: indicates the ID of an error log. The value 0 indicates the latest logs", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Obtain Microsoft SQL Server Error Logs Using Commands?,Log Management,User Guide", @@ -9060,7 +8457,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0120.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0120.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"437", + "code":"446", "des":"Sorry, statistics on RDS slow query logs cannot be exported.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Can I Export Statistics on RDS Slow Query Logs?,Log Management,User Guide", @@ -9081,7 +8478,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0143.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0143.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"438", + "code":"447", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Network Security", @@ -9102,7 +8499,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0038.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0038.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"439", + "code":"448", "des":"RDS runs your DB instances in a VPC, ensuring that the DB instances are isolated from other services.RDS uses security groups to ensure that only trusted sources can acce", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Security Protection Policies Does RDS Have?,Network Security,User Guide", @@ -9123,7 +8520,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0040.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0040.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"440", + "code":"449", "des":"The VPC security group helps ensure the security of RDS in a VPC. In addition, an ACL can be used to allow or reject I/O network traffic for each subnet.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Ensure the Security of RDS DB Instances in a VPC?,Network Security,User Guide", @@ -9144,7 +8541,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0039.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0039.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"441", + "code":"450", "des":"When you access RDS through an EIP, service data will be transmitted on the public network. To prevent any potential data breaches, you are advised to use SSL to encrypt ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can Data Security Be Ensured During Transmission When I Access RDS Through an EIP?,Network Secur", @@ -9165,7 +8562,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0056.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0056.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"442", + "code":"451", "des":"If you enable public accessibility, your EIP DNS and database port may be vulnerable to hacking. To protect information such as your EIP, DNS, database port, database acc", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Prevent Untrusted Source IP Addresses from Accessing RDS?,Network Security,User Guide", @@ -9186,7 +8583,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0054.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0054.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"443", + "code":"452", "des":"When you attempt to connect to a DB instance through a private network, check whether the ECS and RDS DB instance are in the same security group.If the ECS and RDS DB ins", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Do I Configure a Security Group to Enable Access to RDS DB Instances?,Network Security,User Guid", @@ -9207,7 +8604,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0052.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0052.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"444", + "code":"453", "des":"Click Start and choose Run. In the displayed Run dialog box, enter MMC and press Enter.On the displayed console, choose File > Add/Remove Snap-in.In the left Available sn", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Import the Root Certificate to a Windows or Linux OS?,Network Security,User Guide", @@ -9228,7 +8625,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0051.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0051.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"445", + "code":"454", "des":"When you connect to an RDS MySQL DB instance using an SSL connection, run the following command to check whether the certificate has expired:Update the root certificate t", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Identify the Validity Period of an SSL Root Certificate?,Network Security,User Guide", @@ -9249,7 +8646,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0011.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0011.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"446", + "code":"455", "des":"Data tamperingLots of security measures are provided to ensure that only authenticated users have permissions to perform operations on database table records. Database ta", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Identify Data Corruption?,Network Security,User Guide", @@ -9270,7 +8667,7 @@ "uri":"rds_history_0008.html", "node_id":"rds_history_0008.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"447", + "code":"456", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Change History,User Guide", @@ -9291,7 +8688,7 @@ "uri":"rds_glossary_0001.html", "node_id":"rds_glossary_0001.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"448", + "code":"457", "des":"For details about the glossaries in this document, see Glossary.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Glossary,User Guide", diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/CLASS.TXT.json b/docs/rds/umn/CLASS.TXT.json index 4eca95b9d..c4223b6c9 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/CLASS.TXT.json +++ b/docs/rds/umn/CLASS.TXT.json @@ -809,6 +809,15 @@ "p_code":"73", "code":"90" }, + { + "desc":"On the Overview page, you can get knowledge of the overall status of your RDS for MySQL instance, including alarms, intelligent anomaly diagnosis, and key performance met", + "product_code":"rds", + "title":"Introduction to Instance Overview", + "uri":"rds_08_0025.html", + "doc_type":"usermanual", + "p_code":"90", + "code":"91" + }, { "desc":"RDS for MySQL supports minor version upgrades to improve performance, add new functions, and fix bugs.The upgrade will cause the DB instance to reboot and interrupt servi", "product_code":"rds", @@ -816,16 +825,16 @@ "uri":"rds_05_0003.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"90", - "code":"91" + "code":"92" }, { - "desc":"You can change the name of a primary DB instance or read replica.Alternatively, click the target DB instance to go to the Basic Information page. In the DB Instance Name ", + "desc":"You can change the name of a primary DB instance or read replica.Alternatively, click the target DB instance to go to the Overview page. Under DB Instance Name, click to", "product_code":"rds", "title":"Changing a DB Instance Name", "uri":"rds_modify_instance_name.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"90", - "code":"92" + "code":"93" }, { "desc":"You can configure the failover priority for reliability or for availability, depending on your service requirements.Reliability: This option is selected by default. Data ", @@ -834,7 +843,7 @@ "uri":"rds_modify_availability.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"90", - "code":"93" + "code":"94" }, { "desc":"You can change the instance class (CPU or memory) of a DB instance as required. If the status of a DB instance changes from Changing instance class to Available, the chan", @@ -843,7 +852,7 @@ "uri":"en-us_topic_scale_rds.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"90", - "code":"94" + "code":"95" }, { "desc":"If the original storage space is insufficient as your services grow, scale up storage space of your DB instance.You are advised to set alarm rules for the storage space u", @@ -852,7 +861,7 @@ "uri":"en-us_topic_scale_cluster.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"90", - "code":"95" + "code":"96" }, { "desc":"With storage autoscaling enabled, when RDS detects that you are running out of database space, it automatically scales up your storage.Autoscaling up the storage of a rea", @@ -861,7 +870,16 @@ "uri":"rds_05_0039.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"90", - "code":"96" + "code":"97" + }, + { + "desc":"If the storage type of your RDS DB instance does not match your workloads, you can change it as needed.Alternatively, click the instance name to go to the Overview page. ", + "product_code":"rds", + "title":"Changing a Storage Type", + "uri":"rds_05_0140.html", + "doc_type":"usermanual", + "p_code":"90", + "code":"98" }, { "desc":"The maintenance window is 02:00–06:00 by default and you can change it as required. To prevent service interruptions, you are advised to set the maintenance window to off", @@ -870,7 +888,7 @@ "uri":"rds_05_0038.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"90", - "code":"97" + "code":"99" }, { "desc":"RDS enables you to change single DB instances to primary/standby DB instances to improve instance reliability. This operation does not affect the services running on the ", @@ -879,7 +897,7 @@ "uri":"rds_05_0023.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"90", - "code":"98" + "code":"100" }, { "desc":"If you choose to create primary/standby DB instances, RDS will create a primary DB instance and a synchronous standby DB instance in the same region. You can access the p", @@ -888,7 +906,7 @@ "uri":"rds_switch_ha.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"90", - "code":"99" + "code":"101" }, { "desc":"You can migrate a standby DB instance to another AZ in the same region as the original AZ.Primary/standby instances running MySQL 5.7, or 8.0 support standby instance mig", @@ -897,7 +915,7 @@ "uri":"rds_05_0060.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"90", - "code":"100" + "code":"102" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -906,7 +924,7 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0011.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"73", - "code":"101" + "code":"103" }, { "desc":"RDS for MySQL supports read replicas.In read-intensive scenarios, a single DB instance may be unable to handle the read pressure and service performance may be affected. ", @@ -914,8 +932,8 @@ "title":"Introducing Read Replicas", "uri":"rds_11_0012.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"101", - "code":"102" + "p_code":"103", + "code":"104" }, { "desc":"Read replicas are used to enhance the read capabilities and reduce the load on primary DB instances.After DB instances are created, you can create read replicas for them.", @@ -923,8 +941,8 @@ "title":"Creating a Read Replica", "uri":"en-us_topic_add_read_replica.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"101", - "code":"103" + "p_code":"103", + "code":"105" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -932,8 +950,8 @@ "title":"Managing a Read Replica", "uri":"rds_11_0015.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"101", - "code":"104" + "p_code":"103", + "code":"106" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -942,7 +960,7 @@ "uri":"rds_05_0034.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"73", - "code":"105" + "code":"107" }, { "desc":"RDS for MySQL automatically creates backups for DB instances during the backup time window. The backups are stored based on a preset retention period (1 to 732 days).A ba", @@ -950,8 +968,8 @@ "title":"Introduction to Backups", "uri":"rds_08_0024.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"105", - "code":"106" + "p_code":"107", + "code":"108" }, { "desc":"RDS for MySQL supports multiple backup types. Based on different dimensions, there are the following backup types:", @@ -959,8 +977,8 @@ "title":"Backup Types", "uri":"en-us_topic_backup_restore.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"105", - "code":"107" + "p_code":"107", + "code":"109" }, { "desc":"When you create a DB instance, an automated backup policy is enabled by default. For security purposes, the automated backup policy cannot be disabled. After the DB insta", @@ -968,8 +986,8 @@ "title":"Configuring an Intra-Region Backup Policy", "uri":"rds_08_0004.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"105", - "code":"108" + "p_code":"107", + "code":"110" }, { "desc":"RDS allows you to create manual backups of a running primary DB instance. You can use these backups to restore data.When you delete a DB instance, its automated backups a", @@ -977,8 +995,8 @@ "title":"Creating a Manual Backup", "uri":"rds_08_0005.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"105", - "code":"109" + "p_code":"107", + "code":"111" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to download a manual or an automated backup file to a local device and restore data from the backup file.RDS for MySQL enables you to download ", @@ -986,8 +1004,8 @@ "title":"Downloading a Backup File", "uri":"rds_08_0006.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"105", - "code":"110" + "p_code":"107", + "code":"112" }, { "desc":"RDS for MySQL allows you to download binlog backup files to your client computer and use them to restore DB instances if necessary.You can also select the binlog backups ", @@ -995,8 +1013,8 @@ "title":"Downloading a Binlog Backup File", "uri":"rds_03_0100.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"105", - "code":"111" + "p_code":"107", + "code":"113" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to use an automated or manual backup to restore a DB instance to the status when the backup was created. The restoration is at the DB instance ", @@ -1004,8 +1022,8 @@ "title":"Restoring from Backup Files to DB Instances", "uri":"rds_08_0007.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"105", - "code":"112" + "p_code":"107", + "code":"114" }, { "desc":"You can download backup files by referring to Downloading a Backup File and restore data from them.Backup data cannot be restored to local databases that run the Windows ", @@ -1013,8 +1031,8 @@ "title":"Restoring from Backup Files to a Self-Built MySQL Database", "uri":"rds_08_0044.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"105", - "code":"113" + "p_code":"107", + "code":"115" }, { "desc":"You can restore from automated backups to a specified point in time.RDS for MySQL supports restoration to a new, the original, or an existing DB instance.When you enter t", @@ -1022,8 +1040,8 @@ "title":"Restoring a DB Instance to a Point in Time", "uri":"rds_08_0008.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"105", - "code":"114" + "p_code":"107", + "code":"116" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to replicate a manual or an automated backup. The new backup name must be different from the original backup name.You can replicate backups and", @@ -1031,8 +1049,8 @@ "title":"Replicating a Backup", "uri":"rds_08_0009.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"105", - "code":"115" + "p_code":"107", + "code":"117" }, { "desc":"You can delete manual backups to free up backup storage.Deleted manual backups cannot be recovered. Exercise caution when performing this operation.The following backups ", @@ -1040,8 +1058,8 @@ "title":"Deleting a Manual Backup", "uri":"rds_08_0010.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"105", - "code":"116" + "p_code":"107", + "code":"118" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1050,7 +1068,7 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0011.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"73", - "code":"117" + "code":"119" }, { "desc":"You can use database parameter templates to manage the DB engine configuration. A database parameter template acts as a container for engine configuration values that can", @@ -1058,8 +1076,8 @@ "title":"Creating a Parameter Template", "uri":"en-us_topic_parameter_group.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"117", - "code":"118" + "p_code":"119", + "code":"120" }, { "desc":"You can modify parameters in a custom parameter template to optimize RDS database performance.You can only change parameter values in custom parameter templates. You cann", @@ -1067,8 +1085,8 @@ "title":"Modifying Parameters", "uri":"rds_configuration.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"117", - "code":"119" + "p_code":"119", + "code":"121" }, { "desc":"RDS allows you to import new parameter templates for future use. To apply an imported parameter template to new DB instances, see Applying a Parameter Template.Only param", @@ -1076,8 +1094,8 @@ "title":"Importing a Parameter Template", "uri":"rds_08_0043.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"117", - "code":"120" + "p_code":"119", + "code":"122" }, { "desc":"You can export a parameter template of a DB instance for future use. You can also apply the exported parameter template to DB instances by referring to Applying a Paramet", @@ -1085,8 +1103,8 @@ "title":"Exporting a Parameter Template", "uri":"rds_08_0042.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"117", - "code":"121" + "p_code":"119", + "code":"123" }, { "desc":"You can compare DB instance parameters with a parameter template that uses the same DB engine to understand the differences of parameter settings.You can also compare def", @@ -1094,8 +1112,8 @@ "title":"Comparing Parameter Templates", "uri":"rds_08_0012.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"117", - "code":"122" + "p_code":"119", + "code":"124" }, { "desc":"You can view the change history of DB instance parameters or custom parameter templates.An exported or custom parameter template has initially a blank change history.You ", @@ -1103,8 +1121,8 @@ "title":"Viewing Parameter Change History", "uri":"rds_05_0099.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"117", - "code":"123" + "p_code":"119", + "code":"125" }, { "desc":"You can replicate a parameter template you have created. When you have already created a parameter template and want to include most of the custom parameters and values f", @@ -1112,8 +1130,8 @@ "title":"Replicating a Parameter Template", "uri":"rds_08_0014.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"117", - "code":"124" + "p_code":"119", + "code":"126" }, { "desc":"You can reset all parameters in a custom parameter template to their default settings.If the DB instance status is Parameter change. Pending reboot, a reboot is required ", @@ -1121,8 +1139,8 @@ "title":"Resetting a Parameter Template", "uri":"rds_08_0015.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"117", - "code":"125" + "p_code":"119", + "code":"127" }, { "desc":"You can apply parameter templates to DB instances as needed.The parameter innodb_buffer_pool_size is determined by the memory. DB instances of different specifications ha", @@ -1130,8 +1148,8 @@ "title":"Applying a Parameter Template", "uri":"rds_05_0018.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"117", - "code":"126" + "p_code":"119", + "code":"128" }, { "desc":"You can view the application records of a parameter template.You can view the name or ID of the DB instance that the parameter template applies to, as well as the applica", @@ -1139,8 +1157,8 @@ "title":"Viewing Application Records of a Parameter Template", "uri":"rds_05_0098.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"117", - "code":"127" + "p_code":"119", + "code":"129" }, { "desc":"You can modify the description of a parameter template you have created.You cannot modify the description of a default parameter template.The description consists of a ma", @@ -1148,8 +1166,8 @@ "title":"Modifying a Parameter Template Description", "uri":"rds_08_0016.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"117", - "code":"128" + "p_code":"119", + "code":"130" }, { "desc":"You can delete a custom parameter template that is no longer in use.Deleted parameter templates cannot be recovered. Exercise caution when performing this operation.Defau", @@ -1157,8 +1175,8 @@ "title":"Deleting a Parameter Template", "uri":"rds_08_0017.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"117", - "code":"129" + "p_code":"119", + "code":"131" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1167,7 +1185,7 @@ "uri":"rds_05_0005.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"73", - "code":"130" + "code":"132" }, { "desc":"You can change floating IP addresses after migrating on-premises databases or other cloud databases to RDS.After a floating IP address is changed, the domain name needs t", @@ -1175,8 +1193,17 @@ "title":"Configuring and Changing a Floating IP Address", "uri":"rds_05_0024.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"130", - "code":"131" + "p_code":"132", + "code":"133" + }, + { + "desc":"You can connect to RDS DB instances through private domain names.Changing the private domain name will interrupt your database connection. To reconnect to the instance, c", + "product_code":"rds", + "title":"Changing a Private Domain Name", + "uri":"rds_05_0085.html", + "doc_type":"usermanual", + "p_code":"132", + "code":"134" }, { "desc":"By default, a DB instance is not publicly accessible (not bound with an EIP) after being created. You can bind an EIP to a DB instance for public accessibility, and you c", @@ -1184,8 +1211,8 @@ "title":"Binding and Unbinding an EIP", "uri":"rds_public_accessibility.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"130", - "code":"132" + "p_code":"132", + "code":"135" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to change the database port of a primary DB instance or a read replica. For primary/standby DB instances, changing the database port of the pri", @@ -1193,8 +1220,8 @@ "title":"Changing a Database Port", "uri":"rds_change_database_port.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"130", - "code":"133" + "p_code":"132", + "code":"136" }, { "desc":"A security group is a collection of access control rules for ECSs and RDS DB instances that have the same security protection requirements and are mutually trusted in a V", @@ -1202,8 +1229,8 @@ "title":"Configuring a Security Group Rule", "uri":"rds_11_0009.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"130", - "code":"134" + "p_code":"132", + "code":"137" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1212,7 +1239,7 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0050.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"73", - "code":"135" + "code":"138" }, { "desc":"Read/write splitting enables read and write requests to be automatically routed through a read/write splitting address. You can enable read/write splitting after read rep", @@ -1220,8 +1247,17 @@ "title":"Introducing Read/Write Splitting", "uri":"rds_11_0035.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"135", - "code":"136" + "p_code":"138", + "code":"139" + }, + { + "desc":"The following table describes the updates in each kernel version of RDS for MySQL database proxy.", + "product_code":"rds", + "title":"Kernel Versions", + "uri":"rds_11_0027.html", + "doc_type":"usermanual", + "p_code":"138", + "code":"140" }, { "desc":"In most cases, an RDS for MySQL proxy instance sends all requests in transactions to the primary DB instance to ensure transaction correctness. However, in some framework", @@ -1229,8 +1265,8 @@ "title":"Configuring Transaction Splitting", "uri":"rds_11_0047.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"135", - "code":"137" + "p_code":"138", + "code":"141" }, { "desc":"Read/write splitting enables read and write requests to be automatically routed through a read/write splitting address. This section describes how to enable read/write sp", @@ -1238,8 +1274,8 @@ "title":"Enabling Read/Write Splitting", "uri":"rds_11_0017.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"135", - "code":"138" + "p_code":"138", + "code":"142" }, { "desc":"After read/write splitting is enabled, you can configure the delay threshold and routing policy as required.The system automatically distributes weights to read replicas,", @@ -1247,8 +1283,8 @@ "title":"Configuring the Delay Threshold and Routing Policy", "uri":"rds_11_0018.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"135", - "code":"139" + "p_code":"138", + "code":"143" }, { "desc":"After read/write splitting is enabled, you can change the read/write splitting address.Changing the read/write splitting address will interrupt database connections and s", @@ -1256,8 +1292,17 @@ "title":"Changing the Read/Write Splitting Address", "uri":"rds_11_0026.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"135", - "code":"140" + "p_code":"138", + "code":"144" + }, + { + "desc":"After a database proxy is created, you can apply for a private domain name for it and change the domain name later as needed.The private domain name must be unique in a g", + "product_code":"rds", + "title":"Applying for and Changing a Private Domain Name for a Database Proxy", + "uri":"rds_11_0066.html", + "doc_type":"usermanual", + "p_code":"138", + "code":"145" }, { "desc":"You can change the instance class (vCPU or memory) of a DB proxy instance as required. If the DB instance status changes from Changing proxy instance class to Available, ", @@ -1265,8 +1310,8 @@ "title":"Changing the Instance Class of a DB Proxy Instance", "uri":"rds_11_0028.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"135", - "code":"141" + "p_code":"138", + "code":"146" }, { "desc":"After read/write splitting is enabled, you can change the number of proxy nodes as required.Read/write splitting has been enabled.The primary DB instance, read replicas, ", @@ -1274,17 +1319,17 @@ "title":"Changing the Number of Proxy Nodes", "uri":"rds_11_0045.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"135", - "code":"142" + "p_code":"138", + "code":"147" }, { - "desc":"You can manually upgrade the RDS for MySQL database proxy to the latest kernel version to improve performance, add new functions, and fix problems.Intermittent disconnect", + "desc":"You can manually upgrade the RDS for MySQL database proxy to the latest kernel version to improve performance, add new functions, and fix problems.For details about kerne", "product_code":"rds", "title":"Upgrading the Kernel Version of Database Proxy", "uri":"rds_11_0024.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"135", - "code":"143" + "p_code":"138", + "code":"148" }, { "desc":"If load balancing is enabled for a database proxy instance, the security group associated with the proxy instance does not apply. You need to use access control to grant ", @@ -1292,8 +1337,8 @@ "title":"Enabling or Disabling Access Control", "uri":"rds_11_0025.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"135", - "code":"144" + "p_code":"138", + "code":"149" }, { "desc":"You can disable read/write splitting as required.If the database proxy is disabled, read/write splitting is also disabled and services using the read/write splitting addr", @@ -1301,8 +1346,8 @@ "title":"Disabling Read/Write Splitting", "uri":"rds_11_0019.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"135", - "code":"145" + "p_code":"138", + "code":"150" }, { "desc":"This section describes the rules of distributing read weights to DB instances of different specifications.When the system automatically sets the read weights for DB insta", @@ -1310,8 +1355,8 @@ "title":"Rules for Distributing Weights", "uri":"rds_11_0020.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"135", - "code":"146" + "p_code":"138", + "code":"151" }, { "desc":"After read/write splitting is enabled, databases can be connected through a read/write splitting address. You can use internal SQL commands to verify the read/write split", @@ -1319,8 +1364,8 @@ "title":"Testing Read/Write Splitting Performance", "uri":"rds_11_0021.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"135", - "code":"147" + "p_code":"138", + "code":"152" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1329,7 +1374,7 @@ "uri":"rds_22_0024.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"73", - "code":"148" + "code":"153" }, { "desc":"DBA Assistant provides visualized database O&M and intelligent diagnosis for developers and database administrators (DBAs), making database O&M easy and efficient. By ana", @@ -1337,8 +1382,8 @@ "title":"Function Overview", "uri":"rds_08_0037.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"148", - "code":"149" + "p_code":"153", + "code":"154" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1346,17 +1391,8 @@ "title":"Performance Monitoring", "uri":"rds_10_0004.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"148", - "code":"150" - }, - { - "desc":"On the Dashboard page, you can get knowledge of the overall status of your instance, including alarms, resource usages, and key performance metrics. DBA Assistant diagnos", - "product_code":"rds", - "title":"Viewing the Overall Status of a DB Instance", - "uri":"rds_08_0025.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"150", - "code":"151" + "p_code":"153", + "code":"155" }, { "desc":"DBA Assistant allows you to view the performance metrics of your DB instance. Historical trends of performance metrics within a specified time period help you learn about", @@ -1364,8 +1400,8 @@ "title":"Viewing Performance Metrics of a DB Instance", "uri":"rds_08_0027.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"150", - "code":"152" + "p_code":"155", + "code":"156" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1373,8 +1409,8 @@ "title":"Problem Diagnosis", "uri":"rds_10_0005.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"148", - "code":"153" + "p_code":"153", + "code":"157" }, { "desc":"You can view current session statistics of your instance, identify abnormal sessions, and kill the sessions.Viewing session statisticsIn the sessions statistics, you can ", @@ -1382,8 +1418,8 @@ "title":"Managing Real-Time Sessions", "uri":"rds_08_0026.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"153", - "code":"154" + "p_code":"157", + "code":"158" }, { "desc":"Data and log storage space and its changes significantly impact database performance. RDS for MySQL shows you the distribution and changes of used storage on the Storage ", @@ -1391,8 +1427,8 @@ "title":"Managing Storage Capacity", "uri":"rds_08_0028.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"153", - "code":"155" + "p_code":"157", + "code":"159" }, { "desc":"DBA Assistant allows you to check whether your DB instance has metadata locks and InnoDB locks. You can also check the recent deadlock analysis and full deadlock analysis", @@ -1400,8 +1436,8 @@ "title":"Managing Locks & Transactions", "uri":"rds_08_0029.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"153", - "code":"156" + "p_code":"157", + "code":"160" }, { "desc":"This function is used to analyze and discover large transactions and the transactions that have been there for a long time without being committed in the database.Data on", @@ -1409,8 +1445,8 @@ "title":"Managing Historical Transactions", "uri":"rds_08_0039.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"153", - "code":"157" + "p_code":"157", + "code":"161" }, { "desc":"You can start a diagnosis for your DB instance and subscribe to diagnosis reports.Starting a Diagnosis: You can perform an overall health diagnosis on your instance and v", @@ -1418,8 +1454,8 @@ "title":"Daily Reports", "uri":"rds_08_0035.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"153", - "code":"158" + "p_code":"157", + "code":"162" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1427,8 +1463,8 @@ "title":"SQL Analysis", "uri":"rds_10_0006.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"148", - "code":"159" + "p_code":"153", + "code":"163" }, { "desc":"Slow Query Log displays a chart of SQL statements that are taking too long to execute and allows you to sort slow SQL statements by multiple dimensions, such as by user, ", @@ -1436,8 +1472,8 @@ "title":"Viewing Slow Query Logs of a DB Instance", "uri":"rds_08_0030.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"159", - "code":"160" + "p_code":"163", + "code":"164" }, { "desc":"Top SQL shows the SQL queries that have been contribued at most to database load. You can sort them by multiple dimensions.Top SQL needs to be purchased separately. To us", @@ -1445,8 +1481,8 @@ "title":"Viewing Top SQL Statements of a DB Instance", "uri":"rds_08_0031.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"159", - "code":"161" + "p_code":"163", + "code":"165" }, { "desc":"SQL Insights allows you to not only query all executed SQL statements, but also analyze and search for the tables that are accessed and updated most frequently, and the S", @@ -1454,8 +1490,8 @@ "title":"Creating a SQL Insights Task", "uri":"rds_08_0032.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"159", - "code":"162" + "p_code":"163", + "code":"166" }, { "desc":"You can create rules to control concurrent execution of SQL statements by specifying SQL type, keywords, and maximum concurrency. To maintain better performance at high c", @@ -1463,8 +1499,8 @@ "title":"Creating a SQL Throttling Rule", "uri":"rds_08_0033.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"159", - "code":"163" + "p_code":"163", + "code":"167" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1473,7 +1509,7 @@ "uri":"rds_05_0006.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"73", - "code":"164" + "code":"168" }, { "desc":"You can reset the administrator password of a primary instance.You can also reset the password of your database account when using RDS.If you have changed the administrat", @@ -1481,8 +1517,8 @@ "title":"Resetting the Administrator Password", "uri":"rds_reset_password.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"164", - "code":"165" + "p_code":"168", + "code":"169" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to change the security group of a primary DB instance or read replica. For primary/standby DB instances, changing the security group of the pri", @@ -1490,8 +1526,8 @@ "title":"Changing a Security Group", "uri":"rds_08_0003.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"164", - "code":"166" + "p_code":"168", + "code":"170" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1500,7 +1536,7 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0019.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"73", - "code":"167" + "code":"171" }, { "desc":"The RDS Agent monitors RDS DB instances and collects monitoring metrics only.This section describes the RDS metrics that can be monitored by Cloud Eye as well as their na", @@ -1508,8 +1544,8 @@ "title":"Configuring Displayed Metrics", "uri":"rds_06_0001.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"167", - "code":"168" + "p_code":"171", + "code":"172" }, { "desc":"You can set alarm rules by referring to Setting Alarm Rules to customize the monitored objects and notification policies and keep track of the RDS running status.The RDS ", @@ -1517,8 +1553,8 @@ "title":"Setting Alarm Rules", "uri":"rds_06_0002.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"167", - "code":"169" + "p_code":"171", + "code":"173" }, { "desc":"Cloud Eye monitors the statuses of RDS DB instances. You can view RDS monitoring metrics on the management console.Monitored data takes some time before it can be display", @@ -1526,8 +1562,8 @@ "title":"Viewing Monitoring Metrics", "uri":"rds_06_0003.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"167", - "code":"170" + "p_code":"171", + "code":"174" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1536,7 +1572,7 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0020.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"73", - "code":"171" + "code":"175" }, { "desc":"Cloud Trace Service (CTS) records operations related to RDS for further query, audit, and backtrack.", @@ -1544,8 +1580,8 @@ "title":"Key Operations Supported by CTS", "uri":"rds_06_0004.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"171", - "code":"172" + "p_code":"175", + "code":"176" }, { "desc":"After CTS is enabled, operations on cloud resources are recorded. You can view the operation records of the last 7 days on the CTS console.This section describes how to q", @@ -1553,8 +1589,8 @@ "title":"Viewing Tracing Events", "uri":"rds_06_0005.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"171", - "code":"173" + "p_code":"175", + "code":"177" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1563,7 +1599,7 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0021.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"73", - "code":"174" + "code":"178" }, { "desc":"RDS log management allows you to view database-level logs, including error logs and slow SQL query logs.Error logs contain warning- and error-level logs generated during ", @@ -1571,8 +1607,8 @@ "title":"Viewing Error Logs", "uri":"rds_mysql_error_log.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"174", - "code":"175" + "p_code":"178", + "code":"179" }, { "desc":"Slow query logs record statements that exceed long_query_time. You can use these logs to identify and optimize the statements that are executing slowly.RDS supports the f", @@ -1580,8 +1616,8 @@ "title":"Viewing Slow Query Logs", "uri":"rds_mysql_slow_query_log.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"174", - "code":"176" + "p_code":"178", + "code":"180" }, { "desc":"You can view failover or switchover logs of MySQL DB instances to evaluate the impact on services.Only failover and switchover logs within 30 days are displayed.", @@ -1589,8 +1625,8 @@ "title":"Viewing Failover/Switchover Logs", "uri":"rds_switch_log.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"174", - "code":"177" + "p_code":"178", + "code":"181" }, { "desc":"After you enable the SQL audit function, all SQL operations will be recorded in log files. You can download audit logs to view log details.By default, SQL audit is disabl", @@ -1598,8 +1634,8 @@ "title":"Enabling the SQL Audit Function", "uri":"rds_sql_auditing_log.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"174", - "code":"178" + "p_code":"178", + "code":"182" }, { "desc":"If you enable the SQL audit function, all SQL operations will be logged, and you can download audit logs to view details. By default, the SQL audit function is disabled. ", @@ -1607,8 +1643,8 @@ "title":"Downloading SQL Audit Logs", "uri":"rds_download_sql_auditing_log.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"174", - "code":"179" + "p_code":"178", + "code":"183" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1617,7 +1653,7 @@ "uri":"rds_05_0007.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"73", - "code":"180" + "code":"184" }, { "desc":"You can view the progress and results of scheduled and instant tasks on the Task Center page.RDS allows you to view and manage the following instant tasks:Creating DB ins", @@ -1625,8 +1661,8 @@ "title":"Viewing a Task", "uri":"rds_task_0001.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"180", - "code":"181" + "p_code":"184", + "code":"185" }, { "desc":"You can delete task records so that they are no longer displayed in the task list. This operation only deletes the task records, and does not delete the DB instances or t", @@ -1634,8 +1670,8 @@ "title":"Deleting a Task Record", "uri":"rds_task_0002.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"180", - "code":"182" + "p_code":"184", + "code":"186" }, { "desc":"Tag Management Service (TMS) enables you to use tags on the management console to manage resources. TMS works with other cloud services to manage tags. TMS manages tags g", @@ -1644,7 +1680,7 @@ "uri":"rds_tag.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"73", - "code":"183" + "code":"187" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1653,7 +1689,7 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0000.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"184" + "code":"188" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1661,8 +1697,8 @@ "title":"Data Migration", "uri":"rds_pg_05_0001_02.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"184", - "code":"185" + "p_code":"188", + "code":"189" }, { "desc":"PostgreSQL supports logical backups. You can use the pg_dump logical backup function to export backup files and then import them to RDS using psql.You can access RDS DB i", @@ -1670,8 +1706,8 @@ "title":"Migrating Data to RDS for PostgreSQL Using psql", "uri":"rds_09_0023.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"185", - "code":"186" + "p_code":"189", + "code":"190" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1679,8 +1715,8 @@ "title":"Parameter Tuning", "uri":"rds_pg_10_0000.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"184", - "code":"187" + "p_code":"188", + "code":"191" }, { "desc":"Parameters are key configuration items in a database system. Improper parameter settings may adversely affect the stable running of databases. This section describes some", @@ -1688,8 +1724,8 @@ "title":"Suggestions on PostgreSQL Parameter Tuning", "uri":"rds_pg_10_0001.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"187", - "code":"188" + "p_code":"191", + "code":"192" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1697,8 +1733,8 @@ "title":"Permissions Management", "uri":"rds_pg_07_0000.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"184", - "code":"189" + "p_code":"188", + "code":"193" }, { "desc":"This chapter describes how to use Identity and Access Management (IAM) for fine-grained permissions management for your RDS resources. With IAM, you can:Create IAM users ", @@ -1706,8 +1742,8 @@ "title":"Creating a User and Granting Permissions", "uri":"rds_pg_07_0002.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"189", - "code":"190" + "p_code":"193", + "code":"194" }, { "desc":"Custom policies can be created to supplement the system policies of RDS.You can create custom policies in either of the following two ways:Visual editor: Select cloud ser", @@ -1715,8 +1751,8 @@ "title":"RDS Custom Policies", "uri":"rds_pg_07_0003.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"189", - "code":"191" + "p_code":"193", + "code":"195" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1724,8 +1760,8 @@ "title":"Instance Lifecycle", "uri":"rds_pg_05_0000.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"184", - "code":"192" + "p_code":"188", + "code":"196" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to quickly create a DB instance with the same configurations as the selected one.You can create DB instances with the same configurations numer", @@ -1733,8 +1769,8 @@ "title":"Creating a Same DB Instance as an Existing DB Instance", "uri":"rds_pg_05_0055.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"192", - "code":"193" + "p_code":"196", + "code":"197" }, { "desc":"If you use DB instances only for routine development, you can temporarily stop instances to save money. You can stop an instance for up to seven days.If you stop a primar", @@ -1742,8 +1778,8 @@ "title":"Stopping a DB Instance", "uri":"rds_pg_stop.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"192", - "code":"194" + "p_code":"196", + "code":"198" }, { "desc":"You can stop your instance temporarily to save money. After stopping your instance, you can restart it to begin using it again.If you start a primary instance, read repli", @@ -1751,8 +1787,8 @@ "title":"Starting a DB Instance", "uri":"rds_pg_start.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"192", - "code":"195" + "p_code":"196", + "code":"199" }, { "desc":"You may need to reboot a DB instance during maintenance. For example, after modifying some parameters, a reboot is required for the modifications to take effect. You can ", @@ -1760,8 +1796,8 @@ "title":"Rebooting DB Instances or Read Replicas", "uri":"rds_09_0024.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"192", - "code":"196" + "p_code":"196", + "code":"200" }, { "desc":"You can customize which instance items are displayed on the Instances page.The following items are displayed by default: DB instance name/ID, DB instance type, DB engine ", @@ -1769,8 +1805,8 @@ "title":"Selecting Displayed Items", "uri":"rds_pg_06_0022.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"192", - "code":"197" + "p_code":"196", + "code":"201" }, { "desc":"You can export information about all or selected DB instances to view and analyze DB instance information.", @@ -1778,8 +1814,8 @@ "title":"Exporting DB Instance Information", "uri":"rds_pg_05_0017.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"192", - "code":"198" + "p_code":"196", + "code":"202" }, { "desc":"To release resources, you can delete DB instances or read replicas as required on the Instances page.DB instances cannot be deleted when operations are being performed on", @@ -1787,8 +1823,8 @@ "title":"Deleting a DB Instance or Read Replica", "uri":"rds_09_0025.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"192", - "code":"199" + "p_code":"196", + "code":"203" }, { "desc":"Deleted DB instances can be moved to the recycle bin. You can rebuild DB instances from the recycle bin. The DB engine, DB engine version, and storage type of the new DB ", @@ -1796,8 +1832,8 @@ "title":"Recycling a DB Instance", "uri":"rds_pg_recycle.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"192", - "code":"200" + "p_code":"196", + "code":"204" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1805,8 +1841,17 @@ "title":"Instance Modifications", "uri":"rds_pg_05_0001.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"184", - "code":"201" + "p_code":"188", + "code":"205" + }, + { + "desc":"On the Overview page, you can get knowledge of the overall status of your RDS for PostgreSQL instance, including alarms, intelligent anomaly diagnosis, and key performanc", + "product_code":"rds", + "title":"Introduction to Instance Overview", + "uri":"rds_pg_08_0025.html", + "doc_type":"usermanual", + "p_code":"205", + "code":"206" }, { "desc":"RDS for PostgreSQL supports minor version upgrades to improve performance, add new functions, and fix bugs.When any new minor version is released to address vulnerabiliti", @@ -1814,17 +1859,17 @@ "title":"Upgrading a Minor Version", "uri":"rds_pg_05_0003.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"201", - "code":"202" + "p_code":"205", + "code":"207" }, { - "desc":"You can change the name of a primary DB instance or read replica.Alternatively, click the target DB instance to go to the Basic Information page. In the DB Instance Name ", + "desc":"You can change the name of a primary DB instance or read replica.Alternatively, click the target DB instance to go to the Overview page. Under DB Instance Name, click to", "product_code":"rds", "title":"Changing a DB Instance Name", "uri":"rds_pg_modify_instance_name.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"201", - "code":"203" + "p_code":"205", + "code":"208" }, { "desc":"You can configure the failover priority for reliability or for availability, depending on your service requirements.Reliability: This option is selected by default. Data ", @@ -1832,8 +1877,8 @@ "title":"Changing the Failover Priority", "uri":"rds_pg_modify_availability.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"201", - "code":"204" + "p_code":"205", + "code":"209" }, { "desc":"You can change the instance class (CPU or memory) of a DB instance as required. If the status of a DB instance changes from Changing instance class to Available, the chan", @@ -1841,8 +1886,8 @@ "title":"Changing a DB Instance Class", "uri":"rds_pg_scale_rds.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"201", - "code":"205" + "p_code":"205", + "code":"210" }, { "desc":"If the original storage space is insufficient as your services grow, scale up storage space of your DB instance.You are advised to set alarm rules for the storage space u", @@ -1850,8 +1895,17 @@ "title":"Scaling up Storage Space", "uri":"rds_pg_scale_cluster.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"201", - "code":"206" + "p_code":"205", + "code":"211" + }, + { + "desc":"If the storage type of your RDS DB instance does not match your workloads, you can change it as needed.If the storage type of a read replica is different from that of its", + "product_code":"rds", + "title":"Changing a Storage Type", + "uri":"rds_pg_05_0084.html", + "doc_type":"usermanual", + "p_code":"205", + "code":"212" }, { "desc":"With storage autoscaling enabled, when RDS detects that you are running out of database space, it automatically scales up your storage.Autoscaling up the storage space of", @@ -1859,8 +1913,8 @@ "title":"Storage Autoscaling", "uri":"rds_pg_05_0039.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"201", - "code":"207" + "p_code":"205", + "code":"213" }, { "desc":"The maintenance window is 02:00–06:00 by default and you can change it as required. To prevent service interruptions, you are advised to set the maintenance window to off", @@ -1868,8 +1922,8 @@ "title":"Changing the Maintenance Window", "uri":"rds_pg_05_0038.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"201", - "code":"208" + "p_code":"205", + "code":"214" }, { "desc":"RDS enables you to change single DB instances to primary/standby DB instances to improve instance reliability.Primary/standby DB instances support automatic failover. If ", @@ -1877,8 +1931,8 @@ "title":"Changing a DB Instance Type from Single to Primary/Standby", "uri":"rds_pg_05_0023.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"201", - "code":"209" + "p_code":"205", + "code":"215" }, { "desc":"If you choose to create primary/standby DB instances, RDS will create a primary DB instance and a synchronous standby DB instance in the same region. You can access the p", @@ -1886,8 +1940,8 @@ "title":"Manually Switching Between Primary and Standby DB Instances", "uri":"rds_pg_switch_ha.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"201", - "code":"210" + "p_code":"205", + "code":"216" }, { "desc":"You can migrate a standby DB instance to another AZ in the same region as the original AZ.DDL operations and scheduled events will be suspended during migration. To preve", @@ -1895,8 +1949,8 @@ "title":"Migrating a Standby DB Instance", "uri":"rds_pg_05_0060.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"201", - "code":"211" + "p_code":"205", + "code":"217" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1904,8 +1958,8 @@ "title":"Read Replicas", "uri":"rds_pg_11_0001.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"184", - "code":"212" + "p_code":"188", + "code":"218" }, { "desc":"RDS for PostgreSQL supports read replicas.In read-intensive scenarios, a single DB instance may be unable to handle the read pressure and service performance may be affec", @@ -1913,8 +1967,8 @@ "title":"Introducing Read Replicas", "uri":"rds_pg_11_0002.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"212", - "code":"213" + "p_code":"218", + "code":"219" }, { "desc":"Read replicas are used to enhance the read capabilities and reduce the load on primary DB instances.You can create read replicas as needed.A maximum of five read replicas", @@ -1922,8 +1976,8 @@ "title":"Creating a Read Replica", "uri":"rds_add_read_replica_pg.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"212", - "code":"214" + "p_code":"218", + "code":"220" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1931,8 +1985,8 @@ "title":"Managing a Read Replica", "uri":"rds_pg_11_0004.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"212", - "code":"215" + "p_code":"218", + "code":"221" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1940,8 +1994,8 @@ "title":"Backups and Restorations", "uri":"rds_pg_05_0034.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"184", - "code":"216" + "p_code":"188", + "code":"222" }, { "desc":"RDS supports backups and restorations to ensure data reliability.Automated backups are created during the backup time window for your DB instances. RDS saves automated ba", @@ -1949,8 +2003,8 @@ "title":"Working with Backups", "uri":"rds_pg_backup_restore.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"216", - "code":"217" + "p_code":"222", + "code":"223" }, { "desc":"When you create a DB instance, an automated backup policy is enabled by default. For security purposes, the automated backup policy cannot be disabled. After the DB insta", @@ -1958,8 +2012,8 @@ "title":"Configuring an Automated Backup Policy", "uri":"rds_09_0027.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"216", - "code":"218" + "p_code":"222", + "code":"224" }, { "desc":"RDS allows you to create manual backups of a running primary DB instance. You can use these backups to restore data.When you delete a DB instance, its automated backups a", @@ -1967,8 +2021,8 @@ "title":"Creating a Manual Backup", "uri":"rds_09_0028.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"216", - "code":"219" + "p_code":"222", + "code":"225" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to download a manual or an automated backup file to a local device and restore data from the backup file.RDS for PostgreSQL enables you to down", @@ -1976,8 +2030,8 @@ "title":"Downloading a Full Backup File", "uri":"rds_09_0031.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"216", - "code":"220" + "p_code":"222", + "code":"226" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to download a manual or an automated backup file to a local device and restore data from the backup file.RDS for PostgreSQL enables you to down", @@ -1985,8 +2039,8 @@ "title":"Downloading an Incremental Backup File", "uri":"rds_pg_05_0138.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"216", - "code":"221" + "p_code":"222", + "code":"227" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to use an automated or manual backup to restore a DB instance to the status when the backup was created. The restoration is at the DB instance ", @@ -1994,8 +2048,8 @@ "title":"Restoring from Backup Files to RDS for PostgreSQL", "uri":"rds_09_0030.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"216", - "code":"222" + "p_code":"222", + "code":"228" }, { "desc":"You can restore from automated backups to a specified point in time.RDS for PostgreSQL supports restoration to a new, the original, or an existing DB instance.When you en", @@ -2003,8 +2057,8 @@ "title":"Restoring a DB Instance to a Point in Time", "uri":"rds_09_0029.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"216", - "code":"223" + "p_code":"222", + "code":"229" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to replicate a manual or an automated backup. The new backup name must be different from the original backup name.You can replicate backups and", @@ -2012,8 +2066,8 @@ "title":"Replicating a Backup", "uri":"rds_09_0032.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"216", - "code":"224" + "p_code":"222", + "code":"230" }, { "desc":"You can delete manual backups to free up backup storage.Deleted manual backups cannot be recovered. Exercise caution when performing this operation.The following backups ", @@ -2021,8 +2075,8 @@ "title":"Deleting a Manual Backup", "uri":"rds_09_0033.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"216", - "code":"225" + "p_code":"222", + "code":"231" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2030,8 +2084,8 @@ "title":"Parameter Template Management", "uri":"rds_09_0034.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"184", - "code":"226" + "p_code":"188", + "code":"232" }, { "desc":"You can use database parameter templates to manage the DB engine configuration. A database parameter template acts as a container for engine configuration values that can", @@ -2039,8 +2093,8 @@ "title":"Creating a Parameter Template", "uri":"rds_pg_parameter_group.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"226", - "code":"227" + "p_code":"232", + "code":"233" }, { "desc":"You can modify parameters in a custom parameter template to optimize RDS database performance.You can change parameter values in custom parameter templates only and canno", @@ -2048,8 +2102,8 @@ "title":"Modifying Instance Parameters", "uri":"rds_pg_configuration.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"226", - "code":"228" + "p_code":"232", + "code":"234" }, { "desc":"You can export a parameter template of a DB instance for future use. You can also apply the exported parameter template to DB instances by referring to Applying a Paramet", @@ -2057,8 +2111,8 @@ "title":"Exporting a Parameter Template", "uri":"rds_pg_08_0042.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"226", - "code":"229" + "p_code":"232", + "code":"235" }, { "desc":"You can compare DB instance parameters with a parameter template that uses the same DB engine to understand the differences of parameter settings.You can also compare def", @@ -2066,8 +2120,8 @@ "title":"Comparing Parameter Templates", "uri":"rds_09_0035.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"226", - "code":"230" + "p_code":"232", + "code":"236" }, { "desc":"You can view the change history of DB instance parameters or custom parameter templates.An exported or custom parameter template has initially a blank change history.You ", @@ -2075,8 +2129,8 @@ "title":"Viewing Parameter Change History", "uri":"rds_pg_05_0099.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"226", - "code":"231" + "p_code":"232", + "code":"237" }, { "desc":"You can replicate a parameter template you have created. When you have already created a parameter template and want to include most of the custom parameters and values f", @@ -2084,8 +2138,8 @@ "title":"Replicating a Parameter Template", "uri":"rds_09_0036.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"226", - "code":"232" + "p_code":"232", + "code":"238" }, { "desc":"You can reset all parameters in a custom parameter template to their default settings.If the DB instance status is Parameter change. Pending reboot, a reboot is required ", @@ -2093,8 +2147,8 @@ "title":"Resetting a Parameter Template", "uri":"rds_09_0037.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"226", - "code":"233" + "p_code":"232", + "code":"239" }, { "desc":"You can apply parameter templates to DB instances as needed. A parameter template can be applied only to DB instances of the same version.If you intend to apply a default", @@ -2102,8 +2156,8 @@ "title":"Applying a Parameter Template", "uri":"rds_pg_05_0018.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"226", - "code":"234" + "p_code":"232", + "code":"240" }, { "desc":"You can view the application records of a parameter template.You can view the name or ID of the DB instance that the parameter template applies to, as well as the applica", @@ -2111,8 +2165,8 @@ "title":"Viewing Application Records of a Parameter Template", "uri":"rds_pg_05_0098.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"226", - "code":"235" + "p_code":"232", + "code":"241" }, { "desc":"You can modify the description of a parameter template you have created.You cannot modify the description of a default parameter template.The description consists of a ma", @@ -2120,8 +2174,8 @@ "title":"Modifying a Parameter Template Description", "uri":"rds_09_0038.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"226", - "code":"236" + "p_code":"232", + "code":"242" }, { "desc":"You can delete a custom parameter template that is no longer in use.Deleted parameter templates cannot be recovered. Exercise caution when performing this operation.Defau", @@ -2129,8 +2183,8 @@ "title":"Deleting a Parameter Template", "uri":"rds_09_0039.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"226", - "code":"237" + "p_code":"232", + "code":"243" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2138,8 +2192,8 @@ "title":"Connection Management", "uri":"rds_pg_05_0005.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"184", - "code":"238" + "p_code":"188", + "code":"244" }, { "desc":"You can change floating IP addresses after migrating on-premises databases or other cloud databases to RDS.After a floating IP address is changed, the domain name needs t", @@ -2147,8 +2201,17 @@ "title":"Configuring and Changing a Floating IP Address", "uri":"rds_pg_05_0024.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"238", - "code":"239" + "p_code":"244", + "code":"245" + }, + { + "desc":"You can change the private domain name of your DB instance and connect to the instance using the new domain name.Only the prefix of a private domain name can be modified.", + "product_code":"rds", + "title":"Changing a Private Domain Name", + "uri":"rds_pg_05_0026.html", + "doc_type":"usermanual", + "p_code":"244", + "code":"246" }, { "desc":"By default, a DB instance is not publicly accessible (not bound with an EIP) after being created. You can bind an EIP to a DB instance for public accessibility, and you c", @@ -2156,8 +2219,8 @@ "title":"Binding and Unbinding an EIP", "uri":"rds_pg_public_accessibility.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"238", - "code":"240" + "p_code":"244", + "code":"247" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to change the database port of a primary DB instance or a read replica. For primary/standby DB instances, changing the database port of the pri", @@ -2165,8 +2228,8 @@ "title":"Changing a Database Port", "uri":"rds_pg_change_database_port.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"238", - "code":"241" + "p_code":"244", + "code":"248" }, { "desc":"You can use the pgAdmin client to connect to an RDS DB instance.The pgAdmin version must be 4 or later.Prepare an ECS or a device that can access RDS DB instances.To conn", @@ -2174,8 +2237,8 @@ "title":"Connecting to a DB Instance Through pgAdmin", "uri":"rds_pg_11_0005.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"238", - "code":"242" + "p_code":"244", + "code":"249" }, { "desc":"SSL is enabled by default when you create an RDS for PostgreSQL DB instance and cannot be disabled after the instance is created. SSL encryption ensures that all communic", @@ -2183,8 +2246,8 @@ "title":"Configuring SSL Encryption", "uri":"rds_pg_11_0029.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"238", - "code":"243" + "p_code":"244", + "code":"250" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2192,8 +2255,8 @@ "title":"Plugin Management", "uri":"rds_09_0046.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"184", - "code":"244" + "p_code":"188", + "code":"251" }, { "desc":"RDS allows you to install and uninstall plugins on the console.RDS for PostgreSQL plugins only take effect on the databases you created the plugins for. To use a plugin o", @@ -2201,8 +2264,8 @@ "title":"Installing and Uninstalling a Plugin on the RDS Console", "uri":"rds_09_0070.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"244", - "code":"245" + "p_code":"251", + "code":"252" }, { "desc":"RDS provides the PostgreSQL plugin management solution for user root. Except the following plugins, you need to manually create other plugins by referring to this section", @@ -2210,8 +2273,8 @@ "title":"Installing and Uninstalling a Plugin Using SQL Commands", "uri":"rds_09_0043.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"244", - "code":"246" + "p_code":"251", + "code":"253" }, { "desc":"The following table lists the plugins supported by the latest minor versions of RDS for PostgreSQL. You can use SELECT name FROM pg_available_extensions; to view the plug", @@ -2219,8 +2282,8 @@ "title":"Supported Plugins", "uri":"rds_09_0045.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"244", - "code":"247" + "p_code":"251", + "code":"254" }, { "desc":"RDS for PostgreSQL supports the pgvector plugin, which allows for vector data type and vector similarity search. This plugin supports:Exact and approximate nearest neighb", @@ -2228,8 +2291,8 @@ "title":"pgvector", "uri":"rds_09_0062.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"244", - "code":"248" + "p_code":"251", + "code":"255" }, { "desc":"The pg_stat_statements extension provides a means for tracking planning and execution statistics of all SQL statements executed by a server.For more information, see pg_s", @@ -2237,8 +2300,8 @@ "title":"pg_stat_statements", "uri":"rds_09_0064.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"244", - "code":"249" + "p_code":"251", + "code":"256" }, { "desc":"To prevent highly concurrent SQL statements that consume too many resources from causing instance instability, RDS for PostgreSQL provides rds_pg_sql_ccl, ccl is short fo", @@ -2246,8 +2309,8 @@ "title":"rds_pg_sql_ccl", "uri":"rds_09_0065.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"244", - "code":"250" + "p_code":"251", + "code":"257" }, { "desc":"RDS provides the PostgreSQL tablespace management solution based on user root.# psql --host=--port= --dbname=--username=root -c\"select cont", @@ -2255,8 +2318,8 @@ "title":"Tablespace Management", "uri":"rds_09_0044.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"184", - "code":"251" + "p_code":"188", + "code":"258" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2264,8 +2327,8 @@ "title":"Problem Diagnosis and SQL Analysis", "uri":"rds_pg_08_0024.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"184", - "code":"252" + "p_code":"188", + "code":"259" }, { "desc":"DBA Assistant provides visualized database O&M and intelligent diagnosis for developers and database administrators (DBAs), making database O&M easy and efficient. By ana", @@ -2273,8 +2336,8 @@ "title":"Function Overview", "uri":"rds_pg_08_0037.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"252", - "code":"253" + "p_code":"259", + "code":"260" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2282,17 +2345,8 @@ "title":"Performance Monitoring", "uri":"rds_pg_10_0004.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"252", - "code":"254" - }, - { - "desc":"On the Dashboard page, you can get knowledge of the overall status of your instance, including alarms, resource usages, and key performance metrics. DBA Assistant diagnos", - "product_code":"rds", - "title":"Viewing the Overall Status of a DB Instance", - "uri":"rds_pg_08_0025.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"254", - "code":"255" + "p_code":"259", + "code":"261" }, { "desc":"DBA Assistant allows you to view the performance metrics of your DB instance. Historical trends of performance metrics within a specified time period help you learn about", @@ -2300,8 +2354,8 @@ "title":"Viewing Performance Metrics of a DB Instance", "uri":"rds_pg_08_0027.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"254", - "code":"256" + "p_code":"261", + "code":"262" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2309,8 +2363,8 @@ "title":"Problem Diagnosis", "uri":"rds_pg_10_0005.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"252", - "code":"257" + "p_code":"259", + "code":"263" }, { "desc":"You can kill sessions when necessary on the Sessions that Can Be Killed If Necessary tab page. This page covers:Emergency Channel: If the maximum number of connections fo", @@ -2318,8 +2372,8 @@ "title":"Killing Sessions", "uri":"rds_pg_08_0039.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"257", - "code":"258" + "p_code":"263", + "code":"264" }, { "desc":"You can query session snapshots of your instance while sorting, filtering, and displaying the snapshots as needed. You can also view session statistics by user, source, a", @@ -2327,8 +2381,8 @@ "title":"Managing Real-Time Sessions", "uri":"rds_pg_08_0026.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"257", - "code":"259" + "p_code":"263", + "code":"265" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2336,8 +2390,8 @@ "title":"SQL Analysis", "uri":"rds_pg_10_0006.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"252", - "code":"260" + "p_code":"259", + "code":"266" }, { "desc":"Slow Query Log displays a chart of SQL statements that are taking too long to execute and allows you to sort slow SQL statements by multiple dimensions, such as by user, ", @@ -2345,8 +2399,8 @@ "title":"Viewing Slow Query Logs of a DB Instance", "uri":"rds_pg_08_0030.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"260", - "code":"261" + "p_code":"266", + "code":"267" }, { "desc":"SQL Insights allows you to not only query all executed SQL statements, but also analyze and search for the tables that are accessed and updated most frequently, and the S", @@ -2354,8 +2408,8 @@ "title":"Creating a SQL Insights Task", "uri":"rds_pg_08_0032.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"260", - "code":"262" + "p_code":"266", + "code":"268" }, { "desc":"You can create rules to control concurrent execution of SQL statements by specifying original SQL statements or query ID. When the number of matched SQL statements exceed", @@ -2363,8 +2417,8 @@ "title":"Creating a SQL Throttling Rule", "uri":"rds_pg_08_0033.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"260", - "code":"263" + "p_code":"266", + "code":"269" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2372,8 +2426,8 @@ "title":"Data Security", "uri":"rds_pg_05_0006.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"184", - "code":"264" + "p_code":"188", + "code":"270" }, { "desc":"You can reset the administrator password of a primary instance.You can also reset the password of your database account when using RDS.If you have changed the administrat", @@ -2381,8 +2435,8 @@ "title":"Resetting the Administrator Password", "uri":"rds_pg_reset_password.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"264", - "code":"265" + "p_code":"270", + "code":"271" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to change the security group of a primary DB instance or read replica. For primary/standby DB instances, changing the security group of the pri", @@ -2390,8 +2444,8 @@ "title":"Changing a Security Group", "uri":"rds_09_0026.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"264", - "code":"266" + "p_code":"270", + "code":"272" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2399,8 +2453,8 @@ "title":"Metrics and Alarms", "uri":"rds_09_0041.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"184", - "code":"267" + "p_code":"188", + "code":"273" }, { "desc":"The RDS Agent monitors RDS DB instances and collects monitoring metrics only.This section describes the metrics that can be monitored by Cloud Eye as well as their namesp", @@ -2408,8 +2462,8 @@ "title":"Configuring Displayed Metrics", "uri":"rds_pg_06_0001.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"267", - "code":"268" + "p_code":"273", + "code":"274" }, { "desc":"You can set alarm rules by referring to Setting Alarm Rules to customize the monitored objects and notification policies and keep track of the RDS running status.The RDS ", @@ -2417,8 +2471,8 @@ "title":"Setting Alarm Rules", "uri":"rds_pg_06_0002.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"267", - "code":"269" + "p_code":"273", + "code":"275" }, { "desc":"Cloud Eye monitors the statuses of RDS DB instances. You can view RDS monitoring metrics on the management console.Monitored data takes some time before it can be display", @@ -2426,8 +2480,8 @@ "title":"Viewing Monitoring Metrics", "uri":"rds_pg_06_0003.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"267", - "code":"270" + "p_code":"273", + "code":"276" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2435,8 +2489,8 @@ "title":"Interconnection with CTS", "uri":"rds_09_0042.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"184", - "code":"271" + "p_code":"188", + "code":"277" }, { "desc":"Cloud Trace Service (CTS) records operations related to RDS for further query, audit, and backtrack.", @@ -2444,8 +2498,8 @@ "title":"Key Operations Supported by CTS", "uri":"rds_pg_06_0004.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"271", - "code":"272" + "p_code":"277", + "code":"278" }, { "desc":"After CTS is enabled, operations on cloud resources are recorded. You can view the operation records of the last 7 days on the CTS console.This section describes how to q", @@ -2453,8 +2507,8 @@ "title":"Viewing Tracing Events", "uri":"rds_pg_06_0005.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"271", - "code":"273" + "p_code":"277", + "code":"279" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2462,8 +2516,8 @@ "title":"Log Management", "uri":"rds_08_001.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"184", - "code":"274" + "p_code":"188", + "code":"280" }, { "desc":"Error logs contain logs generated during the database running. These can help you analyze problems with the database.You can select a log level in the upper right corner ", @@ -2471,8 +2525,8 @@ "title":"Viewing Error Logs", "uri":"rds_recent_log.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"274", - "code":"275" + "p_code":"280", + "code":"281" }, { "desc":"Slow query logs record statements that exceed the log_min_duration_statement value. You can view log details to identify statements that are slowly executed and optimize ", @@ -2480,8 +2534,8 @@ "title":"Viewing Slow Query Logs", "uri":"slow_query_log-pg.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"274", - "code":"276" + "p_code":"280", + "code":"282" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2489,8 +2543,8 @@ "title":"Task Center", "uri":"rds_pg_05_0007.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"184", - "code":"277" + "p_code":"188", + "code":"283" }, { "desc":"You can view the detailed progress and result of the task on the Task Center page.You can view and manage the following tasks:Creating DB instancesCreating read replicasC", @@ -2498,8 +2552,8 @@ "title":"Viewing a Task", "uri":"rds_task_pg_0001.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"277", - "code":"278" + "p_code":"283", + "code":"284" }, { "desc":"You can delete task records so that they are no longer displayed in the task list. This operation only deletes the task records, and does not delete the DB instances or t", @@ -2507,8 +2561,8 @@ "title":"Deleting a Task Record", "uri":"rds_task_pg_0002.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"277", - "code":"279" + "p_code":"283", + "code":"285" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2516,8 +2570,8 @@ "title":"Major Version Upgrade", "uri":"rds_09_0048.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"184", - "code":"280" + "p_code":"188", + "code":"286" }, { "desc":"RDS for PostgreSQL allows you to upgrade the major version of your DB instance in either of the following methods:Upgrade without cutover: You can use it to test service ", @@ -2525,8 +2579,8 @@ "title":"Upgrading the Major Version of a DB Instance on the Console", "uri":"rds_pg_05_0004.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"280", - "code":"281" + "p_code":"286", + "code":"287" }, { "desc":"Tag Management Service (TMS) enables you to use tags on the management console to manage resources. TMS works with other cloud services to manage tags. TMS manages tags g", @@ -2534,8 +2588,8 @@ "title":"Managing Tags", "uri":"rds_pg_tag.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"184", - "code":"282" + "p_code":"188", + "code":"288" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2544,7 +2598,7 @@ "uri":"rds_10_0000.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"283" + "code":"289" }, { "desc":"Do not use instances with 2 vCPUs and 4 GB memory for production workloads. Such instances are provided only for experience testing.Use instances with at least 4 vCPUs an", @@ -2552,8 +2606,8 @@ "title":"Suggestions on Using RDS for SQL Server", "uri":"rds_mssql_10_0000.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"283", - "code":"284" + "p_code":"289", + "code":"290" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2561,8 +2615,8 @@ "title":"Data Migration", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0001_02.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"283", - "code":"285" + "p_code":"289", + "code":"291" }, { "desc":"You can access RDS DB instances through an EIP or ECS.Prepare an ECS for accessing DB instances in the same VPC or prepare a device for accessing RDS through an EIP. To c", @@ -2570,8 +2624,8 @@ "title":"Migrating Data to RDS for SQL Server Using SQL Server Management Studio", "uri":"rds_10_0035.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"285", - "code":"286" + "p_code":"291", + "code":"292" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2579,8 +2633,8 @@ "title":"Permissions Management", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_07_0000.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"283", - "code":"287" + "p_code":"289", + "code":"293" }, { "desc":"This chapter describes how to use Identity and Access Management (IAM) for fine-grained permissions management for your RDS resources. With IAM, you can:Create IAM users ", @@ -2588,8 +2642,8 @@ "title":"Creating a User and Granting Permissions", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_07_0002.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"287", - "code":"288" + "p_code":"293", + "code":"294" }, { "desc":"Custom policies can be created to supplement the system policies of RDS.You can create custom policies in either of the following two ways:Visual editor: Select cloud ser", @@ -2597,8 +2651,8 @@ "title":"RDS Custom Policies", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_07_0003.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"287", - "code":"289" + "p_code":"293", + "code":"295" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2606,8 +2660,8 @@ "title":"Instance Lifecycle", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0000.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"283", - "code":"290" + "p_code":"289", + "code":"296" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to quickly create a DB instance with the same configurations as the selected one.You can create DB instances with the same configurations numer", @@ -2615,8 +2669,8 @@ "title":"Creating a Same DB Instance as an Existing DB Instance", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0055.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"290", - "code":"291" + "p_code":"296", + "code":"297" }, { "desc":"You may need to reboot a DB instance during maintenance. For example, after modifying some parameters, a reboot is required for the modifications to take effect. You can ", @@ -2624,8 +2678,8 @@ "title":"Rebooting DB Instances or Read Replicas", "uri":"rds_11_0006.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"290", - "code":"292" + "p_code":"296", + "code":"298" }, { "desc":"If you use DB instances only for routine development, you can temporarily stop instances to save money. You can stop an instance for up to 15 days.After a DB instance is ", @@ -2633,8 +2687,8 @@ "title":"Stopping a DB Instance", "uri":"rds_mssql_stop.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"290", - "code":"293" + "p_code":"296", + "code":"299" }, { "desc":"You can stop your instance temporarily to save money. After stopping your instance, you can restart it to begin using it again.After a DB instance is started, the VM wher", @@ -2642,8 +2696,8 @@ "title":"Starting a DB Instance", "uri":"rds_mssql_start.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"290", - "code":"294" + "p_code":"296", + "code":"300" }, { "desc":"You can customize which instance items are displayed on the Instances page.The following items are displayed by default: DB instance name/ID, DB instance type, DB engine ", @@ -2651,8 +2705,8 @@ "title":"Selecting Displayed Items", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_06_0022.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"290", - "code":"295" + "p_code":"296", + "code":"301" }, { "desc":"You can export information about all or selected DB instances to view and analyze DB instance information.", @@ -2660,8 +2714,8 @@ "title":"Exporting DB Instance Information", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0017.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"290", - "code":"296" + "p_code":"296", + "code":"302" }, { "desc":"To release resources, you can delete DB instances or read replicas as required on the Instances page.DB instances cannot be deleted when operations are being performed on", @@ -2669,8 +2723,8 @@ "title":"Deleting a DB Instance or Read Replica", "uri":"rds_11_0030.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"290", - "code":"297" + "p_code":"296", + "code":"303" }, { "desc":"Deleted DB instances can be moved to the recycle bin. You can rebuild DB instances from the recycle bin. The DB engine, DB engine version, and storage type of the new DB ", @@ -2678,8 +2732,8 @@ "title":"Recycling a DB Instance", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_recycle.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"290", - "code":"298" + "p_code":"296", + "code":"304" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2687,17 +2741,26 @@ "title":"Instance Modifications", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0008.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"283", - "code":"299" + "p_code":"289", + "code":"305" }, { - "desc":"You can change the name of a primary DB instance or read replica.Alternatively, click the target DB instance to go to the Basic Information page. In the DB Instance Name ", + "desc":"On the Overview page, you can get knowledge of the overall status of your RDS for SQL Server instance, including alarms, intelligent anomaly diagnosis, and key performanc", + "product_code":"rds", + "title":"Introduction to Instance Overview", + "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0117.html", + "doc_type":"usermanual", + "p_code":"305", + "code":"306" + }, + { + "desc":"You can change the name of a primary DB instance or read replica.Alternatively, click the target DB instance to go to the Overview page. Under DB Instance Name, click to", "product_code":"rds", "title":"Changing a DB Instance Name", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_modify_instance_name.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"299", - "code":"300" + "p_code":"305", + "code":"307" }, { "desc":"You can configure the failover priority for reliability or for availability, depending on your service requirements.Reliability: This option is selected by default. Data ", @@ -2705,8 +2768,8 @@ "title":"Changing the Failover Priority", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_modify_availability.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"299", - "code":"301" + "p_code":"305", + "code":"308" }, { "desc":"You can change the instance class (CPU or memory) of a DB instance as required. If the status of a DB instance changes from Changing instance class to Available, the chan", @@ -2714,8 +2777,17 @@ "title":"Changing a DB Instance Class", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_scale_rds.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"299", - "code":"302" + "p_code":"305", + "code":"309" + }, + { + "desc":"If the storage type of your DB instance does not match your workloads, you can change it as needed.If the storage type of a read replica is different from that of its ass", + "product_code":"rds", + "title":"Changing a Storage Type", + "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0050.html", + "doc_type":"usermanual", + "p_code":"305", + "code":"310" }, { "desc":"If the original storage space is insufficient as your services grow, scale up storage space of your DB instance.You are advised to set alarm rules for the storage space u", @@ -2723,8 +2795,8 @@ "title":"Scaling up Storage Space", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_scale_cluster.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"299", - "code":"303" + "p_code":"305", + "code":"311" }, { "desc":"With storage autoscaling enabled, when RDS detects that you are running out of database space, it automatically scales up your storage.Autoscaling up the storage space of", @@ -2732,8 +2804,8 @@ "title":"Configuring Autoscaling", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0029.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"299", - "code":"304" + "p_code":"305", + "code":"312" }, { "desc":"The maintenance window is 02:00–06:00 by default and you can change it as required. To prevent service interruptions, you are advised to set the maintenance window to off", @@ -2741,8 +2813,8 @@ "title":"Changing the Maintenance Window", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0038.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"299", - "code":"305" + "p_code":"305", + "code":"313" }, { "desc":"RDS enables you to change single DB instances to primary/standby DB instances to improve instance reliability.Primary/standby DB instances support automatic failover. If ", @@ -2750,8 +2822,8 @@ "title":"Changing a DB Instance Type from Single to Primary/Standby", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0023.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"299", - "code":"306" + "p_code":"305", + "code":"314" }, { "desc":"If you choose to create primary/standby DB instances, RDS will create a primary DB instance and a synchronous standby DB instance in the same region. You can access the p", @@ -2759,8 +2831,8 @@ "title":"Manually Switching Between Primary and Standby DB Instances", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_switch_ha.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"299", - "code":"307" + "p_code":"305", + "code":"315" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2768,8 +2840,8 @@ "title":"Read Replicas", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_11_0001.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"283", - "code":"308" + "p_code":"289", + "code":"316" }, { "desc":"Only RDS for SQL Server 2022 Enterprise Edition, 2019 Enterprise Edition and 2017 Enterprise Edition support read replicas.In read-intensive scenarios, a single DB instan", @@ -2777,8 +2849,8 @@ "title":"Introducing Read Replicas", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_11_0002.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"308", - "code":"309" + "p_code":"316", + "code":"317" }, { "desc":"Read replicas are used to enhance the read capabilities and reduce the load on primary DB instances.After a DB instance has been created, you can create read replicas for", @@ -2786,8 +2858,8 @@ "title":"Creating a Read Replica", "uri":"rds_03_0011.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"308", - "code":"310" + "p_code":"316", + "code":"318" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2795,8 +2867,8 @@ "title":"Managing a Read Replica", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_11_0004.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"308", - "code":"311" + "p_code":"316", + "code":"319" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2804,8 +2876,8 @@ "title":"Backups and Restorations", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0034.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"283", - "code":"312" + "p_code":"289", + "code":"320" }, { "desc":"RDS supports DB instance backups and restorations to ensure data reliability.Automated backups are created during the backup period of your DB instances. RDS saves automa", @@ -2813,8 +2885,8 @@ "title":"Working with Backups", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_backup_restore.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"312", - "code":"313" + "p_code":"320", + "code":"321" }, { "desc":"When you create a DB instance, an automated backup policy is enabled by default. For security purposes, the automated backup policy cannot be disabled. After the DB insta", @@ -2822,8 +2894,8 @@ "title":"Configuring an Intra-Region Backup Policy", "uri":"rds_11_0031.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"312", - "code":"314" + "p_code":"320", + "code":"322" }, { "desc":"RDS allows you to create manual backups of a running primary DB instance. You can use these backups to restore data.When you delete a DB instance, its automated backups a", @@ -2831,8 +2903,8 @@ "title":"Creating a Manual Backup", "uri":"rds_11_0010.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"312", - "code":"315" + "p_code":"320", + "code":"323" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to download a manual backup or an automated backup to a local device and restore data from the backup file.If the size of the backup data is gr", @@ -2840,8 +2912,8 @@ "title":"Downloading a Backup File", "uri":"rds_11_0013.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"312", - "code":"316" + "p_code":"320", + "code":"324" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to use an automated or manual backup to restore a DB instance to the status when the backup was created.Alternatively, click the target DB inst", @@ -2849,8 +2921,8 @@ "title":"Restoring from Backup Files to RDS for SQL Server", "uri":"rds_11_0023.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"312", - "code":"317" + "p_code":"320", + "code":"325" }, { "desc":"You can download backup files by referring to section Downloading a Backup File and restore data from them. You can use SQL Server Management Studio (SSMS) to connect to ", @@ -2858,8 +2930,8 @@ "title":"Restoring from Backup Files to a Self-Built SQL Server Database", "uri":"rds_05_0044.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"312", - "code":"318" + "p_code":"320", + "code":"326" }, { "desc":"You can restore from automated backups to a specified point in time.RDS for Microsoft SQL Server supports restoration to a new, the original, or an existing DB instance.I", @@ -2867,8 +2939,8 @@ "title":"Restoring a DB Instance to a Point in Time", "uri":"rds_11_0022.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"312", - "code":"319" + "p_code":"320", + "code":"327" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to replicate a manual or an automated backup. The new backup name must be different from the original backup name.You can replicate backups and", @@ -2876,8 +2948,8 @@ "title":"Replicating a Backup", "uri":"rds_10_0055.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"312", - "code":"320" + "p_code":"320", + "code":"328" }, { "desc":"You can delete manual backups to free up backup storage.Deleted manual backups cannot be recovered. Exercise caution when performing this operation.The following backups ", @@ -2885,8 +2957,8 @@ "title":"Deleting a Manual Backup", "uri":"rds_10_0101.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"312", - "code":"321" + "p_code":"320", + "code":"329" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2894,8 +2966,8 @@ "title":"Parameter Template Management", "uri":"rds_10_0102.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"283", - "code":"322" + "p_code":"289", + "code":"330" }, { "desc":"You can use database parameter templates to manage the DB engine configuration. A database parameter template acts as a container for engine configuration values that can", @@ -2903,8 +2975,8 @@ "title":"Creating a Parameter Template", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_parameter_group.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"322", - "code":"323" + "p_code":"330", + "code":"331" }, { "desc":"You can modify parameters in a custom parameter template to optimize RDS database performance.You can only change parameter values in custom parameter templates. You cann", @@ -2912,8 +2984,8 @@ "title":"Modifying Parameters", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_configuration.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"322", - "code":"324" + "p_code":"330", + "code":"332" }, { "desc":"You can export a parameter template of a DB instance for future use. You can also apply the exported parameter template to DB instances by referring to Applying a Paramet", @@ -2921,8 +2993,8 @@ "title":"Exporting a Parameter Template", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_08_0042.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"322", - "code":"325" + "p_code":"330", + "code":"333" }, { "desc":"You can compare DB instance parameters with a parameter template that uses the same DB engine to understand the differences of parameter settings.You can also compare def", @@ -2930,8 +3002,8 @@ "title":"Comparing Parameter Templates", "uri":"rds_10_0103.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"322", - "code":"326" + "p_code":"330", + "code":"334" }, { "desc":"You can view the change history of DB instance parameters or custom parameter templates.An exported or custom parameter template has initially a blank change history.You ", @@ -2939,8 +3011,8 @@ "title":"Viewing Parameter Change History", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0099.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"322", - "code":"327" + "p_code":"330", + "code":"335" }, { "desc":"You can replicate a parameter template you have created. When you have already created a parameter template and want to include most of the custom parameters and values f", @@ -2948,8 +3020,8 @@ "title":"Replicating a Parameter Template", "uri":"rds_10_0104.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"322", - "code":"328" + "p_code":"330", + "code":"336" }, { "desc":"You can reset all parameters in a custom parameter template to their default settings.If the DB instance status is Parameter change. Pending reboot, a reboot is required ", @@ -2957,8 +3029,8 @@ "title":"Resetting a Parameter Template", "uri":"rds_10_0105.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"322", - "code":"329" + "p_code":"330", + "code":"337" }, { "desc":"You can apply parameter templates to DB instances as needed. A parameter template can be applied only to DB instances of the same version.If you intend to apply a default", @@ -2966,8 +3038,8 @@ "title":"Applying a Parameter Template", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0018.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"322", - "code":"330" + "p_code":"330", + "code":"338" }, { "desc":"You can view the application records of a parameter template.You can view the name or ID of the DB instance that the parameter template applies to, as well as the applica", @@ -2975,8 +3047,8 @@ "title":"Viewing Application Records of a Parameter Template", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0098.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"322", - "code":"331" + "p_code":"330", + "code":"339" }, { "desc":"You can modify the description of a parameter template you have created.You cannot modify the description of a default parameter template.The description consists of a ma", @@ -2984,8 +3056,8 @@ "title":"Modifying a Parameter Template Description", "uri":"rds_10_0106.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"322", - "code":"332" + "p_code":"330", + "code":"340" }, { "desc":"You can delete a custom parameter template that is no longer in use.Deleted parameter templates cannot be recovered. Exercise caution when performing this operation.Defau", @@ -2993,8 +3065,8 @@ "title":"Deleting a Parameter Template", "uri":"rds_10_0107.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"322", - "code":"333" + "p_code":"330", + "code":"341" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3002,8 +3074,8 @@ "title":"Connection Management", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0005.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"283", - "code":"334" + "p_code":"289", + "code":"342" }, { "desc":"You can change floating IP addresses after migrating on-premises databases or other cloud databases to RDS.After a floating IP address is changed, the domain name needs t", @@ -3011,8 +3083,8 @@ "title":"Configuring and Changing a Floating IP Address", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0024.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"334", - "code":"335" + "p_code":"342", + "code":"343" }, { "desc":"By default, a DB instance is not publicly accessible (not bound with an EIP) after being created. You can bind an EIP to a DB instance for public accessibility, and you c", @@ -3020,8 +3092,8 @@ "title":"Binding and Unbinding an EIP", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_0025.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"334", - "code":"336" + "p_code":"342", + "code":"344" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to change the database port of a primary DB instance or a read replica. For primary/standby DB instances, changing the database port of the pri", @@ -3029,8 +3101,17 @@ "title":"Changing a Database Port", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_change_database_port.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"334", - "code":"337" + "p_code":"342", + "code":"345" + }, + { + "desc":"You can apply for a private domain name and connect to your RDS DB instance through the private domain name.After a private domain name is generated, changing the floatin", + "product_code":"rds", + "title":"Applying for and Changing a Private Domain Name", + "uri":"rds_sqlserver_0024.html", + "doc_type":"usermanual", + "p_code":"342", + "code":"346" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3038,8 +3119,8 @@ "title":"Data Security", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0006.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"283", - "code":"338" + "p_code":"289", + "code":"347" }, { "desc":"You can reset the administrator password only through the primary DB instance.You can also reset the password of your database account when using RDS.If you have changed ", @@ -3047,8 +3128,8 @@ "title":"Resetting the Administrator Password", "uri":"en-us_topic_sqlserver_reset_password.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"338", - "code":"339" + "p_code":"347", + "code":"348" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to change the security group of a primary DB instance or read replica. For primary/standby DB instances, changing the security group of the pri", @@ -3056,8 +3137,8 @@ "title":"Changing a Security Group", "uri":"rds_11_0032.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"338", - "code":"340" + "p_code":"347", + "code":"349" }, { "desc":"Transparent Data Encryption (TDE) encrypts data files and backup files using certificates to implement real-time I/O encryption and decryption. This function effectively ", @@ -3065,8 +3146,8 @@ "title":"Configuring the TDE Function", "uri":"rds_11_0004.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"338", - "code":"341" + "p_code":"347", + "code":"350" }, { "desc":"The participator, transaction-supported server, resource server, and transaction manager of a distributed transaction are deployed on different nodes in a distributed sys", @@ -3074,8 +3155,8 @@ "title":"Distributed Transactions", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_01_0001.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"283", - "code":"342" + "p_code":"289", + "code":"351" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3083,8 +3164,8 @@ "title":"Metrics and Alarms", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_06_0000.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"283", - "code":"343" + "p_code":"289", + "code":"352" }, { "desc":"The RDS Agent monitors RDS DB instances and collects monitoring metrics only.This section describes the metrics that can be monitored by Cloud Eye as well as their namesp", @@ -3092,8 +3173,8 @@ "title":"Configuring Displayed Metrics", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_06_0001.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"343", - "code":"344" + "p_code":"352", + "code":"353" }, { "desc":"You can set alarm rules by referring to Setting Alarm Rules to customize the monitored objects and notification policies and keep track of the RDS running status.The RDS ", @@ -3101,8 +3182,8 @@ "title":"Setting Alarm Rules", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_06_0002.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"343", - "code":"345" + "p_code":"352", + "code":"354" }, { "desc":"Cloud Eye monitors the statuses of RDS DB instances. You can view RDS monitoring metrics on the management console.Monitored data takes some time before it can be display", @@ -3110,8 +3191,8 @@ "title":"Viewing Monitoring Metrics", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_06_0003.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"343", - "code":"346" + "p_code":"352", + "code":"355" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3119,8 +3200,8 @@ "title":"Interconnection with CTS", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_01_0000.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"283", - "code":"347" + "p_code":"289", + "code":"356" }, { "desc":"Cloud Trace Service (CTS) records operations related to RDS for further query, audit, and backtrack.", @@ -3128,8 +3209,8 @@ "title":"Key Operations Supported by CTS", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_06_0004.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"347", - "code":"348" + "p_code":"356", + "code":"357" }, { "desc":"After CTS is enabled, operations on cloud resources are recorded. You can view the operation records of the last 7 days on the CTS console.This section describes how to q", @@ -3137,8 +3218,8 @@ "title":"Viewing Tracing Events", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_06_0005.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"347", - "code":"349" + "p_code":"356", + "code":"358" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3146,8 +3227,8 @@ "title":"Log Management", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_log.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"283", - "code":"350" + "p_code":"289", + "code":"359" }, { "desc":"System logs contain logs generated during the database running. These can help you analyze problems with the database.You can select a log level in the upper right corner", @@ -3155,8 +3236,8 @@ "title":"Viewing System Logs", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_01_0002.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"350", - "code":"351" + "p_code":"359", + "code":"360" }, { "desc":"Slow query logs record statements that exceed long_query_time (1 second by default). You can view log details to identify statements that are executing slowly and optimiz", @@ -3164,8 +3245,8 @@ "title":"Viewing and Downloading Slow Query Logs", "uri":"slow_query_log-sqlserver.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"350", - "code":"352" + "p_code":"359", + "code":"361" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3173,8 +3254,8 @@ "title":"DBA Assistant", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_dba.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"283", - "code":"353" + "p_code":"289", + "code":"362" }, { "desc":"DBA Assistant provides you with a range of database O&M functions, making it easy to diagnose database problems, locate faults, analyze and optimize database performance.", @@ -3182,8 +3263,8 @@ "title":"Function Overview", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_dba_01.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"353", - "code":"354" + "p_code":"362", + "code":"363" }, { "desc":"RDS for SQL Server provides space monitoring and analysis by instance, database, and even table, helping you quickly learn about space information and identify space prob", @@ -3191,8 +3272,8 @@ "title":"Storage Analysis", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_dba_02.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"353", - "code":"355" + "p_code":"362", + "code":"364" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3200,8 +3281,8 @@ "title":"Task Center", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0007.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"283", - "code":"356" + "p_code":"289", + "code":"365" }, { "desc":"You can view the progress and results of tasks on the Task Center page.You can view and manage the following tasks:Creating DB instancesCreating read replicasChanging sin", @@ -3209,8 +3290,8 @@ "title":"Viewing a Task", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_task_0001.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"356", - "code":"357" + "p_code":"365", + "code":"366" }, { "desc":"You can delete task records so that they are no longer displayed in the task list. This operation only deletes the task records, and does not delete the DB instances or t", @@ -3218,8 +3299,8 @@ "title":"Deleting a Task Record", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_task_0002.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"356", - "code":"358" + "p_code":"365", + "code":"367" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3227,8 +3308,8 @@ "title":"Usage of Stored Procedures", "uri":"rds_09_0001.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"283", - "code":"359" + "p_code":"289", + "code":"368" }, { "desc":"You can use a stored procedure to update statistics to improve query performance.An RDS Microsoft SQL Server DB instance has been connected. For details about how to conn", @@ -3236,8 +3317,8 @@ "title":"Updating Database Statistics", "uri":"rds_09_0009.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"359", - "code":"360" + "p_code":"368", + "code":"369" }, { "desc":"Tag Management Service (TMS) enables you to use tags on the management console to manage resources. TMS works with other cloud services to manage tags. TMS manages tags g", @@ -3245,8 +3326,8 @@ "title":"Managing Tags", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_tag.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"283", - "code":"361" + "p_code":"289", + "code":"370" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3255,7 +3336,7 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0000.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"362" + "code":"371" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3263,8 +3344,8 @@ "title":"RDS for PostgreSQL", "uri":"rds_pg_11_0000.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"362", - "code":"363" + "p_code":"371", + "code":"372" }, { "desc":"PostgreSQL has earned a reputation for reliability, stability, and data consistency, and has become the preferred choice as an open-source relational database for many en", @@ -3272,8 +3353,8 @@ "title":"Security Best Practices", "uri":"rds_pg_11_0011.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"363", - "code":"364" + "p_code":"372", + "code":"373" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3282,7 +3363,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0000.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"365" + "code":"374" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3290,8 +3371,8 @@ "title":"Product Consulting", "uri":"rds_faq_0146.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"365", - "code":"366" + "p_code":"374", + "code":"375" }, { "desc":"DB instance operating systems (OSs) are invisible to you. Your applications can access a database only through an IP address and a port.The backup files stored in Object ", @@ -3299,8 +3380,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Pay Attention to When Using RDS?", "uri":"rds_faq_0001.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"366", - "code":"367" + "p_code":"375", + "code":"376" }, { "desc":"Calculation formula for RDS DB instance availability:DB instance availability = (1 – Failure duration/Total service duration) × 100%", @@ -3308,8 +3389,8 @@ "title":"What Is the Availability of RDS DB Instances?", "uri":"rds_faq_0002.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"366", - "code":"368" + "p_code":"375", + "code":"377" }, { "desc":"Currently, DB instance cannot be created using a template.", @@ -3317,8 +3398,8 @@ "title":"Can I Use a Template to Create DB Instances?", "uri":"rds_faq_0003.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"366", - "code":"369" + "p_code":"375", + "code":"378" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3326,8 +3407,8 @@ "title":"What Are the Differences Between RDS and Other Database Solutions?", "uri":"rds_faq_0004.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"366", - "code":"370" + "p_code":"375", + "code":"379" }, { "desc":"No. Your RDS DB instances and resources are isolated from other users' DB instances.", @@ -3335,8 +3416,8 @@ "title":"Will My RDS DB Instances Be Affected by Other User Instances?", "uri":"rds_faq_0005.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"366", - "code":"371" + "p_code":"375", + "code":"380" }, { "desc":"Yes. RDS supports cross-AZ high availability. When you create primary/standby DB instances, you can select different AZs for them.", @@ -3344,8 +3425,8 @@ "title":"Does RDS Support Cross-AZ High Availability?", "uri":"rds_faq_0073.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"366", - "code":"372" + "p_code":"375", + "code":"381" }, { "desc":"No. RDS single DB instances can be changed to primary/standby DB instances, but not the other way around.", @@ -3353,8 +3434,8 @@ "title":"Can RDS Primary/Standby DB Instances Be Changed to Single DB Instances?", "uri":"rds_faq_0104.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"366", - "code":"373" + "p_code":"375", + "code":"382" }, { "desc":"The default code is utf8. You need to convert the default code to Unicode in the exported Excel file.", @@ -3362,8 +3443,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If Garbled Characters Are Displayed After SQL Query Results Are Exported to an Excel File?", "uri":"rds_faq_0110.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"366", - "code":"374" + "p_code":"375", + "code":"383" }, { "desc":"To solve this problem:Check the performance of RDS DB instances on the RDS console.Compare the database connection status of local databases and RDS DB instances. This pr", @@ -3371,8 +3452,8 @@ "title":"What Can I Do About Slow Respond of Websites When They Use RDS?", "uri":"rds_faq_0008.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"366", - "code":"375" + "p_code":"375", + "code":"384" }, { "desc":"RDS provides the high availability. Select the primary/standby mode.Also called an unplanned handover. If the primary DB instance fails, the system will automatically swi", @@ -3380,8 +3461,8 @@ "title":"How Does a Cloud Database Perform a Primary/Standby Switchover?", "uri":"rds_faq_0065.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"366", - "code":"376" + "p_code":"375", + "code":"385" }, { "desc":"Multiple ECSs can connect to the same RDS DB instance as long as the capability limits of a database are not exceeded.", @@ -3389,8 +3470,8 @@ "title":"Can Multiple ECSs Connect to the Same RDS DB Instance?", "uri":"rds_faq_0013.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"366", - "code":"377" + "p_code":"375", + "code":"386" }, { "desc":"An error shown in Figure 1 is reported on SQL Server Management Studio when a database is being deleted from RDS SQL Server primary/standby DB instances.The database 'xxx", @@ -3398,8 +3479,8 @@ "title":"Why Is an Error Reported When I Attempt to Delete a Database from RDS SQL Server Primary/Standby DB Instances?", "uri":"rds_faq_0094.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"366", - "code":"378" + "p_code":"375", + "code":"387" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3407,8 +3488,8 @@ "title":"Resource and Disk Management", "uri":"rds_faq_0145.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"365", - "code":"379" + "p_code":"374", + "code":"388" }, { "desc":"The following logs and files occupy RDS storage space.If the original storage space is insufficient as your services grow, scale up storage space of your DB instance.If d", @@ -3416,8 +3497,8 @@ "title":"Which Types of Logs and Files Occupy RDS Storage Space?", "uri":"rds_faq_0049.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"379", - "code":"380" + "p_code":"388", + "code":"389" }, { "desc":"Both your common data (excluding backup data) and the data required for the operation of your DB instances (such as system database data, rollback logs, redo logs, and in", @@ -3425,8 +3506,8 @@ "title":"Which Items Occupy the Storage Space of My RDS DB Instances?", "uri":"rds_faq_0047.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"379", - "code":"381" + "p_code":"388", + "code":"390" }, { "desc":"The storage space you applied for will include space for the file system overhead required for inode, reserved block, and database operations.", @@ -3434,8 +3515,8 @@ "title":"What Overhead Does the Storage Space Have After I Applied for an RDS DB Instance?", "uri":"rds_faq_0048.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"379", - "code":"382" + "p_code":"388", + "code":"391" }, { "desc":"Data Definition Language (DDL) operations may increase storage space usage sharply. To ensure that services are running properly, do not perform DDL operations during pea", @@ -3443,8 +3524,8 @@ "title":"How Much Storage Space Is Required for DDL Operations?", "uri":"rds_faq_0082.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"379", - "code":"383" + "p_code":"388", + "code":"392" }, { "desc":"There are no limitations on the number of DB instances running on RDS.", @@ -3452,8 +3533,8 @@ "title":"How Many DB Instances Can Run on RDS?", "uri":"rds_faq_0006.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"379", - "code":"384" + "p_code":"388", + "code":"393" }, { "desc":"The maximum number of databases that can run on an RDS DB instance depends on the DB engine settings.If there are enough CPU, memory, and storage resources, there are no ", @@ -3461,8 +3542,8 @@ "title":"How Many Databases Can Run on an RDS DB Instance?", "uri":"rds_faq_0007.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"379", - "code":"385" + "p_code":"388", + "code":"394" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3470,8 +3551,8 @@ "title":"Database Connection", "uri":"rds_faq_0141.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"365", - "code":"386" + "p_code":"374", + "code":"395" }, { "desc":"For a DB instance that has an EIP bound, you can access it through the EIP.Enable a VPN in a VPC and use the VPN to connect to the RDS DB instance.Create an RDS and an EC", @@ -3479,8 +3560,8 @@ "title":"Can an External Server Access the RDS Database?", "uri":"rds_faq_0018.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"386", - "code":"387" + "p_code":"395", + "code":"396" }, { "desc":"The number of database connections indicates the number of applications that can be simultaneously connected to a database, and is irrelevant to the maximum number of use", @@ -3488,8 +3569,8 @@ "title":"What Do I Do If the Number of RDS Database Connections Reaches the Upper Limit?", "uri":"rds_faq_0019.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"386", - "code":"388" + "p_code":"395", + "code":"397" }, { "desc":"RDS does not have constraints on the number of connections. This number is determined by the default value and value range of the DB engine. For example, you can set max_", @@ -3497,8 +3578,8 @@ "title":"What Is the Maximum Number of Connections to an RDS DB Instance?", "uri":"rds_faq_0055.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"386", - "code":"389" + "p_code":"395", + "code":"398" }, { "desc":"For details about how to create an ECS, see the Elastic Cloud Server User Guide.If you connect to an RDS DB instance through a private network, ensure that the ECS and DB", @@ -3506,8 +3587,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Create and Connect to an ECS?", "uri":"rds_faq_0057.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"386", - "code":"390" + "p_code":"395", + "code":"399" }, { "desc":"Perform the following steps to identify the problem:If they are in the same VPC, go to 2.If they are in different VPCs, create an ECS in the VPC in which the RDS DB insta", @@ -3515,8 +3596,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If an ECS Cannot Connect to an RDS DB Instance Through a Private Network?", "uri":"rds_faq_0020.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"386", - "code":"391" + "p_code":"395", + "code":"400" }, { "desc":"Troubleshoot RDS connection failures caused by a client problem by checking the following items:ECS Security PolicyIn Windows, check whether the RDS instance port is enab", @@ -3524,8 +3605,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If a Database Client Problem Causes a Connection Failure?", "uri":"rds_faq_0021.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"386", - "code":"392" + "p_code":"395", + "code":"401" }, { "desc":"Check whether any of the following problems occurred on the RDS DB instance.The RDS DB instance is not properly connected.Solution: Check the connection. If you connect t", @@ -3533,8 +3614,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If an RDS Database Problem Causes a Connection Failure?", "uri":"rds_faq_0022.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"386", - "code":"393" + "p_code":"395", + "code":"402" }, { "desc":"Ensure that the ECS in which your applications are located is in the same VPC as the RDS DB instance. If the ECS and the RDS DB instance are in different VPCs, modify the", @@ -3542,8 +3623,8 @@ "title":"How Do My Applications Access an RDS DB Instance in a VPC?", "uri":"rds_faq_0023.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"386", - "code":"394" + "p_code":"395", + "code":"403" }, { "desc":"It is recommended that your applications support automatic reconnections to the database. After a database reboot, your applications will automatically reconnect to the d", @@ -3551,8 +3632,8 @@ "title":"Do Applications Need to Support Reconnecting to the RDS DB Instance Automatically?", "uri":"rds_faq_0024.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"386", - "code":"395" + "p_code":"395", + "code":"404" }, { "desc":"Although the SSL certificate is optional if you choose to connect to a database through Java database connectivity (JDBC), download an SSL certificate to encrypt the conn", @@ -3560,8 +3641,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Connect to a PostgreSQL Database Through JDBC?", "uri":"rds_faq_0050.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"386", - "code":"396" + "p_code":"395", + "code":"405" }, { "desc":"Check whether the ECS can connect to the RDS DB instance.If the ECS cannot connect to the RDS DB instance, check whether the ECS and RDS DB instance are located in the sa", @@ -3569,8 +3650,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If an RDS Microsoft SQL Server DB Instance Failed to Be Connected?", "uri":"rds_faq_0100.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"386", - "code":"397" + "p_code":"395", + "code":"406" }, { "desc":"By default, RDS DB instances cannot be accessed over an intranet across regions. Cloud services in different regions cannot communicate with each other over an intranet. ", @@ -3578,8 +3659,8 @@ "title":"Can I Access an RDS DB Instance Over an Intranet Connection Across Regions?", "uri":"rds_faq_0101.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"386", - "code":"398" + "p_code":"395", + "code":"407" }, { "desc":"For DB instances connected using SSL, a primary/standby switchover or failover does not interrupt the connection because the SSL certificate is still valid for both the p", @@ -3587,8 +3668,8 @@ "title":"Is an SSL Connection to a DB Instance Interrupted After a Primary/Standby Switchover or Failover?", "uri":"rds_faq_0111.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"386", - "code":"399" + "p_code":"395", + "code":"408" }, { "desc":"MySQL supports SSL connections. Different from other vendors, RDS for MySQL enables the SSL connection on the database server by default. When you use a client to connect", @@ -3596,8 +3677,8 @@ "title":"Does MySQL Support SSL Connections?", "uri":"rds_faq_0070.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"386", - "code":"400" + "p_code":"395", + "code":"409" }, { "desc":"You may have restored from a backup before you reset the administrator password.Check whether the DB instance was restored after you reset the administrator password.Log ", @@ -3605,8 +3686,8 @@ "title":"Why Did the New Password Not Take Effect After I Reset the Administrator Password?", "uri":"rds_faq_0034.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"386", - "code":"401" + "p_code":"395", + "code":"410" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3614,8 +3695,8 @@ "title":"Database Migration", "uri":"rds_faq_0155.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"365", - "code":"402" + "p_code":"374", + "code":"411" }, { "desc":"The mysqldump or pg_dump tool is easy to use for data migration. However, when you use this tool, the server is stopped for a long period of time during data migration. O", @@ -3623,8 +3704,8 @@ "title":"Why Do I Need to Use the mysqldump or pg_dump Tools for Migration?", "uri":"rds_faq_0026.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"402", - "code":"403" + "p_code":"411", + "code":"412" }, { "desc":"Exporting or importing data between DB engines of the same type is called homogeneous database export or import.Exporting or importing data between DB engines of differen", @@ -3632,8 +3713,8 @@ "title":"What Types of DB Engines Does RDS Support for Importing Data?", "uri":"rds_faq_0025.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"402", - "code":"404" + "p_code":"411", + "code":"413" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3641,8 +3722,8 @@ "title":"Database Permission", "uri":"rds_faq_0154.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"365", - "code":"405" + "p_code":"374", + "code":"414" }, { "desc":"Most relational database cloud service platforms do not provide super permissions for the root user. The super permissions allow users to execute many management commands", @@ -3650,8 +3731,8 @@ "title":"Why Does the Root User Not Have the Super Permissions?", "uri":"rds_faq_0075.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"405", - "code":"406" + "p_code":"414", + "code":"415" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3659,8 +3740,8 @@ "title":"Database Storage", "uri":"rds_faq_0144.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"365", - "code":"407" + "p_code":"374", + "code":"416" }, { "desc":"The database storage engine is a core service for storing, processing, and protecting data. It can be used to control access permissions and rapidly process transactions ", @@ -3668,8 +3749,8 @@ "title":"What Storage Engines Does the RDS for MySQL Support?", "uri":"rds_faq_0041.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"407", - "code":"408" + "p_code":"416", + "code":"417" }, { "desc":"RDS uses Elastic Volume Service (EVS) disks for storage. For details about EVS disks, see Elastic Volume Service Product Introduction.The RDS backup data is stored in OBS", @@ -3677,8 +3758,8 @@ "title":"What Is the RDS DB Instance Storage Configuration?", "uri":"rds_faq_0045.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"407", - "code":"409" + "p_code":"416", + "code":"418" }, { "desc":"No. After an RDS DB instance is created, the storage type cannot be changed.", @@ -3686,8 +3767,8 @@ "title":"Can I Change the Storage Type of an RDS DB Instance from Common I/O to Ultra-high I/O?", "uri":"rds_faq_0076.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"407", - "code":"410" + "p_code":"416", + "code":"419" }, { "desc":"There is not enough storage available for an RDS DB instance and the DB instance has entered read-only status, or applications can no longer read from or write to the dat", @@ -3695,8 +3776,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If My Data Exceeds the Available Storage of an RDS DB Instance?", "uri":"rds_faq_0046.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"407", - "code":"411" + "p_code":"416", + "code":"420" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3704,8 +3785,8 @@ "title":"Client Installation", "uri":"rds_faq_0152.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"365", - "code":"412" + "p_code":"374", + "code":"421" }, { "desc":"MySQL provides client installation packages for different OSs on its official website. MySQL 8.0 is used as an example. You can download the latest version or any other v", @@ -3713,8 +3794,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Install the MySQL Client?", "uri":"rds_faq_0027.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"412", - "code":"413" + "p_code":"421", + "code":"422" }, { "desc":"The PostgreSQL community provides client installation methods for different OSs. You can download and install the client using the installation tool of the OS. This insta", @@ -3722,8 +3803,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Install the PostgreSQL Client?", "uri":"rds_faq_0029.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"412", - "code":"414" + "p_code":"421", + "code":"423" }, { "desc":"The Microsoft SQL Server official website provides the SQL Server Management Studio installation package. SQL Server Management Studio applications can run in the Windows", @@ -3731,8 +3812,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Install SQL Server Management Studio?", "uri":"rds_faq_0032.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"412", - "code":"415" + "p_code":"421", + "code":"424" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3740,8 +3821,8 @@ "title":"Backup and Restoration", "uri":"rds_faq_0098.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"365", - "code":"416" + "p_code":"374", + "code":"425" }, { "desc":"Automated backup data is kept based on the backup retention period you specified. There is no limit for the manual backup retention period. You can delete manual backups ", @@ -3749,8 +3830,8 @@ "title":"How Long Does RDS Store Backup Data For?", "uri":"rds_faq_0043.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"416", - "code":"417" + "p_code":"425", + "code":"426" }, { "desc":"A backup window is a user-specified time during which RDS DB instances are backed up. With these periodic data backups, RDS allows you to restore DB instances to the back", @@ -3758,8 +3839,8 @@ "title":"Can My Database Be Used in the Backup Window?", "uri":"rds_faq_0044.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"416", - "code":"418" + "p_code":"425", + "code":"427" }, { "desc":"You can back up data to an ECS the same way you export SQL statements. The ECS service does not have restrictions on the types of data to be backed up as long as the data", @@ -3767,8 +3848,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Back Up an RDS Database to an ECS?", "uri":"rds_faq_0042.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"416", - "code":"419" + "p_code":"425", + "code":"428" }, { "desc":"Automated backups may fail for the following reasons:The network environment is unstable due to issues such as network delay or interruption. RDS will detect these proble", @@ -3776,8 +3857,8 @@ "title":"Why Has My Automated Backup Failed?", "uri":"rds_faq_0053.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"416", - "code":"420" + "p_code":"425", + "code":"429" }, { "desc":"When you delete a DB instance, its automated backups are also deleted but its manual backups are retained.", @@ -3785,8 +3866,8 @@ "title":"What Happens to Database Backups After an RDS DB Instance Is Deleted?", "uri":"rds_faq_0014.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"416", - "code":"421" + "p_code":"425", + "code":"430" }, { "desc":"If your cloud account is deleted, both your automated and manual backups are deleted.", @@ -3794,8 +3875,8 @@ "title":"Will My Backups Be Deleted If I Delete My Cloud Account?", "uri":"rds_faq_0015.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"416", - "code":"422" + "p_code":"425", + "code":"431" }, { "desc":"RDS does not delete or perform any operations on any user data. If this problem occurs, check if there have been any misoperations and restore the data from backup files,", @@ -3803,8 +3884,8 @@ "title":"Why Is a Table or Data Missing from My Database?", "uri":"rds_faq_0012.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"416", - "code":"423" + "p_code":"425", + "code":"432" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3812,8 +3893,8 @@ "title":"Database Monitoring", "uri":"rds_faq_0151.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"365", - "code":"424" + "p_code":"374", + "code":"433" }, { "desc":"You need to pay attention to CPU, memory, and storage space usage.You can configure the system to report alarms based on service requirements and take measures to handle ", @@ -3821,8 +3902,8 @@ "title":"Which DB Instance Monitoring Metrics Do I Need to Pay Attention To?", "uri":"rds_faq_0036.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"424", - "code":"425" + "p_code":"433", + "code":"434" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3830,8 +3911,8 @@ "title":"Capacity Expansion and Specification Change", "uri":"rds_faq_0150.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"365", - "code":"426" + "p_code":"374", + "code":"435" }, { "desc":"Currently, you can scale up storage space and change the CPU or memory of a DB instance.When storage space is being scaled up, RDS DB instances are still available and se", @@ -3839,8 +3920,8 @@ "title":"Are My RDS DB Instances Available When Scaling?", "uri":"rds_faq_0016.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"426", - "code":"427" + "p_code":"435", + "code":"436" }, { "desc":"The DB instance is in Faulty state after the original database port is changed.The DB instance cannot be connected using the new database port.The submitted database port", @@ -3848,8 +3929,8 @@ "title":"Why Does the DB Instance Become Faulty After the Original Database Port Is Changed?", "uri":"rds_faq_0035.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"426", - "code":"428" + "p_code":"435", + "code":"437" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3857,8 +3938,8 @@ "title":"Database Parameter Modification", "uri":"rds_faq_0142.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"365", - "code":"429" + "p_code":"374", + "code":"438" }, { "desc":"In the following cases, inappropriate parameter settings cause the database to be unavailable:Parameter value ranges are related to DB instance specifications.The maximum", @@ -3866,17 +3947,17 @@ "title":"What Inappropriate Parameter Settings Cause Unavailability of the PostgreSQL Database?", "uri":"rds_faq_0031.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"429", - "code":"430" + "p_code":"438", + "code":"439" }, { - "desc":"PostgreSQL 12 and PostgreSQL 13 support test_decoding. For more information about test_decoding, see test_decoding introduction.To use test_decoding, set wal_level to log", + "desc":"PostgreSQL 12 support test_decoding. For more information about test_decoding, see test_decoding introduction.To use test_decoding, set wal_level to logical.", "product_code":"rds", "title":"Does RDS for PostgreSQL Support the test_decoding Plugin?", "uri":"rds_faq_0119.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"429", - "code":"431" + "p_code":"438", + "code":"440" }, { "desc":"When you add NDF files of the custom database and the tempdb database, do not place them in the C drive. If you place them in the C drive, the system disk space will be u", @@ -3884,8 +3965,8 @@ "title":"Where Should I Store the NDF Files for Microsoft SQL Server?", "uri":"rds_faq_0092.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"429", - "code":"432" + "p_code":"438", + "code":"441" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3893,8 +3974,8 @@ "title":"Log Management", "uri":"rds_faq_0149.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"365", - "code":"433" + "p_code":"374", + "code":"442" }, { "desc":"Generally, the delay is 5 minutes. If the size of slow query logs reaches 10 MB within 5 minutes, the logs will be uploaded to OBS.", @@ -3902,8 +3983,8 @@ "title":"How Long Is the Delay for RDS MySQL Slow Query Logs?", "uri":"rds_faq_0078.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"433", - "code":"434" + "p_code":"442", + "code":"443" }, { "desc":"The slow query threshold is 5 seconds.", @@ -3911,8 +3992,8 @@ "title":"What's the Slow Query Threshold for Microsoft SQL Server?", "uri":"rds_faq_0077.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"433", - "code":"435" + "p_code":"442", + "code":"444" }, { "desc":"EXECUTE master.dbo.rds_read_errorlogFileID,LogType,FilterText,FilterBeginTime,FilterEndTimeFileID: indicates the ID of an error log. The value 0 indicates the latest logs", @@ -3920,8 +4001,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Obtain Microsoft SQL Server Error Logs Using Commands?", "uri":"rds_faq_0059.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"433", - "code":"436" + "p_code":"442", + "code":"445" }, { "desc":"Sorry, statistics on RDS slow query logs cannot be exported.", @@ -3929,8 +4010,8 @@ "title":"Can I Export Statistics on RDS Slow Query Logs?", "uri":"rds_faq_0120.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"433", - "code":"437" + "p_code":"442", + "code":"446" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3938,8 +4019,8 @@ "title":"Network Security", "uri":"rds_faq_0143.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"365", - "code":"438" + "p_code":"374", + "code":"447" }, { "desc":"RDS runs your DB instances in a VPC, ensuring that the DB instances are isolated from other services.RDS uses security groups to ensure that only trusted sources can acce", @@ -3947,8 +4028,8 @@ "title":"What Security Protection Policies Does RDS Have?", "uri":"rds_faq_0038.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"438", - "code":"439" + "p_code":"447", + "code":"448" }, { "desc":"The VPC security group helps ensure the security of RDS in a VPC. In addition, an ACL can be used to allow or reject I/O network traffic for each subnet.", @@ -3956,8 +4037,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Ensure the Security of RDS DB Instances in a VPC?", "uri":"rds_faq_0040.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"438", - "code":"440" + "p_code":"447", + "code":"449" }, { "desc":"When you access RDS through an EIP, service data will be transmitted on the public network. To prevent any potential data breaches, you are advised to use SSL to encrypt ", @@ -3965,8 +4046,8 @@ "title":"How Can Data Security Be Ensured During Transmission When I Access RDS Through an EIP?", "uri":"rds_faq_0039.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"438", - "code":"441" + "p_code":"447", + "code":"450" }, { "desc":"If you enable public accessibility, your EIP DNS and database port may be vulnerable to hacking. To protect information such as your EIP, DNS, database port, database acc", @@ -3974,8 +4055,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Prevent Untrusted Source IP Addresses from Accessing RDS?", "uri":"rds_faq_0056.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"438", - "code":"442" + "p_code":"447", + "code":"451" }, { "desc":"When you attempt to connect to a DB instance through a private network, check whether the ECS and RDS DB instance are in the same security group.If the ECS and RDS DB ins", @@ -3983,8 +4064,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Configure a Security Group to Enable Access to RDS DB Instances?", "uri":"rds_faq_0054.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"438", - "code":"443" + "p_code":"447", + "code":"452" }, { "desc":"Click Start and choose Run. In the displayed Run dialog box, enter MMC and press Enter.On the displayed console, choose File > Add/Remove Snap-in.In the left Available sn", @@ -3992,8 +4073,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Import the Root Certificate to a Windows or Linux OS?", "uri":"rds_faq_0052.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"438", - "code":"444" + "p_code":"447", + "code":"453" }, { "desc":"When you connect to an RDS MySQL DB instance using an SSL connection, run the following command to check whether the certificate has expired:Update the root certificate t", @@ -4001,8 +4082,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Identify the Validity Period of an SSL Root Certificate?", "uri":"rds_faq_0051.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"438", - "code":"445" + "p_code":"447", + "code":"454" }, { "desc":"Data tamperingLots of security measures are provided to ensure that only authenticated users have permissions to perform operations on database table records. Database ta", @@ -4010,8 +4091,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Identify Data Corruption?", "uri":"rds_faq_0011.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"438", - "code":"446" + "p_code":"447", + "code":"455" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -4020,7 +4101,7 @@ "uri":"rds_history_0008.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"447" + "code":"456" }, { "desc":"For details about the glossaries in this document, see Glossary.", @@ -4029,6 +4110,6 @@ "uri":"rds_glossary_0001.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"448" + "code":"457" } ] \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001145051720.png b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001145051720.png deleted file mode 100644 index c4ab9077b67cd8ce379f3e46409c89e6c48faa90..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 GIT binary patch literal 0 HcmV?d00001 literal 296 zcmeAS@N?(olHy`uVBq!ia0vp^A|TAc1|)ksWqE-VV{wqX6T`Z5GB1G~mUKs7M+SzC z{oH>NS%G}c0*}aI1_q%L5N5oWCSL&*-0SJ$7-Hf7_L8D-vw{TMgTL8K6P*lxh;#g5 zY`*GYDxu@XJT+m#9_NJT+nD{#%cE~pe`jT!|NFr{ZohNp4$T{l<@Aoqff{ zP?i>fkhy)?KmQyIsT0~Fr|J*BnAc#vLUri#J?^;V+`hoJ- o#S3DC!Y$*vXP5BL6Mw+9;>W@}K|A}EfgWM-boFyt=akR{0FZ-j`~Uy| diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001145051748.png b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001145051748.png deleted file mode 100644 index 7cabd6199209455c2291cc94b8c31566aba3846f..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 GIT binary patch literal 0 HcmV?d00001 literal 184 zcmeAS@N?(olHy`uVBq!ia0vp@K+MO%1|+}KPrC%97>k44ofy`glX(f`u%tWsIx;Y9 z?C1WI$O`0h7I;J!12r55VaDV6D^h@hzMd|QAsWHSKm6GwxMocXo_tWoiD4Pvy3Pr1 zDW(O_A71XzYk#DkBek(Jk%eWGQjU}ZgR?Nl0g>d(3``NGjSPCc3Jt-+b`JW!|Nk>H Yc+XvH{kzO97HBYor>mdKI;Vst009Lw@Bjb+ diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001145051802.png b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001145051802.png deleted file mode 100644 index 1267615e3e449ae0f815dd16f3aabb9bbb6d5d74..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 GIT binary patch literal 0 HcmV?d00001 literal 295 zcmeAS@N?(olHy`uVBq!ia0vp^B0$W?!3HGtkJx+wQjEnx?oJHr&dIz4a#+$GeH|GX zHuiJ>Nn{1`ISV`@i-8&rgD~Uq{1quc!9AWXjv*HQOD`I79Wsz;OVoenIcJVdgZf9l zpq6*62QPYBaa;-%XjXW&D0Y#c-S4d%g)VQoxF;av(){+8ZvwNbUQJ(R@Ii6Hnq;4{ z@V$aetDGBMUo5Xlo6%Lh^RIkHf*@OD+w4_#GanSTx;&|RxPmoV{==RlJ7l`LA6sAG z>$$o>guCZUg7T|I!^fxmt_UYz^WS)JZD(#!jEux)2et3TJlR*|lY13@yVV*zW4S5) n^=O3li6@>F$!moF=ssZWS}C#bj1zMU&>sw*u6{1-oD!MNn{1`ISV`@i-DRBgD~Uq{1quc!30ki#}EtuwG#um4k++AS3j4nI{w1L@!|}g z!s-e9vssq9$psy?UT3xE;LHOHPA)VGE;Nxk_ufBr+3eNn{1`ISV`@i-DRBgD~Uq{1quc!30ki#}EtuwG#um4k++AS3j4nI{w1L@!|}g z!s-e9vssq9$psy?UT3xE;LHOHPA)VGE;Nxk_ufBr+3eCNCzk44ofy`glX(f`u%tWsIx;Y9 z?C1WI$O`0h7I;J!12r55VaDV6D^h@hzMd|QAsWHSKm6GwxMocXo_tWoiD4Pvy3Pr1 zDW(O_A71XzYk#DkBek(Jk%eWGQjU}ZgR?Nl0g>d(3``NGjSPCc3Jt-+b`JW!|Nk>H Yc+XvH{kzO97HBYor>mdKI;Vst009Lw@Bjb+ diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001145211446.png b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001145211446.png deleted file mode 100644 index c4ab9077b67cd8ce379f3e46409c89e6c48faa90..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 GIT binary patch literal 0 HcmV?d00001 literal 296 zcmeAS@N?(olHy`uVBq!ia0vp^A|TAc1|)ksWqE-VV{wqX6T`Z5GB1G~mUKs7M+SzC z{oH>NS%G}c0*}aI1_q%L5N5oWCSL&*-0SJ$7-Hf7_L8D-vw{TMgTL8K6P*lxh;#g5 zY`*GYDxu@XJT+m#9_NJT+nD{#%cE~pe`jT!|NFr{ZohNp4$T{l<@Aoqff{ zP?i>fkhy)?KmQyIsT0~Fr|J*BnAc#vLUri#J?^;V+`hoJ- o#S3DC!Y$*vXP5BL6Mw+9;>W@}K|A}EfgWM-boFyt=akR{0FZ-j`~Uy| diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001145211550.png b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001145211550.png deleted file mode 100644 index d232ef1a998091c2fb029af17f1805e0994644a8..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 GIT binary patch literal 0 HcmV?d00001 literal 627 zcmV-(0*w8MP)Px#1ZP1_K>z@;j|==^1poj532;bRa{vGmbN~PnbOGLGA9w%&0tiV&K~z{r?U*r7 z!!Qtq`SFa5jI4}|9XlbF0SSgmWk4!JhYTGubjZMP_`7gX;#whziLF+7(kmi$`aV17 zIPr~Kh%OiOtq^(Kirl@3+&-r@nPkJ@s{yUP>qem;$YEGuGBuzEdH?Eqbf}~#D=AND zO(xke7_3P_8ES(x!1bqV_+B4NVY0|HV2;6LWuTxon)If0jUL=dPah)t(w$h0!vITrR29@F4n3h)oRCXo!vG6RuptHI0A|?fQE}4mvWRRQRmWmn=nRw|a5-{` zY#6Q!R5F5+y@0mGrHd+^RG{3TLu>V5EufwjP(G%DGHG_lu2*jP!~XHX6KoF9(k*xE zudaEB!2WUC4$>T;AuTn^#{xPz=fx$n`4FLbxWHMD&oHUm>;?%)DT-ReWp$5T;F7p9h%5zpkqZ1af$kDbrz#hpail# z*ft};i1nE^{&{2J2ZOT97OJNhkJ&XG49W=D!tfvFx5kWWbd9Ew$PYocf}W7fh@$`i N002ovPDHLkV1oK@4(k8_ diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001145211620.png b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001145211620.png deleted file mode 100644 index 7cabd6199209455c2291cc94b8c31566aba3846f..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 GIT binary patch literal 0 HcmV?d00001 literal 184 zcmeAS@N?(olHy`uVBq!ia0vp@K+MO%1|+}KPrC%97>k44ofy`glX(f`u%tWsIx;Y9 z?C1WI$O`0h7I;J!12r55VaDV6D^h@hzMd|QAsWHSKm6GwxMocXo_tWoiD4Pvy3Pr1 zDW(O_A71XzYk#DkBek(Jk%eWGQjU}ZgR?Nl0g>d(3``NGjSPCc3Jt-+b`JW!|Nk>H Yc+XvH{kzO97HBYor>mdKI;Vst009Lw@Bjb+ diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191131297.png b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191131297.png deleted file mode 100644 index 62ddb8e0fa26d706b4404c76094105acbbf89527..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 GIT binary patch literal 0 HcmV?d00001 literal 203 zcmeAS@N?(olHy`uVBq!ia0vp^d_c_4!3HF+i2N%7QjEnx?oJHr&dIz4a#+$GeH|GX zHuiJ>Nn{1`ISV`@i-DRBgD~Uq{1quc!30ki#}EtuwG#um4k++AS3j4nI{w1L@!|}g z!s-e9vssq9$psy?UT3xE;LHOHPA)VGE;Nxk_ufBr+3ePx#1ZP1_K>z@;j|==^1poj532;bRa{vGi!vFvd!vV){sAK>D0j5brK~zXfwUseX z!$1s$`(GIuGj`=CFtYL!7&}#h0SN{q7?8@qz`&4!Ap?W!&xxQrK(axfi+p5V?6*yp31xiIdNG=&?reCfO?>BXs#9vc4DT?nKTN zT)8Js-Zp9YfVFCaxOw;-$q2b<3(rwUeRhgU90wF$JONFqvtIKI>{;kD;n^(q98xtciflRn z?h$61O1)lZr=^;62pJ|3+EIi(t~~hZoC9<3eVj-~&^Y;0GkyQ@7YfpMON(S9>KETF zfMZeUCz#vBbJUq|Xour}-{*YjrbkJD8^|a96ZuLD|A@FMah4ZlN6irH>Ls!Vvi>0& Ts+kih00000NkvXXu0mjf%8ucR diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191131343.png b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191131343.png deleted file mode 100644 index d232ef1a998091c2fb029af17f1805e0994644a8..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 GIT binary patch literal 0 HcmV?d00001 literal 627 zcmV-(0*w8MP)Px#1ZP1_K>z@;j|==^1poj532;bRa{vGmbN~PnbOGLGA9w%&0tiV&K~z{r?U*r7 z!!Qtq`SFa5jI4}|9XlbF0SSgmWk4!JhYTGubjZMP_`7gX;#whziLF+7(kmi$`aV17 zIPr~Kh%OiOtq^(Kirl@3+&-r@nPkJ@s{yUP>qem;$YEGuGBuzEdH?Eqbf}~#D=AND zO(xke7_3P_8ES(x!1bqV_+B4NVY0|HV2;6LWuTxon)If0jUL=dPah)t(w$h0!vITrR29@F4n3h)oRCXo!vG6RuptHI0A|?fQE}4mvWRRQRmWmn=nRw|a5-{` zY#6Q!R5F5+y@0mGrHd+^RG{3TLu>V5EufwjP(G%DGHG_lu2*jP!~XHX6KoF9(k*xE zudaEB!2WUC4$>T;AuTn^#{xPz=fx$n`4FLbxWHMD&oHUm>;?%)DT-ReWp$5T;F7p9h%5zpkqZ1af$kDbrz#hpail# z*ft};i1nE^{&{2J2ZOT97OJNhkJ&XG49W=D!tfvFx5kWWbd9Ew$PYocf}W7fh@$`i N002ovPDHLkV1oK@4(k8_ diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191131359.png b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191131359.png deleted file mode 100644 index c4ab9077b67cd8ce379f3e46409c89e6c48faa90..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 GIT binary patch literal 0 HcmV?d00001 literal 296 zcmeAS@N?(olHy`uVBq!ia0vp^A|TAc1|)ksWqE-VV{wqX6T`Z5GB1G~mUKs7M+SzC z{oH>NS%G}c0*}aI1_q%L5N5oWCSL&*-0SJ$7-Hf7_L8D-vw{TMgTL8K6P*lxh;#g5 zY`*GYDxu@XJT+m#9_NJT+nD{#%cE~pe`jT!|NFr{ZohNp4$T{l<@Aoqff{ zP?i>fkhy)?KmQyIsT0~Fr|J*BnAc#vLUri#J?^;V+`hoJ- o#S3DC!Y$*vXP5BL6Mw+9;>W@}K|A}EfgWM-boFyt=akR{0FZ-j`~Uy| diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191131369.png b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191131369.png deleted file mode 100644 index 7cabd6199209455c2291cc94b8c31566aba3846f..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 GIT binary patch literal 0 HcmV?d00001 literal 184 zcmeAS@N?(olHy`uVBq!ia0vp@K+MO%1|+}KPrC%97>k44ofy`glX(f`u%tWsIx;Y9 z?C1WI$O`0h7I;J!12r55VaDV6D^h@hzMd|QAsWHSKm6GwxMocXo_tWoiD4Pvy3Pr1 zDW(O_A71XzYk#DkBek(Jk%eWGQjU}ZgR?Nl0g>d(3``NGjSPCc3Jt-+b`JW!|Nk>H Yc+XvH{kzO97HBYor>mdKI;Vst009Lw@Bjb+ diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191131399.png b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191131399.png deleted file mode 100644 index d232ef1a998091c2fb029af17f1805e0994644a8..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 GIT binary patch literal 0 HcmV?d00001 literal 627 zcmV-(0*w8MP)Px#1ZP1_K>z@;j|==^1poj532;bRa{vGmbN~PnbOGLGA9w%&0tiV&K~z{r?U*r7 z!!Qtq`SFa5jI4}|9XlbF0SSgmWk4!JhYTGubjZMP_`7gX;#whziLF+7(kmi$`aV17 zIPr~Kh%OiOtq^(Kirl@3+&-r@nPkJ@s{yUP>qem;$YEGuGBuzEdH?Eqbf}~#D=AND zO(xke7_3P_8ES(x!1bqV_+B4NVY0|HV2;6LWuTxon)If0jUL=dPah)t(w$h0!vITrR29@F4n3h)oRCXo!vG6RuptHI0A|?fQE}4mvWRRQRmWmn=nRw|a5-{` zY#6Q!R5F5+y@0mGrHd+^RG{3TLu>V5EufwjP(G%DGHG_lu2*jP!~XHX6KoF9(k*xE zudaEB!2WUC4$>T;AuTn^#{xPz=fx$n`4FLbxWHMD&oHUm>;?%)DT-ReWp$5T;F7p9h%5zpkqZ1af$kDbrz#hpail# z*ft};i1nE^{&{2J2ZOT97OJNhkJ&XG49W=D!tfvFx5kWWbd9Ew$PYocf}W7fh@$`i N002ovPDHLkV1oK@4(k8_ diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191131411.png b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191131411.png deleted file mode 100644 index c4ab9077b67cd8ce379f3e46409c89e6c48faa90..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 GIT binary patch literal 0 HcmV?d00001 literal 296 zcmeAS@N?(olHy`uVBq!ia0vp^A|TAc1|)ksWqE-VV{wqX6T`Z5GB1G~mUKs7M+SzC z{oH>NS%G}c0*}aI1_q%L5N5oWCSL&*-0SJ$7-Hf7_L8D-vw{TMgTL8K6P*lxh;#g5 zY`*GYDxu@XJT+m#9_NJT+nD{#%cE~pe`jT!|NFr{ZohNp4$T{l<@Aoqff{ zP?i>fkhy)?KmQyIsT0~Fr|J*BnAc#vLUri#J?^;V+`hoJ- o#S3DC!Y$*vXP5BL6Mw+9;>W@}K|A}EfgWM-boFyt=akR{0FZ-j`~Uy| diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191131423.png b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191131423.png deleted file mode 100644 index 7cabd6199209455c2291cc94b8c31566aba3846f..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 GIT binary patch literal 0 HcmV?d00001 literal 184 zcmeAS@N?(olHy`uVBq!ia0vp@K+MO%1|+}KPrC%97>k44ofy`glX(f`u%tWsIx;Y9 z?C1WI$O`0h7I;J!12r55VaDV6D^h@hzMd|QAsWHSKm6GwxMocXo_tWoiD4Pvy3Pr1 zDW(O_A71XzYk#DkBek(Jk%eWGQjU}ZgR?Nl0g>d(3``NGjSPCc3Jt-+b`JW!|Nk>H Yc+XvH{kzO97HBYor>mdKI;Vst009Lw@Bjb+ diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191131441.png b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191131441.png deleted file mode 100644 index 62ddb8e0fa26d706b4404c76094105acbbf89527..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 GIT binary patch literal 0 HcmV?d00001 literal 203 zcmeAS@N?(olHy`uVBq!ia0vp^d_c_4!3HF+i2N%7QjEnx?oJHr&dIz4a#+$GeH|GX zHuiJ>Nn{1`ISV`@i-DRBgD~Uq{1quc!30ki#}EtuwG#um4k++AS3j4nI{w1L@!|}g z!s-e9vssq9$psy?UT3xE;LHOHPA)VGE;Nxk_ufBr+3eNS%G}c0*}aI1_q%L5N5oWCSL&*-0SJ$7-Hf7_L8D-vw{TMgTL8K6P*lxh;#g5 zY`*GYDxu@XJT+m#9_NJT+nD{#%cE~pe`jT!|NFr{ZohNp4$T{l<@Aoqff{ zP?i>fkhy)?KmQyIsT0~Fr|J*BnAc#vLUri#J?^;V+`hoJ- o#S3DC!Y$*vXP5BL6Mw+9;>W@}K|A}EfgWM-boFyt=akR{0FZ-j`~Uy| diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191131469.png b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191131469.png deleted file mode 100644 index d232ef1a998091c2fb029af17f1805e0994644a8..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 GIT binary patch literal 0 HcmV?d00001 literal 627 zcmV-(0*w8MP)Px#1ZP1_K>z@;j|==^1poj532;bRa{vGmbN~PnbOGLGA9w%&0tiV&K~z{r?U*r7 z!!Qtq`SFa5jI4}|9XlbF0SSgmWk4!JhYTGubjZMP_`7gX;#whziLF+7(kmi$`aV17 zIPr~Kh%OiOtq^(Kirl@3+&-r@nPkJ@s{yUP>qem;$YEGuGBuzEdH?Eqbf}~#D=AND zO(xke7_3P_8ES(x!1bqV_+B4NVY0|HV2;6LWuTxon)If0jUL=dPah)t(w$h0!vITrR29@F4n3h)oRCXo!vG6RuptHI0A|?fQE}4mvWRRQRmWmn=nRw|a5-{` zY#6Q!R5F5+y@0mGrHd+^RG{3TLu>V5EufwjP(G%DGHG_lu2*jP!~XHX6KoF9(k*xE zudaEB!2WUC4$>T;AuTn^#{xPz=fx$n`4FLbxWHMD&oHUm>;?%)DT-ReWp$5T;F7p9h%5zpkqZ1af$kDbrz#hpail# z*ft};i1nE^{&{2J2ZOT97OJNhkJ&XG49W=D!tfvFx5kWWbd9Ew$PYocf}W7fh@$`i N002ovPDHLkV1oK@4(k8_ diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191131497.png b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191131497.png deleted file mode 100644 index 1267615e3e449ae0f815dd16f3aabb9bbb6d5d74..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 GIT binary patch literal 0 HcmV?d00001 literal 295 zcmeAS@N?(olHy`uVBq!ia0vp^B0$W?!3HGtkJx+wQjEnx?oJHr&dIz4a#+$GeH|GX zHuiJ>Nn{1`ISV`@i-8&rgD~Uq{1quc!9AWXjv*HQOD`I79Wsz;OVoenIcJVdgZf9l zpq6*62QPYBaa;-%XjXW&D0Y#c-S4d%g)VQoxF;av(){+8ZvwNbUQJ(R@Ii6Hnq;4{ z@V$aetDGBMUo5Xlo6%Lh^RIkHf*@OD+w4_#GanSTx;&|RxPmoV{==RlJ7l`LA6sAG z>$$o>guCZUg7T|I!^fxmt_UYz^WS)JZD(#!jEux)2et3TJlR*|lY13@yVV*zW4S5) n^=O3li6@>F$!moF=ssZWS}C#bj1zMU&>sw*u6{1-oD!MCNCzNn{1`ISV`@i-8&rgD~Uq{1quc!9AWXjv*HQOD`I79Wsz;OVoenIcJVdgZf9l zpq6*62QPYBaa;-%XjXW&D0Y#c-S4d%g)VQoxF;av(){+8ZvwNbUQJ(R@Ii6Hnq;4{ z@V$aetDGBMUo5Xlo6%Lh^RIkHf*@OD+w4_#GanSTx;&|RxPmoV{==RlJ7l`LA6sAG z>$$o>guCZUg7T|I!^fxmt_UYz^WS)JZD(#!jEux)2et3TJlR*|lY13@yVV*zW4S5) n^=O3li6@>F$!moF=ssZWS}C#bj1zMU&>sw*u6{1-oD!MNS%G}c0*}aI1_q%L5N5oWCSL&*-0SJ$7-Hf7_L8D-vw{TMgTL8K6P*lxh;#g5 zY`*GYDxu@XJT+m#9_NJT+nD{#%cE~pe`jT!|NFr{ZohNp4$T{l<@Aoqff{ zP?i>fkhy)?KmQyIsT0~Fr|J*BnAc#vLUri#J?^;V+`hoJ- o#S3DC!Y$*vXP5BL6Mw+9;>W@}K|A}EfgWM-boFyt=akR{0FZ-j`~Uy| diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191211577.png b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191211577.png deleted file mode 100644 index cf71491f3d8a765552f494f393983fedc6b7cf2f..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 GIT binary patch literal 0 HcmV?d00001 literal 529 zcmV+s0`C2ZP)Px#1ZP1_K>z@;j|==^1poj532;bRa{vGi!vFvd!vV){sAK>D0j5brK~zXfwUseX z!$1s$`(GIuGj`=CFtYL!7&}#h0SN{q7?8@qz`&4!Ap?W!&xxQrK(axfi+p5V?6*yp31xiIdNG=&?reCfO?>BXs#9vc4DT?nKTN zT)8Js-Zp9YfVFCaxOw;-$q2b<3(rwUeRhgU90wF$JONFqvtIKI>{;kD;n^(q98xtciflRn z?h$61O1)lZr=^;62pJ|3+EIi(t~~hZoC9<3eVj-~&^Y;0GkyQ@7YfpMON(S9>KETF zfMZeUCz#vBbJUq|Xour}-{*YjrbkJD8^|a96ZuLD|A@FMah4ZlN6irH>Ls!Vvi>0& Ts+kih00000NkvXXu0mjf%8ucR diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191211667.png b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001191211667.png deleted file mode 100644 index 7cabd6199209455c2291cc94b8c31566aba3846f..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 GIT binary patch literal 0 HcmV?d00001 literal 184 zcmeAS@N?(olHy`uVBq!ia0vp@K+MO%1|+}KPrC%97>k44ofy`glX(f`u%tWsIx;Y9 z?C1WI$O`0h7I;J!12r55VaDV6D^h@hzMd|QAsWHSKm6GwxMocXo_tWoiD4Pvy3Pr1 zDW(O_A71XzYk#DkBek(Jk%eWGQjU}ZgR?Nl0g>d(3``NGjSPCc3Jt-+b`JW!|Nk>H Yc+XvH{kzO97HBYor>mdKI;Vst009Lw@Bjb+ diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001520982189.png b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000001520982189.png deleted file mode 100644 index 7cabd6199209455c2291cc94b8c31566aba3846f..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 GIT binary patch literal 0 HcmV?d00001 literal 184 zcmeAS@N?(olHy`uVBq!ia0vp@K+MO%1|+}KPrC%97>k44ofy`glX(f`u%tWsIx;Y9 z?C1WI$O`0h7I;J!12r55VaDV6D^h@hzMd|QAsWHSKm6GwxMocXo_tWoiD4Pvy3Pr1 zDW(O_A71XzYk#DkBek(Jk%eWGQjU}ZgR?Nl0g>d(3``NGjSPCc3Jt-+b`JW!|Nk>H Yc+XvH{kzO97HBYor>mdKI;Vst009Lw@Bjb+ diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002459434180.png b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002459434180.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..dde0421a2a75b53281e986fcce5dcd0a97173f8f GIT binary patch literal 325 zcmV-L0lNN)P);PN%DeL^lgTN6K^v-V{l|(Vqjok;N~LD z00ssI1~x7hIGYK#vX>0I8*>>V=3gRcARa@A2UIbH1(kb^VOh}yVRE7#UPA_Lz#;>22G{z@46ekw z*WbhUp7tGib4zlav7uF1XIXpb^9%#lXP8`2Wk*{}dMm)F_ky XHE~hauLbi100000NkvXXu0mjf3paqo literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002459593788.png b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002459593788.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..dde0421a2a75b53281e986fcce5dcd0a97173f8f GIT binary patch literal 325 zcmV-L0lNN)P);PN%DeL^lgTN6K^v-V{l|(Vqjok;N~LD z00ssI1~x7hIGYK#vX>0I8*>>V=3gRcARa@A2UIbH1(kb^VOh}yVRE7#UPA_Lz#;>22G{z@46ekw z*WbhUp7tGib4zlav7uF1XIXpb^9%#lXP8`2Wk*{}dMm)F_ky XHE~hauLbi100000NkvXXu0mjf3paqo literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002459664204.png b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002459664204.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..dde0421a2a75b53281e986fcce5dcd0a97173f8f GIT binary patch literal 325 zcmV-L0lNN)P);PN%DeL^lgTN6K^v-V{l|(Vqjok;N~LD z00ssI1~x7hIGYK#vX>0I8*>>V=3gRcARa@A2UIbH1(kb^VOh}yVRE7#UPA_Lz#;>22G{z@46ekw z*WbhUp7tGib4zlav7uF1XIXpb^9%#lXP8`2Wk*{}dMm)F_ky XHE~hauLbi100000NkvXXu0mjf3paqo literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002459664212.png b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002459664212.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..dde0421a2a75b53281e986fcce5dcd0a97173f8f GIT binary patch literal 325 zcmV-L0lNN)P);PN%DeL^lgTN6K^v-V{l|(Vqjok;N~LD z00ssI1~x7hIGYK#vX>0I8*>>V=3gRcARa@A2UIbH1(kb^VOh}yVRE7#UPA_Lz#;>22G{z@46ekw z*WbhUp7tGib4zlav7uF1XIXpb^9%#lXP8`2Wk*{}dMm)F_ky XHE~hauLbi100000NkvXXu0mjf3paqo literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002459797326.png b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002459797326.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..8ebb0b993c82e02d6f253c71c0b96327a964c2f2 GIT binary patch literal 245 zcmVQhhR?B3Do!tytfQ2@` zA8IXV7~ED!g{}v`ana&i!!ePS8|S-W^XMu`FgLAVP@^e{?R3XI@X5x6>IP+$neKp} zy3R0~AsI;f#5%uO8OUovUqn&SpSgSgAjlcZUkN5xrYcc_W6Xt0R9d>zJuW7I1z+3! vYfC=?bm_nQe1Lri@W+9p0S@2h4ifJbIsL_RZz4Nx00000NkvXXu0mjfFg0Ul literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002459823832.png b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002459823832.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..8ebb0b993c82e02d6f253c71c0b96327a964c2f2 GIT binary patch literal 245 zcmVQhhR?B3Do!tytfQ2@` zA8IXV7~ED!g{}v`ana&i!!ePS8|S-W^XMu`FgLAVP@^e{?R3XI@X5x6>IP+$neKp} zy3R0~AsI;f#5%uO8OUovUqn&SpSgSgAjlcZUkN5xrYcc_W6Xt0R9d>zJuW7I1z+3! vYfC=?bm_nQe1Lri@W+9p0S@2h4ifJbIsL_RZz4Nx00000NkvXXu0mjfFg0Ul literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002459846176.png b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002459846176.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..8ebb0b993c82e02d6f253c71c0b96327a964c2f2 GIT binary patch literal 245 zcmVQhhR?B3Do!tytfQ2@` zA8IXV7~ED!g{}v`ana&i!!ePS8|S-W^XMu`FgLAVP@^e{?R3XI@X5x6>IP+$neKp} zy3R0~AsI;f#5%uO8OUovUqn&SpSgSgAjlcZUkN5xrYcc_W6Xt0R9d>zJuW7I1z+3! vYfC=?bm_nQe1Lri@W+9p0S@2h4ifJbIsL_RZz4Nx00000NkvXXu0mjfFg0Ul literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002492673373.png b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002492673373.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..dde0421a2a75b53281e986fcce5dcd0a97173f8f GIT binary patch literal 325 zcmV-L0lNN)P);PN%DeL^lgTN6K^v-V{l|(Vqjok;N~LD z00ssI1~x7hIGYK#vX>0I8*>>V=3gRcARa@A2UIbH1(kb^VOh}yVRE7#UPA_Lz#;>22G{z@46ekw z*WbhUp7tGib4zlav7uF1XIXpb^9%#lXP8`2Wk*{}dMm)F_ky XHE~hauLbi100000NkvXXu0mjf3paqo literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002492732049.png b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002492732049.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..8ebb0b993c82e02d6f253c71c0b96327a964c2f2 GIT binary patch literal 245 zcmVQhhR?B3Do!tytfQ2@` zA8IXV7~ED!g{}v`ana&i!!ePS8|S-W^XMu`FgLAVP@^e{?R3XI@X5x6>IP+$neKp} zy3R0~AsI;f#5%uO8OUovUqn&SpSgSgAjlcZUkN5xrYcc_W6Xt0R9d>zJuW7I1z+3! vYfC=?bm_nQe1Lri@W+9p0S@2h4ifJbIsL_RZz4Nx00000NkvXXu0mjfFg0Ul literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002492743401.png b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002492743401.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..1909444d23d92a3a6566bca91ce065d14dbda919 GIT binary patch literal 1004 zcmeAS@N?(olHy`uVBq!ia0vp^Vj#@H3?x5i&EaHVU}gyL32_B-i2;l_022maMg=TL zfE5PVkN`UjaKHd37;wP=HyH51052HufdM}l2!Meg7zlxZFc^q{fvBjc7#N6yfrNyF zBp676fwZ)=3>e7D%F2O(yu7@Ef`TF#C@Co^gMo^QimIxrnwpwA7-(o{XliO|X=!PL zfsT%juCA`0o}RwGz5y5*8X6iI85tWJo0yoGnwpxKnVFlLTUc0FT3T9JSy@|K+kkCcvmzTGP*6~CaBxUSNN8wiSXfv@L_}m{WK>jCbaZq~OiWx{Tzq_dLPA1fVq$V~a!N`{ zYHDg)T3SX%MrLMaR#sMac6M%VZeCtqetv#oVPR2GQAtTjX=!O$Sy@FzMP+4WRaI3@ zO-*fWZGC-xLqkJTQ&V$ub4yE0TU%RudwXYRXIEEOPft&8Z*PBp|AYw>CQX_&dGh3` zQ>RX!K7GcF8M9{1nmv2=+_`h-&!4|w!GcAL7A;=9cQ>uk5sDH4e!pN zM?2c%!f)$Moqn;JbAR{#-LH2<-aWd<6M=_Uy)Vz z>Gb1s+(~DB#NsS6_)g4`cRj>@b~4MGr%TsH2#HlrdJFVdQ&MBb@08(^UA^-pY literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002492831361.png b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002492831361.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..dde0421a2a75b53281e986fcce5dcd0a97173f8f GIT binary patch literal 325 zcmV-L0lNN)P);PN%DeL^lgTN6K^v-V{l|(Vqjok;N~LD z00ssI1~x7hIGYK#vX>0I8*>>V=3gRcARa@A2UIbH1(kb^VOh}yVRE7#UPA_Lz#;>22G{z@46ekw z*WbhUp7tGib4zlav7uF1XIXpb^9%#lXP8`2Wk*{}dMm)F_ky XHE~hauLbi100000NkvXXu0mjf3paqo literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002492863365.png b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002492863365.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..1909444d23d92a3a6566bca91ce065d14dbda919 GIT binary patch literal 1004 zcmeAS@N?(olHy`uVBq!ia0vp^Vj#@H3?x5i&EaHVU}gyL32_B-i2;l_022maMg=TL zfE5PVkN`UjaKHd37;wP=HyH51052HufdM}l2!Meg7zlxZFc^q{fvBjc7#N6yfrNyF zBp676fwZ)=3>e7D%F2O(yu7@Ef`TF#C@Co^gMo^QimIxrnwpwA7-(o{XliO|X=!PL zfsT%juCA`0o}RwGz5y5*8X6iI85tWJo0yoGnwpxKnVFlLTUc0FT3T9JSy@|K+kkCcvmzTGP*6~CaBxUSNN8wiSXfv@L_}m{WK>jCbaZq~OiWx{Tzq_dLPA1fVq$V~a!N`{ zYHDg)T3SX%MrLMaR#sMac6M%VZeCtqetv#oVPR2GQAtTjX=!O$Sy@FzMP+4WRaI3@ zO-*fWZGC-xLqkJTQ&V$ub4yE0TU%RudwXYRXIEEOPft&8Z*PBp|AYw>CQX_&dGh3` zQ>RX!K7GcF8M9{1nmv2=+_`h-&!4|w!GcAL7A;=9cQ>uk5sDH4e!pN zM?2c%!f)$Moqn;JbAR{#-LH2<-aWd<6M=_Uy)Vz z>Gb1s+(~DB#NsS6_)g4`cRj>@b~4MGr%TsH2#HlrdJFVdQ&MBb@08(^UA^-pY literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002492863369.png b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002492863369.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..dde0421a2a75b53281e986fcce5dcd0a97173f8f GIT binary patch literal 325 zcmV-L0lNN)P);PN%DeL^lgTN6K^v-V{l|(Vqjok;N~LD z00ssI1~x7hIGYK#vX>0I8*>>V=3gRcARa@A2UIbH1(kb^VOh}yVRE7#UPA_Lz#;>22G{z@46ekw z*WbhUp7tGib4zlav7uF1XIXpb^9%#lXP8`2Wk*{}dMm)F_ky XHE~hauLbi100000NkvXXu0mjf3paqo literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002492885721.png b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002492885721.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..8ebb0b993c82e02d6f253c71c0b96327a964c2f2 GIT binary patch literal 245 zcmVQhhR?B3Do!tytfQ2@` zA8IXV7~ED!g{}v`ana&i!!ePS8|S-W^XMu`FgLAVP@^e{?R3XI@X5x6>IP+$neKp} zy3R0~AsI;f#5%uO8OUovUqn&SpSgSgAjlcZUkN5xrYcc_W6Xt0R9d>zJuW7I1z+3! vYfC=?bm_nQe1Lri@W+9p0S@2h4ifJbIsL_RZz4Nx00000NkvXXu0mjfFg0Ul literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002500427729.png b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002500427729.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..68fc8e1b5665ccccbc75e1f348566dfffae6924d GIT binary patch literal 174 zcmeAS@N?(olHy`uVBq!ia0vp^B0wz2!2~3O)TCbmsZviD#}Es_w-XGx8UlEnZOh&C zKP+T_{pI`xW|5`~3%TlkTow;36gV?wVgHhu*Vt#tZFtQeAM?KTpog2w>y2-+?36sd z)ipnf(q<4;%uM^NXRNHL#1OLeBXdM3tug=P-`>m90)9_<$u8e& Zz9aSF>zj-AwgVl&;OXk;vd$@?2>^x+LV*AP literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002500515149.png b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002500515149.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..68fc8e1b5665ccccbc75e1f348566dfffae6924d GIT binary patch literal 174 zcmeAS@N?(olHy`uVBq!ia0vp^B0wz2!2~3O)TCbmsZviD#}Es_w-XGx8UlEnZOh&C zKP+T_{pI`xW|5`~3%TlkTow;36gV?wVgHhu*Vt#tZFtQeAM?KTpog2w>y2-+?36sd z)ipnf(q<4;%uM^NXRNHL#1OLeBXdM3tug=P-`>m90)9_<$u8e& Zz9aSF>zj-AwgVl&;OXk;vd$@?2>^x+LV*AP literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002509454071.png b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002509454071.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..8ebb0b993c82e02d6f253c71c0b96327a964c2f2 GIT binary patch literal 245 zcmVQhhR?B3Do!tytfQ2@` zA8IXV7~ED!g{}v`ana&i!!ePS8|S-W^XMu`FgLAVP@^e{?R3XI@X5x6>IP+$neKp} zy3R0~AsI;f#5%uO8OUovUqn&SpSgSgAjlcZUkN5xrYcc_W6Xt0R9d>zJuW7I1z+3! vYfC=?bm_nQe1Lri@W+9p0S@2h4ifJbIsL_RZz4Nx00000NkvXXu0mjfFg0Ul literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002514985127.png b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_image_0000002514985127.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..68fc8e1b5665ccccbc75e1f348566dfffae6924d GIT binary patch literal 174 zcmeAS@N?(olHy`uVBq!ia0vp^B0wz2!2~3O)TCbmsZviD#}Es_w-XGx8UlEnZOh&C zKP+T_{pI`xW|5`~3%TlkTow;36gV?wVgHhu*Vt#tZFtQeAM?KTpog2w>y2-+?36sd z)ipnf(q<4;%uM^NXRNHL#1OLeBXdM3tug=P-`>m90)9_<$u8e& Zz9aSF>zj-AwgVl&;OXk;vd$@?2>^x+LV*AP literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_topic_add_read_replica.html b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_topic_add_read_replica.html index 46c45b66b..026b4d3c9 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_topic_add_read_replica.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_topic_add_read_replica.html @@ -4,111 +4,142 @@

Scenarios

Read replicas are used to enhance the read capabilities and reduce the load on primary DB instances.

After DB instances are created, you can create read replicas for them.

-

Procedure

  1. Log in to the management console.
  2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
  3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
  4. On the Instances page, locate the target DB instance and click Create Read Replica in the Operation column.

    Alternatively, click the target DB instance. In the DB instance topology, click under the primary DB instance to create read replicas.

    -

  5. On the displayed page, configure information about the DB instance and click Next.

    -

    Table 1 Basic information

    Parameter

    +

    Procedure

    1. Log in to the management console.
    2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
    3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
    4. On the Instances page, locate the target DB instance and choose More > Create Read Replica in the Operation column.
    5. On the displayed page, configure required parameters and click Create Now.

      +

      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
      Table 1 Basic Settings

      Parameter

      Description

      +

      Description

      Region

      +

      Region

      By default, read replicas are in the same region as the primary DB instance.

      -

      DB Instance Name

      -

      Must start with a letter and consist of 4 to 64 characters. It can contain only uppercase letters, lowercase letters, digits, hyphens (-), and underscores (_).

      -

      DB Engine

      -

      Same as the DB engine of the primary DB instance by default and cannot be changed.

      -

      DB Engine Version

      -

      Same as the DB engine version of the primary DB instance by default and cannot be changed.

      -

      AZ

      -

      RDS allows you to deploy primary DB instances and read replicas in a single AZ or across AZs to improve reliability.

      +

      By default, read replicas are in the same region as the primary DB instance.
      -
      Table 2 Instance specifications

      Parameter

      +
      - - - + + + + + + + + + + + +
      Table 2 Engine Options

      Parameter

      Description

      +

      Description

      Instance Class

      +

      DB Engine

      Refers to the CPU and memory of a DB instance. Different instance classes have different numbers of database connections and maximum IOPS.

      +

      Same as the DB engine of the primary DB instance by default and cannot be changed.

      +

      DB Engine Version

      +

      Same as the DB engine version of the primary DB instance by default and cannot be changed.

      +

      Storage Type

      +

      Determines the DB instance read/write speed. The higher the maximum throughput is, the higher the DB instance read/write speed can be.

      +
      • Cloud SSD: cloud drives used to decouple storage from compute. The maximum throughput is 350 MB/s.
      • Extreme SSD: uses 25GE network and RDMA technologies to provide you with up to 1,000 MB/s throughput per disk and sub-millisecond latency.
      +

      AZ

      +

      RDS allows you to deploy primary DB instances and read replicas in a single AZ or across AZs to improve reliability.

      +
      +
      + +
      + + + + + - - - - - - -
      Table 3 Instance Configuration

      Parameter

      +

      Description

      +

      Instance Class

      +

      Refers to the CPU and memory of a DB instance. Different instance classes have different numbers of database connections and maximum IOPS.

      For details about instance classes, see section DB Instance Classes.

      -

      -

      -

      After a DB instance is created, you can change its instance class (CPU and memory). For details, see section Changing a DB Instance Class.

      -

      Storage Type

      +

      Storage Space

      Determines the DB instance read/write speed. The higher the maximum throughput is, the higher the DB instance read/write speed can be.

      -
      • Common I/O: uses the SATA disk type that supports a maximum throughput of 90 MB/s.
      • Ultra-high I/O: uses the SSD disk type that supports a maximum throughput of 350 MB/s.
      -

      Storage Space

      -

      Contains the file system overhead required for inode, reserved block, and database operation.

      +

      Contains the file system overhead required for inode, reserved block, and database operation.

      By default, storage space of a read replica is the same as that of the primary DB instance.

      Disk Encryption

      +

      Disk Encryption

      • Disable: indicates the encryption function is disabled.
      • Enable: indicates the encryption function is enabled. Security is improved but system performance is affected.

        Key Name: indicates the tenant key. You can select an existing key or create a new one.

        -
        NOTE:
        • Once the DB instance is created, you cannot modify the disk encryption status or change the key. The backup data stored in OBS is not encrypted.
        • After an RDS DB instance is created, do not disable or delete a key that is currently in use. Otherwise, RDS will be unavailable and data cannot be restored.
        • For details about how to create a key, see the "Creating a CMK" section in the Key Management Service User Guide.
        -
        -
      +

      Enabling disk encryption enhances data security but reduces the database's read and write performance by 5%.

      +

      Key Name: indicates the tenant key. Select one from the drop-down list.

      +

      After disk encryption is enabled, the following restrictions apply:

      +
      • If you enable disk encryption during instance creation, the disk encryption status and the key cannot be changed later.
      • Enabling disk encryption will not encrypt backup data stored in Object Storage Service (OBS).
      • Keep the key secure. Once the key is disabled, deleted, or frozen, your instance will be inaccessible and its data may not be restored.
      -
      - diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_02_0008.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_02_0008.html index 8e6535727..717c73cc1 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_02_0008.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_02_0008.html @@ -4,123 +4,162 @@

      Scenarios

      This section describes how to create a DB instance on the management console.

      The DB instance class and storage space you need depend on your processing power and memory requirements.

      -

      Procedure

      1. Log in to the management console.
      2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
      3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
      4. On the Instances page, click Create DB Instance.
      5. On the displayed page, configure information about your DB instance. Then, click Create Now.

        -
      Table 3 Network

      Parameter

      +
      - - - - - - - - -
      Table 4 Basic Settings

      Parameter

      Description

      +

      Description

      VPC

      +

      DB Instance Name

      Same as the primary DB instance's VPC.

      -

      Subnet

      -

      Same as the primary DB instance's subnet. A floating IP address is automatically assigned when you create a read replica. You can also enter an unused floating IP address in the subnet CIDR block. After the read replica is created, you can change the floating IP address.

      -

      Security Group

      -

      Same as the primary DB instance's VPC.

      +

      Must start with a letter and consist of 4 to 64 characters. It can contain only uppercase letters, lowercase letters, digits, hyphens (-), and underscores (_).
      -

    6. Confirm specifications.

      • If you need to modify your settings, click Previous.
      • If you do not need to modify your settings, click Submit.
      + +
      + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
      Table 5 Connectivity

      Parameter

      +

      Description

      +

      VPC

      +

      Same as the primary DB instance's VPC.

      +

      Subnet

      +

      Same as the primary DB instance's subnet. A floating IP address is automatically assigned when you create a read replica. You can also enter an unused floating IP address in the subnet CIDR block. After the read replica is created, you can change the floating IP address.

      +

      Security Group

      +

      Same as the primary DB instance's VPC.

      +
      +
      + +
      + + + + + + + +
      Table 6 Additional Options

      Parameter

      +

      Description

      +

      Tag

      +

      Tags an RDS DB instance. This configuration is optional. Adding tags to RDS DB instances helps you better identify and manage the DB instances. A maximum of 20 tags can be added for each DB instance.

      +

      After a DB instance is created, you can click it and view its details on the Tags page. For details, see section Managing Tags.

      +
      +
      +

    7. Confirm specifications.

      • If you need to modify your settings, click Previous.
      • If you do not need to modify your settings, click Submit.

    8. After a read replica is created, you can view and manage it.

      For details about how to manage read replicas, see Managing a Read Replica.

      -

      You can view the detailed progress and result of the task on the Task Center page.

      +

      You can view the detailed progress and result of the task on the Task Center page.

      9. Follow-up Operations

      Managing a Read Replica

      diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_topic_connect_instance.html b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_topic_connect_instance.html index 72a8c6166..46d7cc663 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_topic_connect_instance.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_topic_connect_instance.html @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@

      -

      Using SSL to Connect to a DB Instance

      1. Log in to the management console.
      2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
      3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
      4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance. In the DB Information area on the Basic Information page, click in the SSL field to download the root certificate or certificate bundle.
      5. Import the root certificate to the Linux OS on the ECS. For details, see How Can I Import the Root Certificate to a Windows or Linux OS?

        • Since April 2017, RDS has offered a new root certificate that has a 20-year validation period. The new certificate takes effect after DB instances are rebooted. Replace the old certificate before it expires to improve system security.

          For details, see section How Can I Identify the Validity Period of an SSL Root Certificate?

          +

          Using SSL to Connect to a DB Instance

          1. Log in to the management console.
          2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
          3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
          4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance. In the Basic Information area on the Overview page, click Download in the SSL field to download the root certificate or certificate bundle.
          5. Import the root certificate to the Linux OS on the ECS. For details, see How Can I Import the Root Certificate to a Windows or Linux OS?

            • Since April 2017, RDS has offered a new root certificate that has a 20-year validation period. The new certificate takes effect after DB instances are rebooted. Replace the old certificate before it expires to improve system security.

              For details, see section How Can I Identify the Validity Period of an SSL Root Certificate?

            • You can also download the certificate bundle, which contains both the new certificate provided since April 2017 and the old certificate.

          6. Connect to an RDS DB instance. The Linux OS is used as an example.

            mysql -h <host> -P <port> -u <userName> -p --ssl-ca=<caDIR> diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_topic_scale_cluster.html b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_topic_scale_cluster.html index 681f49a5f..5dd7ae2e8 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_topic_scale_cluster.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_topic_scale_cluster.html @@ -37,19 +37,19 @@

            Constraints

            • The maximum allowed storage is 4,000 GB. There is no limit on the number of scale-ups.
            • The DB instance is in Scaling up state when its storage space is being scaled up and the backup services are not affected.
            • For primary/standby DB instances, scaling up the primary DB instance will cause the standby DB instance to also be scaled up accordingly.
            • You cannot reboot or delete a DB instance that is being scaled up.
            • Storage space can only be scaled up, not down.
            • If you scale up a DB instance with disks encrypted, the expanded storage space will be encrypted using the original encryption key.

            Scaling up a Primary DB Instance

            1. Log in to the management console.
            2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
            3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
            4. On the Instances page, locate the target DB instance and choose More > Scale Storage Space in the Operation column.

              You can also perform the following operations to scale up storage space:

              -
              • Click the target DB instance to enter the Basic Information page. In the Storage Space area, click Scale.
              +
              • Click the target DB instance to enter the Overview page. In the Storage & Backup area, click Scale Storage Space.

            5. On the displayed page, specify the new storage space and click Next.

              The minimum increment for each scaling is 10 GB.

            6. Confirm specifications.

              • If you need to modify your settings, click Previous.
              • If you do not need to modify your settings, click Submit.
              -

            7. View the scale-up result.

              Scaling up storage space takes 3-5 minutes. During the time period, the status of the DB instance on the Instances page will be Scaling up. Click the DB instance and view the utilization on the displayed Basic Information page to verify that the scale-up is successful.

              +

            8. View the scale-up result.

              Scaling up storage space takes 3-5 minutes. During the time period, the status of the DB instance on the Instances page will be Scaling up. Click the DB instance and view the utilization on the displayed Overview page to verify that the scale-up is successful.

              If the DB instance is running the MySQL DB engine, you can view the detailed progress and result of the task on the Task Center page. For details, see section Task Center.

            Scaling up a Read Replica

            Scaling up the storage space of a read replica does not affect that of the primary DB instance. Therefore, you can separately scale read replicas to meet service requirements. New storage space of read replicas after scaling up must be greater than or equal to that of the primary DB instance.

            -
            1. Log in to the management console.
            2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
            3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
            4. On the Instances page, locate the target DB instance and click in front of it. Locate a read replica to be scaled and choose More > Scale Storage Space in the Operation column.

              You can also perform the following operations to scale up storage space:

              -
              • Click the target DB instance to enter the Basic Information page. In the Storage Space area, click Scale.
              +
              1. Log in to the management console.
              2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
              3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
              4. On the Instances page, locate the target DB instance and click in front of it. Locate a read replica to be scaled and choose More > Scale Storage Space in the Operation column.

                You can also perform the following operations to scale up storage space:

                +
                • Click the target DB instance to enter the Overview page. In the Storage & Backup area, click Scale Storage Space.

              5. On the displayed page, specify the new storage space and click Next.

                The minimum increment for each scaling is 10 GB.

              6. Confirm specifications.

                • If you need to modify your settings, click Previous.
                • If you do not need to modify your settings, click Submit.
                -

              7. View the scale-up result.

                Scaling up storage space takes 3-5 minutes. During the time period, the status of the read replica on the Instances page will be Scaling up. Click the read replica and view the utilization on the displayed Basic Information page to verify that the scale-up is successful.

                +

              8. View the scale-up result.

                Scaling up storage space takes 3-5 minutes. During the time period, the status of the read replica on the Instances page will be Scaling up. Click the read replica and view the utilization on the displayed Overview page to verify that the scale-up is successful.

                If the read replica is running the MySQL DB engine, you can view the detailed progress and result of the task on the Task Center page. For details, see section Task Center.

            diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_topic_scale_rds.html b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_topic_scale_rds.html index 49121d970..bb06640ba 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_topic_scale_rds.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_topic_scale_rds.html @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@

            Changing a DB Instance Class

            Scenarios

            You can change the instance class (CPU or memory) of a DB instance as required. If the status of a DB instance changes from Changing instance class to Available, the change is successful.

            -

            Constraints

            • A DB instance cannot be deleted when its instance class is being changed.
            • After you change instance classes, the DB instances will be rebooted and service will be interrupted. Therefore, you are advised to change instance classes during off-peak hours.
            +

            Constraints

            • A DB instance cannot be deleted when its instance class is being changed.
            • After you change instance classes, the DB instances will be rebooted and service will be interrupted. Therefore, you are advised to change instance classes during off-peak hours.
            -

            Procedure

            1. Log in to the management console.
            2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
            3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
            4. On the Instances page, locate the target DB instance and choose More > Change Instance Class in the Operation column.

              Alternatively, click the target DB instance to go to the Basic Information page. In the DB Information area, click Change in the Instance Class field.

              +

              Procedure

              1. Log in to the management console.
              2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
              3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
              4. On the Instances page, locate the target DB instance and choose More > Change Instance Class in the Operation column.

                Alternatively, click the target DB instance to go to the Overview page. Under Instance Class, click Configure.

              5. On the displayed page, specify the new instance class and click Next.

                -

              6. View the DB instance class change result.

                Changing the DB instance class takes 5–15 minutes. During this period, the status of the DB instance on the Instances page is Changing instance class. After a few minutes, click the DB instance and view the instance class on the displayed Basic Information page to check that the change is successful.

                +

              7. View the DB instance class change result.

                Changing the DB instance class takes 5–15 minutes. During this period, the status of the DB instance on the Instances page is Changing instance class. After a few minutes, click the DB instance and view the instance class on the displayed Overview page to check that the change is successful.

                After you change a MySQL instance class, the values of the following parameters will also be changed accordingly: back_log, innodb_buffer_pool_size, innodb_log_buffer_size, innodb_log_files_in_group, max_connections, innodb_page_cleaners, innodb_buffer_pool_instances, threadpool_size, and slave_parallel_workers.

              diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_topic_sqlserver_reset_password.html b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_topic_sqlserver_reset_password.html index 751b54549..e51274164 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_topic_sqlserver_reset_password.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_topic_sqlserver_reset_password.html @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@

            -

            Method 2

            1. Log in to the management console.
            2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
            3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
            4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance.
            5. In the DB Information area on the Basic Information page, click Reset Password in the Administrator field. In the displayed dialog box, enter and confirm a new password.

              Keep this password secure. The system cannot retrieve it.

              +

              Method 2

              1. Log in to the management console.
              2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
              3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
              4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance.
              5. On the Overview page, find Administrator and click Reset Password under it.
              6. In the displayed dialog box, enter and confirm a new password.

                Keep this password secure. The system cannot retrieve it.

                The new password must consist of 8 to 32 characters and contain at least three types of the following characters: uppercase letters, lowercase letters, digits, and special characters (~!@#$%^*-_+?,). Enter a strong password and periodically change it for security reasons.

                If provided password will be considered by system as weak, you will receive an error and you should provide stronger password.
                • To submit the new password, click OK.
                • To cancel the reset operation, click Cancel.
                diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/public_sys-resources/commonltr.css b/docs/rds/umn/public_sys-resources/commonltr.css index 6b6313a0a..d7d9ff4c3 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/public_sys-resources/commonltr.css +++ b/docs/rds/umn/public_sys-resources/commonltr.css @@ -1 +1 @@ -body{font-size:10pt;font-family:Arial;margin:1.5em;border-top:2pt;padding-top:1em;padding-bottom:2em}.msgph{font-family:Courier New}.rowlinecopyright{color:red;margin-top:10pt}.unresolved{background-color:skyblue}.noTemplate{background-color:yellow}.base{background-color:#fff}.nested0{margin-top:1em}.p{margin-top:.6em;margin-bottom:.6em}p{margin-top:.5em;margin-bottom:.5em}.note p{margin-top:.5em;margin-bottom:.5em}.tip p{margin-top:.5em;margin-bottom:.5em}.danger p{margin-top:.5em;margin-bottom:.5em}.notice p{margin-top:.5em;margin-bottom:.5em}.warning p{margin-top:.5em;margin-bottom:.5em}.caution p{margin-top:.5em;margin-bottom:.5em}.attention p{margin-top:.5em;margin-bottom:.5em}table p{margin-top:.2em;margin-bottom:.2em;word-break:break-word}table .p{margin-top:.4em;margin-bottom:.2em}.figcap{font-size:10pt}img{margin-top:.3em}.figdesc{font-style:normal}.figborder{border-style:solid;padding-left:3px;border-width:2px;padding-right:3px;margin-top:1em;border-color:Silver}.figsides{border-left:2px solid;padding-left:3px;border-right:2px solid;padding-right:3px;margin-top:1em;border-color:Silver}.figtop{border-top:2px solid;margin-top:1em;border-color:Silver}.figbottom{border-bottom:2px solid;border-color:Silver}.figtopbot{border-top:2px solid;border-bottom:2px solid;margin-top:1em;border-color:Silver}.fignone{font-size:10pt;margin-top:8pt;margin-bottom:8pt}.familylinks{margin-top:1.5em;margin-bottom:1em}.ullinks{list-style-type:none}.linklist{margin-bottom:1em}.linklistwithchild{margin-left:1.5em;margin-bottom:1em}.sublinklist{margin-left:1.5em;margin-bottom:1em}.relconcepts{margin-top:.6em;margin-bottom:.6em}.reltasks{margin-top:.6em;margin-bottom:.6em}.relref{margin-top:.6em;margin-bottom:.6em}.relinfo{margin-top:.6em;margin-bottom:.6em}.breadcrumb{font-size:smaller;margin-bottom:.6em}.prereq{margin-left:20px}.parentlink{margin-top:.6em;margin-bottom:.6em}.nextlink{margin-top:.6em;margin-bottom:.6em}.previouslink{margin-top:.6em;margin-bottom:.6em}.topictitle1{margin-top:0;margin-bottom:1em;font-size:14pt;color:#007af4}.topictitle2{margin-top:1pc;margin-bottom:.45em;font-size:1.17em;color:#007af4}.topictitle3{margin-top:1pc;margin-bottom:.17em;font-size:1.17em;font-weight:bold;color:#007af4}.topictitle4{margin-top:.83em;font-size:1.17em;font-weight:bold}.topictitle5{font-size:1.17em;font-weight:bold}.topictitle6{font-size:1.17em;font-style:italic}.sectiontitle{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;color:black;font-size:10.5pt;font-weight:bold;color:#007af4;overflow:auto}.section{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em}.example{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em}.sectiontitle2contents:link{color:#007af4}.sectiontitle2contents:visited{color:#800080}.note{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;background-color:#ffc}.notetitle{font-weight:bold}.notelisttitle{font-weight:bold}.tip{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;background-color:#ffc}.tiptitle{font-weight:bold}.fastpath{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;background-color:#ffc}.fastpathtitle{font-weight:bold}.important{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;background-color:#ffc}.importanttitle{font-weight:bold}.remember{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;background-color:#ffc}.remembertitle{font-weight:bold}.restriction{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;background-color:#ffc}.restrictiontitle{font-weight:bold}.attention{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;background-color:#ffc}.attentiontitle{font-weight:bold}.dangertitle{font-weight:bold}.danger{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;background-color:#ffc}.noticetitle{font-weight:bold}.notice{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;background-color:#ffc}.warningtitle{font-weight:bold}.warning{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;background-color:#ffc}.cautiontitle{font-weight:bold}.caution{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;background-color:#ffc}ul.simple{list-style-type:none}li ul{margin-top:.6em}li{margin-top:.6em;margin-bottom:.6em}.note li{margin-top:.2em;margin-bottom:.2em}.tip li{margin-top:.2em;margin-bottom:.2em}.danger li{margin-top:.2em;margin-bottom:.2em}.warning li{margin-top:.2em;margin-bottom:.2em}.notice li{margin-top:.2em;margin-bottom:.2em}.caution li{margin-top:.2em;margin-bottom:.2em}.attention li{margin-top:.2em;margin-bottom:.2em}table li{margin-top:.2em;margin-bottom:.2em;word-break:break-word}ol{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;margin-left:2.4em;padding-left:0}ul{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;margin-left:2.0em;padding-left:0}ol ul{list-style:disc}ul ul{list-style:square}ol ul ul{list-style:square}ol ul{list-style-type:disc}table ol{margin-top:.4em;margin-bottom:.4em;list-style:decimal}table ul{margin-top:.4em;margin-bottom:.4em;list-style:disc}table ul ul{margin-top:.4em;margin-bottom:.4em;list-style:square}table ol ol{margin-top:.4em;margin-bottom:.4em;list-style:lower-alpha}table ol ul{margin-top:.4em;margin-bottom:.4em;list-style:disc}table ul ol{margin-top:.4em;margin-bottom:.4em;list-style:decimal}.substepthirdol{list-style-type:lower-roman}.firstcol{font-weight:bold}th{background-color:#cfcfcf}table{margin-top:8pt;margin-bottom:12pt;width:100%}table caption{margin-top:8pt;text-align:left}.bold{font-weight:bold}.boldItalic{font-weight:bold;font-style:italic}.italic{font-style:italic}.underlined{text-decoration:underline}.var{font-style:italic}.shortcut{text-decoration:underline}.dlterm{font-weight:bold}dd{margin-top:.5em;margin-bottom:.5em}.dltermexpand{font-weight:bold;margin-top:1em}*[compact="yes"]>li{margin-top:0}*[compact="no"]>li{margin-top:.53em}.liexpand{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em}.sliexpand{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em}.dlexpand{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em}.ddexpand{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em}.stepexpand{margin-top:.3em;margin-bottom:.3em}.substepexpand{margin-top:.3em;margin-bottom:.3em}div.imageleft{text-align:left}div.imagecenter{text-align:center}div.imageright{text-align:right}div.imagejustify{text-align:justify}div.noblankline{text-align:center}div.noblankline img{margin-top:0}pre.screen{margin-top:2px;margin-bottom:2px;padding:1.5px 1.5px 0 1.5px;border:0;background-color:#ddd;white-space:pre}pre.codeblock{margin-top:2px;margin-bottom:2px;padding:1.5px 1.5px 0 1.5px;border:0;background-color:#ddd;white-space:pre}.hrcopyright{color:#3f4e5d;margin-top:18pt}.hwcopyright{text-align:center}.comment{margin:2px 2px 2px 2px;font-family:Arial;font-size:10pt;background-color:#bfb;color:#000}.dropdownAllButtonexpand{cursor:pointer;background-repeat:no-repeat;background-position:0 4px;padding-left:15px;background-image:url(icon-arrowrt.gif);text-decoration:underline;color:#007af4}.dropdownAllButtoncollapse{cursor:pointer;background-repeat:no-repeat;background-position:0 4px;padding-left:15px;background-image:url(icon-arrowdn.gif);text-decoration:underline;color:#007af4;text-decoration:underline;color:#007af4}.dropdowntitle{background-repeat:no-repeat;background-position:0 4px;padding-left:15px;cursor:pointer;text-decoration:underline;color:#007af4}.dropdownexpand .dropdowntitle{background-image:url(icon-arrowdn.gif);text-decoration:underline;color:#007af4;margin:0 0 8px 0}.dropdowncollapse .dropdowncontext{display:none}.dropdowncollapse .dropdowntitle{background-image:url(icon-arrowrt.gif);text-decoration:underline;color:#007af4}.dropdowncollapsetable{border:0}.dropdowncollapsetable .dropdowncontext{display:none}.dropdowncollapsetable .dropdowntitle{background-image:url(icon-arrowrt.gif);text-decoration:underline;color:#007af4}pre{font-size:10pt;font-weight:normal;margin-left:9;margin-top:2;margin-bottom:2}.termcolor{color:blue;cursor:pointer}#dhtmlgoodies_tooltip{background-color:#f0f0d2;border:1px solid #000;position:absolute;display:none;z-index:20000;padding:2px;font-size:.9em;-moz-border-radius:6px;font-family:"Trebuchet MS","Lucida Sans Unicode",Arial,sans-serif}#dhtmlgoodies_tooltipShadow{position:absolute;background-color:#555;display:none;z-index:10000;opacity:.7;filter:alpha(opacity=70);-khtml-opacity:.7;-moz-opacity:.7;-moz-border-radius:6px}.freeze{position:fixed;_position:absolute;_top:expression(eval(document.documentElement.scrollTop));left:10;top:0} \ No newline at end of file +body{font-size:10pt;font-family:Arial;margin:1.5em;border-top:2pt;padding-top:1em;padding-bottom:2em}.msgph{font-family:Courier New}.rowlinecopyright{color:red;margin-top:10pt}.unresolved{background-color:skyblue}.noTemplate{background-color:yellow}.base{background-color:#fff}.nested0{margin-top:1em}.p{margin-top:.6em;margin-bottom:.6em}p{margin-top:.5em;margin-bottom:.5em}.note p{margin-top:.5em;margin-bottom:.5em;margin-left:.8em}.note .p{margin-left:.8em}.note pre{margin-left:.8em}.tip p{margin-top:.5em;margin-bottom:.5em}.danger p{margin-top:.5em;margin-bottom:.5em}.notice p{margin-top:.5em;margin-bottom:.5em}.warning p{margin-top:.5em;margin-bottom:.5em}.caution p{margin-top:.5em;margin-bottom:.5em}.attention p{margin-top:.5em;margin-bottom:.5em}table p{margin-top:.2em;margin-bottom:.2em;word-break:break-word}table .p{margin-top:.4em;margin-bottom:.2em}.figcap{font-size:10pt}img{margin-top:.3em}.figdesc{font-style:normal}.figborder{border-style:solid;padding-left:3px;border-width:2px;padding-right:3px;margin-top:1em;border-color:Silver}.figsides{border-left:2px solid;padding-left:3px;border-right:2px solid;padding-right:3px;margin-top:1em;border-color:Silver}.figtop{border-top:2px solid;margin-top:1em;border-color:Silver}.figbottom{border-bottom:2px solid;border-color:Silver}.figtopbot{border-top:2px solid;border-bottom:2px solid;margin-top:1em;border-color:Silver}.fignone{font-size:10pt;margin-top:8pt;margin-bottom:8pt}.familylinks{margin-top:1.5em;margin-bottom:1em}.ullinks{list-style-type:none}.linklist{margin-bottom:1em}.linklistwithchild{margin-left:1.5em;margin-bottom:1em}.sublinklist{margin-left:1.5em;margin-bottom:1em}.relconcepts{margin-top:.6em;margin-bottom:.6em}.reltasks{margin-top:.6em;margin-bottom:.6em}.relref{margin-top:.6em;margin-bottom:.6em}.relinfo{margin-top:.6em;margin-bottom:.6em}.breadcrumb{font-size:smaller;margin-bottom:.6em}.prereq{margin-left:20px}.parentlink{margin-top:.6em;margin-bottom:.6em}.nextlink{margin-top:.6em;margin-bottom:.6em}.previouslink{margin-top:.6em;margin-bottom:.6em}.topictitle1{margin-top:0;margin-bottom:1em;font-size:14pt;color:#007af4}.topictitle2{margin-top:1pc;margin-bottom:.45em;font-size:1.17em;color:#007af4}.topictitle3{margin-top:1pc;margin-bottom:.17em;font-size:1.17em;font-weight:bold;color:#007af4}.topictitle4{margin-top:.83em;font-size:1.17em;font-weight:bold}.topictitle5{font-size:1.17em;font-weight:bold}.topictitle6{font-size:1.17em;font-style:italic}.sectiontitle{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;color:black;font-size:10.5pt;font-weight:bold;color:#007af4;overflow:auto}.section{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em}.example{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em}.sectiontitle2contents:link{color:#007af4}.sectiontitle2contents:visited{color:#800080}.note{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;background-color:#ffc}.notetitle{font-weight:bold}.notelisttitle{font-weight:bold}.tip{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;background-color:#ffc}.tiptitle{font-weight:bold}.fastpath{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;background-color:#ffc}.fastpathtitle{font-weight:bold}.important{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;background-color:#ffc}.importanttitle{font-weight:bold}.remember{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;background-color:#ffc}.remembertitle{font-weight:bold}.restriction{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;background-color:#ffc}.restrictiontitle{font-weight:bold}.attention{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;background-color:#ffc}.attentiontitle{font-weight:bold}.dangertitle{font-weight:bold}.danger{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;background-color:#ffc}.noticetitle{font-weight:bold}.notice{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;background-color:#ffc}.warningtitle{font-weight:bold}.warning{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;background-color:#ffc}.cautiontitle{font-weight:bold}.caution{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;background-color:#ffc}ul.simple{list-style-type:none}li ul{margin-top:.6em}li{margin-top:.6em;margin-bottom:.6em}.note li{margin-top:.2em;margin-bottom:.2em}.tip li{margin-top:.2em;margin-bottom:.2em}.danger li{margin-top:.2em;margin-bottom:.2em}.warning li{margin-top:.2em;margin-bottom:.2em}.notice li{margin-top:.2em;margin-bottom:.2em}.caution li{margin-top:.2em;margin-bottom:.2em}.attention li{margin-top:.2em;margin-bottom:.2em}table li{margin-top:.2em;margin-bottom:.2em;word-break:break-word}ol{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;margin-left:2.4em;padding-left:0}ul{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;margin-left:2.0em;padding-left:0}ol ul{list-style:disc}ul ul{list-style:square}ol ul ul{list-style:square}ol ul{list-style-type:disc}table ol{margin-top:.4em;margin-bottom:.4em;list-style:decimal}table ul{margin-top:.4em;margin-bottom:.4em;list-style:disc}table ul ul{margin-top:.4em;margin-bottom:.4em;list-style:square}table ol ol{margin-top:.4em;margin-bottom:.4em;list-style:lower-alpha}table ol ul{margin-top:.4em;margin-bottom:.4em;list-style:disc}table ul ol{margin-top:.4em;margin-bottom:.4em;list-style:decimal}.substepthirdol{list-style-type:lower-roman}.firstcol{font-weight:bold}th{background-color:#cfcfcf}table{margin-top:8pt;margin-bottom:12pt;width:100%}table caption{margin-top:8pt;text-align:left}.bold{font-weight:bold}.boldItalic{font-weight:bold;font-style:italic}.italic{font-style:italic}.underlined{text-decoration:underline}.var{font-style:italic}.shortcut{text-decoration:underline}.dlterm{font-weight:bold}dd{margin-top:.5em;margin-bottom:.5em}.dltermexpand{font-weight:bold;margin-top:1em}*[compact="yes"]>li{margin-top:0}*[compact="no"]>li{margin-top:.53em}.liexpand{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em}.sliexpand{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em}.dlexpand{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em}.ddexpand{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em}.stepexpand{margin-top:.3em;margin-bottom:.3em}.substepexpand{margin-top:.3em;margin-bottom:.3em}div.imageleft{text-align:left}div.imagecenter{text-align:center}div.imageright{text-align:right}div.imagejustify{text-align:justify}div.noblankline{text-align:center}div.noblankline img{margin-top:0}pre.screen{margin-top:2px;margin-bottom:2px;padding:1.5px 1.5px 0 1.5px;border:0;background-color:#ddd;white-space:pre}pre.codeblock{margin-top:2px;margin-bottom:2px;padding:1.5px 1.5px 0 1.5px;border:0;background-color:#ddd;white-space:pre}.hrcopyright{color:#3f4e5d;margin-top:18pt}.hwcopyright{text-align:center}.comment{margin:2px 2px 2px 2px;font-family:Arial;font-size:10pt;background-color:#bfb;color:#000}.dropdownAllButtonexpand{cursor:pointer;background-repeat:no-repeat;background-position:0 4px;padding-left:15px;background-image:url(icon-arrowrt.gif);text-decoration:underline;color:#007af4}.dropdownAllButtoncollapse{cursor:pointer;background-repeat:no-repeat;background-position:0 4px;padding-left:15px;background-image:url(icon-arrowdn.gif);text-decoration:underline;color:#007af4;text-decoration:underline;color:#007af4}.dropdowntitle{background-repeat:no-repeat;background-position:0 4px;padding-left:15px;cursor:pointer;text-decoration:underline;color:#007af4}.dropdownexpand .dropdowntitle{background-image:url(icon-arrowdn.gif);text-decoration:underline;color:#007af4;margin:0 0 8px 0}.dropdowncollapse .dropdowncontext{display:none}.dropdowncollapse .dropdowntitle{background-image:url(icon-arrowrt.gif);text-decoration:underline;color:#007af4}.dropdowncollapsetable{border:0}.dropdowncollapsetable .dropdowncontext{display:none}.dropdowncollapsetable .dropdowntitle{background-image:url(icon-arrowrt.gif);text-decoration:underline;color:#007af4}pre{font-size:10pt;font-weight:normal;margin-left:9;margin-top:2;margin-bottom:2}.termcolor{color:blue;cursor:pointer}#dhtmlgoodies_tooltip{background-color:#f0f0d2;border:1px solid #000;position:absolute;display:none;z-index:20000;padding:2px;font-size:.9em;-moz-border-radius:6px;font-family:"Trebuchet MS","Lucida Sans Unicode",Arial,sans-serif}#dhtmlgoodies_tooltipShadow{position:absolute;background-color:#555;display:none;z-index:10000;opacity:.7;filter:alpha(opacity=70);-khtml-opacity:.7;-moz-opacity:.7;-moz-border-radius:6px}.freeze{position:fixed;_position:absolute;_top:expression(eval(document.documentElement.scrollTop));left:10;top:0} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/public_sys-resources/commonltr_print.css b/docs/rds/umn/public_sys-resources/commonltr_print.css index f0ad6362f..cd48a07bd 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/public_sys-resources/commonltr_print.css +++ b/docs/rds/umn/public_sys-resources/commonltr_print.css @@ -1 +1 @@ -body{font-size:12.0pt;margin:1.5em;margin-left:1.6cm}.msgph{font-family:Courier New}.rowlinecopyright{color:red;margin-top:10pt}.unresolved{background-color:skyblue}.noTemplate{background-color:yellow}.base{background-color:#fff}.nested0{margin-top:1em}.p{margin-top:1em}p{margin-top:.5em;margin-bottom:.5em}.note p{margin-top:.5em;margin-bottom:.5em}.tip p{margin-top:.5em;margin-bottom:.5em}.danger p{margin-top:.5em;margin-bottom:.5em}.warning p{margin-top:.5em;margin-bottom:.5em}.notice p{margin-top:.5em;margin-bottom:.5em}.caution p{margin-top:.5em;margin-bottom:.5em}.attention p{margin-top:.5em;margin-bottom:.5em}table p{margin-top:.2em;margin-bottom:.2em;word-break:break-word}table .p{margin-top:.4em;margin-bottom:.2em}.covertable{border:0;width:100% cellpadding:8pt;cellspacing:8pt}.cover_productname{font-size:15.0pt;font-family:"Arial"}.cover_manualtitle{font-size:24.0pt;font-weight:bold;font-family:"Arial"}.cover_manualsubtitle{font-size:18.0pt;font-weight:bold;font-family:"Arial"}.cover_heading{font-size:12.0pt;font-weight:bold;font-family:"Arial"}.cover_text{font-size:9.0pt;font-family:"Arial"}.tocheading,.heading1,.topictitle1{margin-top:40.0pt;margin-right:0;margin-bottom:20.0pt;margin-left:-1cm;text-align:left;border:0;border-bottom:solid windowtext .5pt;font-size:22.0pt;font-family:"Arial";font-weight:bold}.topictitlenumber1{font-size:72.0pt;font-family:"Book Antiqua";font-weight:bold}.topictitle2{margin-top:10.0pt;margin-right:0;margin-bottom:8.0pt;margin-left:-1cm;text-indent:0;font-size:18.0pt;font-family:"Arial";font-weight:bold}.topictitle3{margin-top:10.0pt;margin-right:0;margin-bottom:8.0pt;margin-left:0;text-indent:0;font-size:16.0pt;font-family:"Book Antiqua";font-weight:bold}.topictitle4{margin-top:10.0pt;margin-right:0;margin-bottom:8.0pt;margin-left:0;text-indent:0;font-size:14.0pt;font-family:"Book Antiqua";font-weight:bold}.topictitle5{margin-top:10.0pt;margin-right:0;margin-bottom:8.0pt;margin-left:0;text-indent:0;font-size:13.0pt;font-family:"Book Antiqua";font-weight:bold}.blocklabel,.topictitle6{margin-top:15.0pt;margin-right:0;margin-bottom:4.0pt;margin-left:0;text-indent:0;font-size:13.0pt;font-family:"Book Antiqua";font-weight:bold}.sectiontitle{margin-top:15.0pt;margin-right:0;margin-bottom:4.0pt;margin-left:-1cm;text-indent:0;font-size:13.0pt;font-family:"Arial";font-weight:bold}.tocentry1{margin-top:8.0pt;margin-right:0;margin-bottom:4.0pt;margin-left:0;line-height:12.0pt;font-size:12.0pt;font-family:"Book Antiqua";font-weight:bold}.tocentry2{margin-top:4.0pt;margin-right:0;margin-bottom:4.0pt;margin-left:0;line-height:12.0pt;font-size:11.0pt;font-family:"Times New Roman"}.tocentry3{margin-top:4.0pt;margin-right:0;margin-bottom:4.0pt;margin-left:0;line-height:12.0pt;font-size:11.0pt;font-family:"Times New Roman"}.tocentry4{margin-top:4.0pt;margin-right:0;margin-bottom:4.0pt;margin-left:0;line-height:12.0pt;font-size:11.0pt;font-family:"Times New Roman"}.tocentry5{margin-top:4.0pt;margin-right:0;margin-bottom:4.0pt;margin-left:0;line-height:12.0pt;font-size:11.0pt;font-family:"Times New Roman"}.tofentry1{margin-top:8.0pt;margin-right:0;margin-bottom:4.0pt;margin-left:0;line-height:12.0pt;font-size:11.0pt;font-family:"Times New Roman";font-weight:normal}.totentry1{margin-top:8.0pt;margin-right:0;margin-bottom:4.0pt;margin-left:0;line-height:12.0pt;font-size:11.0pt;font-family:"Times New Roman";font-weight:normal}.indexheading{margin-top:15.0pt;margin-right:0;margin-bottom:4.0pt;margin-left:0;text-indent:0;font-size:13.0pt;font-family:"Book Antiqua";font-weight:bold}.indexentry1{margin-top:4pt;margin-right:0;margin-bottom:0;margin-left:0;line-height:12.0pt;font-size:12.0pt;font-family:"Times New Roman"}.indexentry2{margin-top:0;margin-right:0;margin-bottom:0;margin-left:24.0pt;line-height:12.0pt;font-size:12.0pt}.indexentry3{margin-top:0;margin-right:0;margin-bottom:0;margin-left:48pt;line-height:12.0pt;font-size:12.0pt}.figurenumber{font-weight:bold}.tablenumber{font-weight:bold}.familylinks{margin-top:1.5em;margin-bottom:1em}.figcap{font-size:11.0pt}.tablecap{font-size:11.0pt}.figdesc{font-style:normal}.fignone{margin-top:8.0pt}.figborder{border-style:solid;padding-left:3px;border-width:2px;padding-right:3px;margin-top:1em;border-color:Silver}.figsides{border-left:2px solid;padding-left:3px;border-right:2px solid;padding-right:3px;margin-top:1em;border-color:Silver}.figtop{border-top:2px solid;margin-top:1em;border-color:Silver}.figbottom{border-bottom:2px solid;border-color:Silver}.figtopbot{border-top:2px solid;border-bottom:2px solid;margin-top:1em;border-color:Silver}.ullinks{margin-left:0;list-style-type:none}.ulchildlink{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em}.olchildlink{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;margin-left:1em}.linklist{margin-bottom:1em}.linklistwithchild{margin-left:1.5em;margin-bottom:1em}.sublinklist{margin-left:1.5em;margin-bottom:1em}.relconcepts{margin-left:1cm;margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em}.reltasks{margin-left:1cm;margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em}.relref{margin-left:1cm;margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em}.relinfo{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em}.breadcrumb{font-size:smaller;margin-bottom:1em}.prereq{margin-left:0}.parentlink{margin-top:.6em;margin-bottom:.6em}.nextlink{margin-top:.6em;margin-bottom:.6em}.previouslink{margin-top:.6em;margin-bottom:.6em}.section{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em}.example{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em}table .note{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;border:0;font-size:10.0pt;font-family:"Times New Roman"}.note{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;border:0;font-size:10.0pt;border-top:solid .5pt;border-bottom:solid .5pt}.notetitle{font-weight:bold;font-size:11.0pt}.notelisttitle{font-weight:bold}table .tip{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;border:0;font-size:10.0pt;font-family:"Times New Roman"}.tip{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;border:0;font-size:10.0pt;border-top:solid .5pt;border-bottom:solid .5pt}.tiptitle{font-weight:bold;font-size:11.0pt}table .fastpath{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;border:0;font-size:10.0pt;font-family:"Times New Roman"}.fastpath{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;border:0;font-size:10.0pt;border-top:solid .5pt;border-bottom:solid .5pt}.fastpathtitle{font-weight:bold;font-size:11.0pt}table .important{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;border:0;font-size:10.0pt;font-family:"Times New Roman";font-style:italic}.important{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;border:0;font-size:10.0pt;border-top:solid .5pt;border-bottom:solid .5pt}.importanttitle{font-weight:bold;font-size:11.0pt}table .remember{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;border:0;font-size:10.0pt;font-family:"Times New Roman";font-style:italic}.remember{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;border:0;font-size:10.0pt;border-top:solid .5pt;border-bottom:solid .5pt}.remembertitle{font-weight:bold;font-size:11.0pt}table .restriction{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;border:0;font-size:10.0pt;font-family:"Times New Roman";font-style:italic}.restriction{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;border:0;font-size:10.0pt;border-top:solid .5pt;border-bottom:solid .5pt}.restrictiontitle{font-weight:bold;font-size:11.0pt}table .attention{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;border:0;font-size:10.0pt;font-family:"Times New Roman"}.attention{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;border:0;border-top:solid .5pt;border-bottom:solid .5pt}.attentiontitle{font-weight:bold}table .danger{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;border:0;font-size:10.0pt;font-family:"Times New Roman"}.dangertitle{font-weight:bold}.danger{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;border:0;border-top:solid .5pt;border-bottom:solid .5pt}table .notice{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;border:0;font-size:10.0pt;font-family:"Times New Roman"}.noticetitle{font-weight:bold}.notice{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;border:0;border-top:solid .5pt;border-bottom:solid .5pt}table .warning{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;border:0;font-size:10.0pt;font-family:"Times New Roman"}.warningtitle{font-weight:bold}.warning{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;border:0;border-top:solid .5pt;border-bottom:solid .5pt}table .caution{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;border:0;font-size:10.0pt;font-family:"Times New Roman"}table caption{margin-top:8pt;text-align:left;font-weight:bold}.tablenoborder{margin-top:8pt}.cautiontitle{font-weight:bold}.caution{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;border:0;border-top:solid .5pt;border-bottom:solid .5pt}ul.simple{list-style-type:none}li ul{margin-top:.6em}li{margin-top:.6em;margin-bottom:.6em}.note li{margin-top:.2em;margin-bottom:.2em}.tip li{margin-top:.2em;margin-bottom:.2em}.danger li{margin-top:.2em;margin-bottom:.2em}.warning li{margin-top:.2em;margin-bottom:.2em}.notice li{margin-top:.2em;margin-bottom:.2em}.caution li{margin-top:.2em;margin-bottom:.2em}.attention li{margin-top:.2em;margin-bottom:.2em}table li{margin-top:.2em;margin-bottom:.2em;word-break:break-word}.firstcol{font-weight:bold}th{background-color:#cfcfcf}.bold{font-weight:bold}.boldItalic{font-weight:bold;font-style:italic}.italic{font-style:italic}.underlined{text-decoration:underline}.var{font-style:italic}.shortcut{text-decoration:underline}.dlterm{font-weight:bold}dd{margin-top:.5em;margin-bottom:.5em}.dltermexpand{font-weight:bold;margin-top:1em}*[compact="yes"]>li{margin-top:0}*[compact="no"]>li{margin-top:.53em}.liexpand{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em}.sliexpand{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em}.dlexpand{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em}.ddexpand{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em}.stepexpand{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em}.substepexpand{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em}table{margin-top:8pt;margin-bottom:10.0pt;width:100%}thead{font-size:10.0pt;font-family:"Book Antiqua";font-weight:bold}tbody{font-size:11.0pt}ol{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;margin-left:1.7em;-webkit-padding-start:0}ul{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;margin-left:1.2em;-webkit-padding-start:0}ol ul{list-style:disc}ul ul{list-style:square}ol ol{list-style-type:lower-alpha}table ol{margin-top:.4em;margin-bottom:.4em;list-style:decimal}table ul{margin-top:.4em;margin-bottom:.4em;list-style:disc}table ul ul{margin-top:.4em;margin-bottom:.4em;list-style:square}table ol ol{margin-top:.4em;margin-bottom:.4em;list-style:lower-alpha}table ol ul{margin-top:.4em;margin-bottom:.4em;list-style:disc}table ul ol{margin-top:.4em;margin-bottom:.4em;list-style:decimal}.substepthirdol{list-style-type:lower-roman}div.imageleft{text-align:left}div.imagecenter{text-align:center}div.imageright{text-align:right}div.imagejustify{text-align:justify}div.noblankline{text-align:center}div.noblankline img{margin-top:0}pre{font-size:10.0pt;border-width:2px;padding:2px;margin-top:5px;margin-bottom:5px;white-space:pre-wrap;white-space:-moz-pre-wrap;white-space:-pre-wrap;white-space:-o-pre-wrap;word-wrap:break-word}pre.screen{margin-top:2px;margin-bottom:2px;padding:1.5px 1.5px 0 1.5px;border:0;white-space:pre}pre.codeblock{margin-top:2px;margin-bottom:2px;padding:1.5px 1.5px 0 1.5px;border:0;white-space:pre}.dropdownAllButtonexpand{cursor:pointer;background-repeat:no-repeat;background-position:0 4px;padding-left:15px;background-image:url(icon-arrowrt.gif);text-decoration:underline;color:#007af4}.dropdownAllButtoncollapse{cursor:pointer;background-repeat:no-repeat;background-position:0 4px;padding-left:15px;background-image:url(icon-arrowdn.gif);text-decoration:underline;color:#007af4;text-decoration:underline;color:#007af4}.dropdowntitle{background-repeat:no-repeat;background-position:0 4px;padding-left:15px;cursor:pointer;text-decoration:underline;color:#007af4}.dropdownexpand .dropdowntitle{background-image:url(icon-arrowdn.gif);text-decoration:underline;color:#007af4;margin:0 0 8px 0}.dropdowncollapse .dropdowntitle{background-image:url(icon-arrowrt.gif);text-decoration:underline;color:#007af4;margin:0 0 8px 0}.dropdowncollapsetable .dropdowntitle{background-image:url(icon-arrowrt.gif);text-decoration:underline;color:#007af4;margin:0 0 8px 0}.prefacesectiontitle1{margin-top:10.0pt;margin-right:0;margin-bottom:8.0pt;margin-left:-1cm;text-indent:0;font-size:18.0pt;font-family:"Book Antiqua";font-weight:bold;overflow:auto}.termcolor{color:blue;cursor:pointer}#dhtmlgoodies_tooltip{background-color:#f0f0d2;border:1px solid #000;position:absolute;display:none;z-index:20000;padding:2px;font-size:.9em;-moz-border-radius:6px;font-family:"Trebuchet MS","Lucida Sans Unicode",Arial,sans-serif}#dhtmlgoodies_tooltipShadow{position:absolute;background-color:#555;display:none;z-index:10000;opacity:.7;filter:alpha(opacity=70);-khtml-opacity:.7;-moz-opacity:.7;-moz-border-radius:6px}.freeze{position:fixed;_position:absolute;_top:expression(eval(document.documentElement.scrollTop));left:10;top:0}.hrcopyright{color:#3f4e5d;margin-top:18pt;margin-left:-1cm}.hwcopyright{text-align:center;font-family:Arial;margin-left:-1cm} \ No newline at end of file +body{font-size:12.0pt;margin:1.5em;margin-left:1.6cm}.msgph{font-family:Courier New}.rowlinecopyright{color:red;margin-top:10pt}.unresolved{background-color:skyblue}.noTemplate{background-color:yellow}.base{background-color:#fff}.nested0{margin-top:1em}.p{margin-top:1em}p{margin-top:.5em;margin-bottom:.5em}.note p{margin-top:.5em;margin-bottom:.5em;margin-left:.8em}.note .p{margin-left:.8em}.note pre{margin-left:.8em}.tip p{margin-top:.5em;margin-bottom:.5em}.danger p{margin-top:.5em;margin-bottom:.5em}.warning p{margin-top:.5em;margin-bottom:.5em}.notice p{margin-top:.5em;margin-bottom:.5em}.caution p{margin-top:.5em;margin-bottom:.5em}.attention p{margin-top:.5em;margin-bottom:.5em}table p{margin-top:.2em;margin-bottom:.2em;word-break:break-word}table .p{margin-top:.4em;margin-bottom:.2em}.covertable{border:0;width:100% cellpadding:8pt;cellspacing:8pt}.cover_productname{font-size:15.0pt;font-family:"Arial"}.cover_manualtitle{font-size:24.0pt;font-weight:bold;font-family:"Arial"}.cover_manualsubtitle{font-size:18.0pt;font-weight:bold;font-family:"Arial"}.cover_heading{font-size:12.0pt;font-weight:bold;font-family:"Arial"}.cover_text{font-size:9.0pt;font-family:"Arial"}.tocheading,.heading1,.topictitle1{margin-top:40.0pt;margin-right:0;margin-bottom:20.0pt;margin-left:-1cm;text-align:left;border:0;border-bottom:solid windowtext .5pt;font-size:22.0pt;font-family:"Arial";font-weight:bold}.topictitlenumber1{font-size:72.0pt;font-family:"Book Antiqua";font-weight:bold}.topictitle2{margin-top:10.0pt;margin-right:0;margin-bottom:8.0pt;margin-left:-1cm;text-indent:0;font-size:18.0pt;font-family:"Arial";font-weight:bold}.topictitle3{margin-top:10.0pt;margin-right:0;margin-bottom:8.0pt;margin-left:0;text-indent:0;font-size:16.0pt;font-family:"Book Antiqua";font-weight:bold}.topictitle4{margin-top:10.0pt;margin-right:0;margin-bottom:8.0pt;margin-left:0;text-indent:0;font-size:14.0pt;font-family:"Book Antiqua";font-weight:bold}.topictitle5{margin-top:10.0pt;margin-right:0;margin-bottom:8.0pt;margin-left:0;text-indent:0;font-size:13.0pt;font-family:"Book Antiqua";font-weight:bold}.blocklabel,.topictitle6{margin-top:15.0pt;margin-right:0;margin-bottom:4.0pt;margin-left:0;text-indent:0;font-size:13.0pt;font-family:"Book Antiqua";font-weight:bold}.sectiontitle{margin-top:15.0pt;margin-right:0;margin-bottom:4.0pt;margin-left:-1cm;text-indent:0;font-size:13.0pt;font-family:"Arial";font-weight:bold}.tocentry1{margin-top:8.0pt;margin-right:0;margin-bottom:4.0pt;margin-left:0;line-height:12.0pt;font-size:12.0pt;font-family:"Book Antiqua";font-weight:bold}.tocentry2{margin-top:4.0pt;margin-right:0;margin-bottom:4.0pt;margin-left:0;line-height:12.0pt;font-size:11.0pt;font-family:"Times New Roman"}.tocentry3{margin-top:4.0pt;margin-right:0;margin-bottom:4.0pt;margin-left:0;line-height:12.0pt;font-size:11.0pt;font-family:"Times New Roman"}.tocentry4{margin-top:4.0pt;margin-right:0;margin-bottom:4.0pt;margin-left:0;line-height:12.0pt;font-size:11.0pt;font-family:"Times New Roman"}.tocentry5{margin-top:4.0pt;margin-right:0;margin-bottom:4.0pt;margin-left:0;line-height:12.0pt;font-size:11.0pt;font-family:"Times New Roman"}.tofentry1{margin-top:8.0pt;margin-right:0;margin-bottom:4.0pt;margin-left:0;line-height:12.0pt;font-size:11.0pt;font-family:"Times New Roman";font-weight:normal}.totentry1{margin-top:8.0pt;margin-right:0;margin-bottom:4.0pt;margin-left:0;line-height:12.0pt;font-size:11.0pt;font-family:"Times New Roman";font-weight:normal}.indexheading{margin-top:15.0pt;margin-right:0;margin-bottom:4.0pt;margin-left:0;text-indent:0;font-size:13.0pt;font-family:"Book Antiqua";font-weight:bold}.indexentry1{margin-top:4pt;margin-right:0;margin-bottom:0;margin-left:0;line-height:12.0pt;font-size:12.0pt;font-family:"Times New Roman"}.indexentry2{margin-top:0;margin-right:0;margin-bottom:0;margin-left:24.0pt;line-height:12.0pt;font-size:12.0pt}.indexentry3{margin-top:0;margin-right:0;margin-bottom:0;margin-left:48pt;line-height:12.0pt;font-size:12.0pt}.figurenumber{font-weight:bold}.tablenumber{font-weight:bold}.familylinks{margin-top:1.5em;margin-bottom:1em}.figcap{font-size:11.0pt}.tablecap{font-size:11.0pt}.figdesc{font-style:normal}.fignone{margin-top:8.0pt}.figborder{border-style:solid;padding-left:3px;border-width:2px;padding-right:3px;margin-top:1em;border-color:Silver}.figsides{border-left:2px solid;padding-left:3px;border-right:2px solid;padding-right:3px;margin-top:1em;border-color:Silver}.figtop{border-top:2px solid;margin-top:1em;border-color:Silver}.figbottom{border-bottom:2px solid;border-color:Silver}.figtopbot{border-top:2px solid;border-bottom:2px solid;margin-top:1em;border-color:Silver}.ullinks{margin-left:0;list-style-type:none}.ulchildlink{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em}.olchildlink{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;margin-left:1em}.linklist{margin-bottom:1em}.linklistwithchild{margin-left:1.5em;margin-bottom:1em}.sublinklist{margin-left:1.5em;margin-bottom:1em}.relconcepts{margin-left:1cm;margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em}.reltasks{margin-left:1cm;margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em}.relref{margin-left:1cm;margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em}.relinfo{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em}.breadcrumb{font-size:smaller;margin-bottom:1em}.prereq{margin-left:0}.parentlink{margin-top:.6em;margin-bottom:.6em}.nextlink{margin-top:.6em;margin-bottom:.6em}.previouslink{margin-top:.6em;margin-bottom:.6em}.section{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em}.example{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em}table .note{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;border:0;font-size:10.0pt;font-family:"Times New Roman"}.note{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;border:0;font-size:10.0pt;border-top:solid .5pt;border-bottom:solid .5pt}.notetitle{font-weight:bold;font-size:11.0pt}.notelisttitle{font-weight:bold}table .tip{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;border:0;font-size:10.0pt;font-family:"Times New Roman"}.tip{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;border:0;font-size:10.0pt;border-top:solid .5pt;border-bottom:solid .5pt}.tiptitle{font-weight:bold;font-size:11.0pt}table .fastpath{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;border:0;font-size:10.0pt;font-family:"Times New Roman"}.fastpath{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;border:0;font-size:10.0pt;border-top:solid .5pt;border-bottom:solid .5pt}.fastpathtitle{font-weight:bold;font-size:11.0pt}table .important{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;border:0;font-size:10.0pt;font-family:"Times New Roman";font-style:italic}.important{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;border:0;font-size:10.0pt;border-top:solid .5pt;border-bottom:solid .5pt}.importanttitle{font-weight:bold;font-size:11.0pt}table .remember{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;border:0;font-size:10.0pt;font-family:"Times New Roman";font-style:italic}.remember{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;border:0;font-size:10.0pt;border-top:solid .5pt;border-bottom:solid .5pt}.remembertitle{font-weight:bold;font-size:11.0pt}table .restriction{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;border:0;font-size:10.0pt;font-family:"Times New Roman";font-style:italic}.restriction{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;border:0;font-size:10.0pt;border-top:solid .5pt;border-bottom:solid .5pt}.restrictiontitle{font-weight:bold;font-size:11.0pt}table .attention{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;border:0;font-size:10.0pt;font-family:"Times New Roman"}.attention{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;border:0;border-top:solid .5pt;border-bottom:solid .5pt}.attentiontitle{font-weight:bold}table .danger{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;border:0;font-size:10.0pt;font-family:"Times New Roman"}.dangertitle{font-weight:bold}.danger{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;border:0;border-top:solid .5pt;border-bottom:solid .5pt}table .notice{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;border:0;font-size:10.0pt;font-family:"Times New Roman"}.noticetitle{font-weight:bold}.notice{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;border:0;border-top:solid .5pt;border-bottom:solid .5pt}table .warning{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;border:0;font-size:10.0pt;font-family:"Times New Roman"}.warningtitle{font-weight:bold}.warning{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;border:0;border-top:solid .5pt;border-bottom:solid .5pt}table .caution{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;border:0;font-size:10.0pt;font-family:"Times New Roman"}table caption{margin-top:8pt;text-align:left;font-weight:bold}.tablenoborder{margin-top:8pt}.cautiontitle{font-weight:bold}.caution{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;border:0;border-top:solid .5pt;border-bottom:solid .5pt}ul.simple{list-style-type:none}li ul{margin-top:.6em}li{margin-top:.6em;margin-bottom:.6em}.note li{margin-top:.2em;margin-bottom:.2em}.tip li{margin-top:.2em;margin-bottom:.2em}.danger li{margin-top:.2em;margin-bottom:.2em}.warning li{margin-top:.2em;margin-bottom:.2em}.notice li{margin-top:.2em;margin-bottom:.2em}.caution li{margin-top:.2em;margin-bottom:.2em}.attention li{margin-top:.2em;margin-bottom:.2em}table li{margin-top:.2em;margin-bottom:.2em;word-break:break-word}.firstcol{font-weight:bold}th{background-color:#cfcfcf}.bold{font-weight:bold}.boldItalic{font-weight:bold;font-style:italic}.italic{font-style:italic}.underlined{text-decoration:underline}.var{font-style:italic}.shortcut{text-decoration:underline}.dlterm{font-weight:bold}dd{margin-top:.5em;margin-bottom:.5em}.dltermexpand{font-weight:bold;margin-top:1em}*[compact="yes"]>li{margin-top:0}*[compact="no"]>li{margin-top:.53em}.liexpand{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em}.sliexpand{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em}.dlexpand{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em}.ddexpand{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em}.stepexpand{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em}.substepexpand{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em}table{margin-top:8pt;margin-bottom:10.0pt;width:100%}thead{font-size:10.0pt;font-family:"Book Antiqua";font-weight:bold}tbody{font-size:11.0pt}ol{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;margin-left:1.7em;-webkit-padding-start:0}ul{margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;margin-left:1.2em;-webkit-padding-start:0}ol ul{list-style:disc}ul ul{list-style:square}ol ol{list-style-type:lower-alpha}table ol{margin-top:.4em;margin-bottom:.4em;list-style:decimal}table ul{margin-top:.4em;margin-bottom:.4em;list-style:disc}table ul ul{margin-top:.4em;margin-bottom:.4em;list-style:square}table ol ol{margin-top:.4em;margin-bottom:.4em;list-style:lower-alpha}table ol ul{margin-top:.4em;margin-bottom:.4em;list-style:disc}table ul ol{margin-top:.4em;margin-bottom:.4em;list-style:decimal}.substepthirdol{list-style-type:lower-roman}div.imageleft{text-align:left}div.imagecenter{text-align:center}div.imageright{text-align:right}div.imagejustify{text-align:justify}div.noblankline{text-align:center}div.noblankline img{margin-top:0}pre{font-size:10.0pt;border-width:2px;padding:2px;margin-top:5px;margin-bottom:5px;white-space:pre-wrap;white-space:-moz-pre-wrap;white-space:-pre-wrap;white-space:-o-pre-wrap;word-wrap:break-word}pre.screen{margin-top:2px;margin-bottom:2px;padding:1.5px 1.5px 0 1.5px;border:0;white-space:pre}pre.codeblock{margin-top:2px;margin-bottom:2px;padding:1.5px 1.5px 0 1.5px;border:0;white-space:pre}.dropdownAllButtonexpand{cursor:pointer;background-repeat:no-repeat;background-position:0 4px;padding-left:15px;background-image:url(icon-arrowrt.gif);text-decoration:underline;color:#007af4}.dropdownAllButtoncollapse{cursor:pointer;background-repeat:no-repeat;background-position:0 4px;padding-left:15px;background-image:url(icon-arrowdn.gif);text-decoration:underline;color:#007af4;text-decoration:underline;color:#007af4}.dropdowntitle{background-repeat:no-repeat;background-position:0 4px;padding-left:15px;cursor:pointer;text-decoration:underline;color:#007af4}.dropdownexpand .dropdowntitle{background-image:url(icon-arrowdn.gif);text-decoration:underline;color:#007af4;margin:0 0 8px 0}.dropdowncollapse .dropdowntitle{background-image:url(icon-arrowrt.gif);text-decoration:underline;color:#007af4;margin:0 0 8px 0}.dropdowncollapsetable .dropdowntitle{background-image:url(icon-arrowrt.gif);text-decoration:underline;color:#007af4;margin:0 0 8px 0}.prefacesectiontitle1{margin-top:10.0pt;margin-right:0;margin-bottom:8.0pt;margin-left:-1cm;text-indent:0;font-size:18.0pt;font-family:"Book Antiqua";font-weight:bold;overflow:auto}.termcolor{color:blue;cursor:pointer}#dhtmlgoodies_tooltip{background-color:#f0f0d2;border:1px solid #000;position:absolute;display:none;z-index:20000;padding:2px;font-size:.9em;-moz-border-radius:6px;font-family:"Trebuchet MS","Lucida Sans Unicode",Arial,sans-serif}#dhtmlgoodies_tooltipShadow{position:absolute;background-color:#555;display:none;z-index:10000;opacity:.7;filter:alpha(opacity=70);-khtml-opacity:.7;-moz-opacity:.7;-moz-border-radius:6px}.freeze{position:fixed;_position:absolute;_top:expression(eval(document.documentElement.scrollTop));left:10;top:0}.hrcopyright{color:#3f4e5d;margin-top:18pt;margin-left:-1cm}.hwcopyright{text-align:center;font-family:Arial;margin-left:-1cm} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_01_0089.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_01_0089.html index 51d11da08..b7083c6f2 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_01_0089.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_01_0089.html @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@

      February 2021

      November 2025

      +

      April 2026
      Table 1 Basic information

      Parameter

      +

      Procedure

      1. Log in to the management console.
      2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
      3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
      4. On the Instances page, click Create DB Instance.
      5. On the displayed page, configure information about your DB instance. Then, click Create Now.

        +

        - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
        Table 1 Basic Settings

        Parameter

        Description

        +

        Description

        Region

        +

        Region

        The region where your RDS resources will be located. You can change it on the creation page, or go back to the Instances page and change it in the upper left corner.

        -
        NOTE:

        Products in different regions cannot communicate with each other through a private network. After a DB instance is created, the region cannot be changed. Therefore, exercise caution when selecting a region.

        +

        Region where your resources are located.

        +
        NOTE:

        Products in different regions cannot communicate with each other through a private network. After a DB instance is created, the region of the DB instance cannot be changed. Therefore, exercise caution when selecting the region where the instance is located.

        DB Instance Name

        -

        Must start with a letter and consist of 4 to 64 characters. Only letters, digits, hyphens (-), and underscores (_) are allowed.

        -

        DB Engine

        -

        Set to MySQL.

        -

        DB Engine Version

        -

        -

        -

        For details, see DB Engines and Versions.

        -

        Different DB engine versions are supported in different regions.

        -

        You are advised to select the latest available version because it is more stable, reliable, and secure.

        -

        DB Instance Type

        -
        • Primary/Standby: uses an HA architecture with a primary DB instance and a synchronous standby DB instance. It is suitable for production databases of large- and medium-sized enterprises in Internet, Internet of Things (IoT), retail e-commerce sales, logistics, gaming, and other sectors. The standby DB instance improves instance reliability and is invisible to you after being created.

          An AZ is a physical region where resources use independent power supply and networks. AZs are physically isolated but interconnected through an internal network.

          -

          You can deploy primary and standby DB instances in a single AZ or across AZs to achieve failover and high availability.

          -
        • Single: uses a single-node architecture, which is more cost-effective than primary/standby DB instances. It is suitable for development and testing of microsites, and small- and medium-sized enterprises, or for learning about RDS.
        -

        Time Zone

        -

        Select a time zone when you are creating a DB instance, and you can change it after the DB instance is created.

        -
        -
        Table 2 Instance specifications

        Parameter

        +
        - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
        Table 2 Engine Options

        Parameter

        Description

        +

        Description

        Instance Class

        +

        DB Engine

        Refers to the CPU and memory of a DB instance. Different instance classes have different numbers of database connections and different maximum IOPS.

        +

        Set to MySQL.

        +

        DB Engine Version

        +

        For details, see DB Engines and Versions.

        +

        Different DB engine versions are supported in different regions.

        +

        You are advised to select the latest available version because it is more stable, reliable, and secure.

        +

        DB Instance Type

        +
        • Primary/Standby: uses an HA architecture with a primary DB instance and a synchronous standby DB instance. It is suitable for production databases of large- and medium-sized enterprises in Internet, Internet of Things (IoT), retail e-commerce sales, logistics, gaming, and other sectors. The standby DB instance improves instance reliability and is invisible to you after being created.

          You can deploy primary and standby DB instances in a single AZ or across AZs to achieve failover and high availability.

          +
        • Single: uses a single-node architecture, which is more cost-effective than primary/standby DB instances. It is suitable for development and testing of microsites, and small- and medium-sized enterprises, or for learning about RDS.
        +

        Storage Type

        +

        Determines the DB instance read/write speed. The higher the maximum throughput is, the higher the DB instance read/write speed can be.

        +
        • Cloud SSD: cloud drives used to decouple storage from compute. The maximum throughput is 350 MB/s.
        • Extreme SSD: uses 25GE network and RDMA technologies to provide you with up to 1,000 MB/s throughput per disk and sub-millisecond latency.
        +

        Primary AZ/Standby AZ

        +

        An AZ is a physical region where resources use independent power supply and networks. AZs are physically isolated but interconnected through an internal network. You can select different AZs for your primary and standby instances for cross-AZ disaster recovery.

        +

        The primary and standby instances can be deployed in different AZs.

        +
        +
        + +
        + + + + + - - - - - + + + - -
        Table 3 Instance Configuration

        Parameter

        +

        Description

        +

        Instance Class

        +

        Refers to the CPU and memory of a DB instance. Different instance classes have different numbers of database connections and different maximum IOPS.

        For details about instance classes, see section DB Instance Classes.

        After a DB instance is created, you can change its instance class. For details, see section Changing a DB Instance Class.

        Storage Type

        +

        Storage Space

        Determines the DB instance read/write speed. The higher the maximum throughput is, the higher the DB instance read/write speed can be.

        -
        • Cloud SSD: cloud drives used to decouple storage from compute. The maximum throughput is 350 MB/s.
        • Extreme SSD: uses 25GE network and RDMA technologies to provide you with up to 1,000 MB/s throughput per disk and sub-millisecond latency.
        -

        Storage Space (GB)

        -

        Contains the file system overhead required for inode, reserved block, and database operation.

        -
        If the storage type is cloud SSD or extreme SSD, you can enable storage autoscaling. If the available storage drops to a specified threshold, autoscaling is triggered. For details, see Storage Autoscaling.
        • Enable autoscaling: If you select this option, autoscaling is enabled.
        • Trigger If Available Storage Drops To: If the available storage drops to a specified threshold or 10 GB, autoscaling is triggered.
        • Autoscaling Limit: The default value range is from 40 GB to 4,000 GB. The limit must be no less than the storage of the DB instance.
        -
        -

        -

        +

        Contains the file system overhead required for inode, reserved block, and database operation.

        After a DB instance is created, you can scale up its storage space. For details, see section Scaling up Storage Space.

        -
        NOTE:
        • Storage space can range in size from 40 GB to 4,000 GB and can be scaled up only by a multiple of 10 GB.
        +

        Enable autoscaling

        +
        If the storage type is cloud SSD or extreme SSD, you can enable storage autoscaling. When the available storage drops to a specified threshold, autoscaling is triggered.
        • Enable autoscaling: If you select this option, autoscaling is enabled.
        • Trigger If Available Storage Drops To: If the available storage drops to a specified threshold or 10 GB, autoscaling is triggered.
        • Autoscaling Limit: The default value range is from 40 GB to 4,000 GB. The limit must be no less than the storage of the DB instance.
        +
        +
        NOTE:

        If you specify a read replica when creating a primary DB instance and enable storage autoscaling for the primary DB instance, storage autoscaling is also enabled for the read replica by default.

        Disk Encryption

        +

        Disk Encryption

        • Disable: indicates the encryption function is disabled.
        • Enable: indicates the encryption function is enabled, improving data security but affecting system performance.

          Key Name: indicates the tenant key. You can create or select a key.

          -
          NOTE:
          • Once the instance is created, you cannot modify the disk encryption status or change the key. The backup data stored in OBS is encrypted.
          • After an RDS DB instance is created, do not disable or delete the key that is being used. Otherwise, database will be unavailable.
          • For details about how to create a key, see the "Creating a CMK" section in the Key Management Service User Guide.
          -
          -
        +

        Enabling disk encryption enhances data security but reduces the database's read and write performance by 5%.

        +

        Key Generation: indicates the method of generating a tenant key. Select one from the drop-down list.

        +

        Key Name: indicates the tenant key. Select one from the drop-down list.

        +

        After disk encryption is enabled, the following restrictions apply:

        +
        • If you enable disk encryption during instance creation, the disk encryption status and the key cannot be changed later.
        • Enabling disk encryption will not encrypt backup data stored in Object Storage Service (OBS).
        • Keep the key secure. Once the key is disabled, deleted, or frozen, your instance will be inaccessible and its data may not be restored.
        -
        Table 3 Network

        Parameter

        +
        - - - + + + + + + + + + + + +
        Table 4 Basic Settings

        Parameter

        Description

        +

        Description

        VPC

        +

        DB Instance Name

        A dedicated virtual network in which your RDS DB instances are located. A VPC can isolate networks for different services. You can select an existing VPC or create a VPC. For details on how to create a VPC, see the "Creating a VPC" section in the Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.

        +

        Must start with a letter and consist of 4 to 64 characters. Only letters (case-sensitive), digits, hyphens (-), and underscores (_) are allowed.

        +

        Administrator

        +

        The default login name for the database is root.

        +

        Administrator Password

        +

        Must consist of 8 to 32 characters and contain at least three of the following character types: uppercase letters, lowercase letters, digits, and special characters (~!@#$%^*-_=+?,()&.|). Enter a strong password and periodically change it for security reasons.

        +

        If the password you provide is regarded as a weak password by the system, you will be prompted to enter a stronger password.

        +

        Keep this password secure. The system cannot retrieve it.

        +

        Confirm Password

        +

        Must be the same as Administrator Password.

        +
        +
        + +
        + + + + + - - - - @@ -128,34 +167,15 @@
        Table 5 Connectivity

        Parameter

        +

        Description

        +

        VPC

        +

        A dedicated virtual network in which your RDS DB instances are located. A VPC can isolate networks for different services. You can select an existing VPC or create a VPC. For details on how to create a VPC, see the "Creating a VPC" section in the Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.

        If no VPC is available, RDS allocates a VPC to you by default.

        NOTICE:

        After the DB instance is created, the VPC cannot be changed.

        Subnet

        +

        Subnet

        Improves network security by providing dedicated network resources that are logically isolated from other networks. Subnets take effect within all AZs of one Region. The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) function is enabled by default for subnets in which you plan to create RDS DB instances and cannot be disabled.

        -

        A floating IP address is automatically assigned when you create a DB instance. You can also enter an unused floating IP address in the subnet CIDR block. After the DB instance is created, you can change the floating IP address.

        +

        Improves network security by providing dedicated network resources that are logically isolated from other networks. Subnets take effect within all AZs of one Region. The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) function is enabled by default for subnets in which you plan to create RDS DB instances and cannot be disabled.

        +

        IPv4 Address:

        +

        A floating IPv4 address is automatically assigned when you create a DB instance. You can also enter an unused floating IPv4 address in the subnet CIDR block. After the DB instance is created, you can change the floating IP address.

        Security Group

        +

        Security Group

        Enhances security by controlling access to RDS from other services. You need to add inbound rules to a security group so that you can connect to your DB instance.

        +

        Enhances security by controlling access to RDS from other services. You need to add inbound rules to a security group so that you can connect to your DB instance.

        If no security group is available or has been created, RDS allocates a security group to you by default.
        -
        Table 4 Database configuration

        Parameter

        +
        - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
        Table 6 Additional Options

        Parameter

        Description

        +

        Description

        Administrator

        +

        Parameter Template

        The default login name for the database is root.

        -

        Administrator Password

        -

        Must consist of 8 to 32 characters and contain at least three types of the following characters: uppercase letters, lowercase letters, digits, and special characters (~!@#$%^*-_=+?,()&.|). Enter a strong password and periodically change it for security reasons.

        -

        If provided password will be considered by system as weak, you will receive an error and you should provide stronger password.

        -

        Keep this password secure. The system cannot retrieve it.

        -

        -

        After a DB instance is created, you can reset this password. For details, see section Resetting the Administrator Password.

        -

        Confirm Password

        -

        Must be the same as Administrator Password.

        -

        Parameter Template

        -

        Contains engine configuration values that can be applied to one or more DB instances. If you intend to create primary/standby DB instances, they use the same parameter template.

        +

        Contains engine configuration values that can be applied to one or more DB instances. If you intend to create primary/standby DB instances, they use the same parameter template.

        NOTICE:

        If you use a custom parameter template when creating a DB instance, the following specification-related parameters in the custom template are not delivered. Instead, the default values are used.

        • back_log
        • innodb_io_capacity_max
        • max_connections
        • innodb_io_capacity
        • innodb_buffer_pool_size
        • innodb_buffer_pool_instances
        @@ -164,25 +184,20 @@

        You can modify the instance parameters as required after the DB instance is created. For details, see section Modifying Parameters.

        Table Name

        +

        Time Zone

        Specifies whether table names are case sensitive.

        -

        The case sensitivity of table names for created RDS for MySQL 8.0 instances cannot be changed.

        +

        You need to select a time zone for your instance based on the region hosting your instance. You can select a time zone during instance creation and change it later as needed.
        -
        - -
        - - - - - + + + @@ -190,29 +205,26 @@
        Table 5 Tags

        Parameter

        -

        Description

        -

        Tag

        +

        Table Name

        Tags an RDS DB instance. This configuration is optional. Adding tags to RDS DB instances helps you better identify and manage the DB instances. A maximum of 20 tags can be added for each DB instance.

        +

        Specifies whether table names are case sensitive.

        +

        The case sensitivity of table names (lower_case_table_names) for created RDS for MySQL 8.0 instances cannot be changed.

        +

        Tag

        +

        Tags an RDS DB instance. This configuration is optional. Adding tags to RDS DB instances helps you better identify and manage the DB instances. A maximum of 20 tags can be added for each DB instance.

        After a DB instance is created, you can click it and view its details on the Tags page. For details, see section Managing Tags.
        -
        - -
        Table 6 Batch creation

        Parameter

        +
        - - -
        Table 7 Required Duration and Quantity

        Parameter

        Description

        +

        Description

        Quantity

        +

        Quantity

        RDS supports DB instance creation in batches. If you choose to create primary/standby DB instances and set Quantity to 1, a primary DB instance and a standby DB instance will be created synchronously.

        +

        RDS supports DB instance creation in batches. If you choose to create primary/standby DB instances and set Quantity to 1, a primary DB instance and a standby DB instance will be created synchronously.

        If you create multiple DB instances at a time, they will be named with four digits appended to the DB instance name. For example, if you enter instance, the first instance will be named instance-0001, the second instance-0002, and so on.
        -

        After the configuration, click Price Calculator to view the RDS configuration fee.

        The performance of your DB instance depends on its configurations. Hardware configuration items include the instance specifications, storage type, and storage space.

      6. Confirm the specifications.

        • If you need to modify your settings, click Previous.
        • If you do not need to modify your settings, click Submit.
        -

      7. To view and manage the DB instance, go to the Instances page.

        • During the creation process, the DB instance status is Creating. When the creation process is complete, the instance status will change to Available. You can view the detailed progress and result of the task on the Task Center page.
        • The automated backup policy is enabled by default. After the DB instance is created, you can modify the automated backup policy. An automated full backup is immediately triggered after a DB instance is created.
        • The default database port is 3306. After a DB instance is created, you can change its port.

          -

          -

          For details, see section Changing a Database Port.

          +

        • To view and manage the DB instance, go to the Instances page.

          • During the creation process, the DB instance status is Creating. When the creation process is complete, the instance status will change to Available. You can view the detailed progress and result of the task on the Task Center page.
          • The automated backup policy is enabled by default. After the DB instance is created, you can modify the automated backup policy. An automated full backup is immediately triggered after a DB instance is created.
          • The default database port is 3306. After a DB instance is created, you can change its port.

            For details, see section Changing a Database Port.

          • diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_02_0016.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_02_0016.html index 0da2bd5c6..e0d22dec7 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_02_0016.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_02_0016.html @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@

        8. <host>

        Indicates the IP address of the primary DB instance. To obtain this parameter, go to the Basic Information page of the DB instance. If the DB instance is accessed through the ECS, the IP address can be found in the Floating IP Address field in the Connection Information area.

        +

        Indicates the IP address of the primary DB instance. To obtain this parameter, go to the Overview page of the DB instance. If the DB instance is accessed through the ECS, the IP address can be found in the Floating IP Address field in the Connectivity area.

        <port>

        Indicates the database port in use. The default value is 5432. To obtain this parameter, go to the Basic Information page of the DB instance. The port number can be found in the Database Port field in the Connection Information area.

        +

        Indicates the database port in use. The default value is 5432. To obtain this parameter, go to the Overview page of the DB instance. The port number can be found in the Database Port field in the Connectivity area.

        <datastore>

        @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ 
        psql --no-readline -U root -h 192.168.0.44 -p 5432 -d postgres -W

        -

        SSL Connection

        1. Log in to the management console.
        2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
        3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
        4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance. In the DB Information area on the Basic Information page, click in the SSL field to download the root certificate or certificate bundle.
        5. Upload the root certificate to the ECS or save it to the device to be connected to the DB instance.

          For details about how to import the root certificate to the Linux OS on the ECS, see How Can I Import the Root Certificate to a Windows or Linux OS?

          +

          SSL Connection

          1. Log in to the management console.
          2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
          3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
          4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance. In the Basic Information area on the Overview page, click Download in the SSL field to download the root certificate or certificate bundle.
          5. Upload the root certificate to the ECS or save it to the device to be connected to the DB instance.

            For details about how to import the root certificate to the Linux OS on the ECS, see How Can I Import the Root Certificate to a Windows or Linux OS?

          6. Connect to an RDS DB instance. The Linux OS is used as an example.

            psql --no-readline -h <host> -p <port> "dbname=<database> user=<user> sslmode=verify-ca sslrootcert=<ca-file-directory>"
            - - - @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@

            -

            SSL Connection

            1. Log in to the management console.
            2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
            3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
            4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance. In the DB Information area on the Basic Information page, click in the SSL field to download the root certificate or certificate bundle.
            5. Import the root certificate to the Linux OS on the ECS. For details, see How Can I Import the Root Certificate to a Windows or Linux OS?

              • Since April 2017, RDS has offered a new root certificate that has a 20-year validation period. The new certificate takes effect after DB instances are rebooted. Replace the old certificate before it expires to improve system security.

                +

                SSL Connection

                1. Log in to the management console.
                2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance. In the Basic Information area on the Overview page, click Download in the SSL field to download the root certificate or certificate bundle.
                5. Import the root certificate to the Linux OS on the ECS. For details, see How Can I Import the Root Certificate to a Windows or Linux OS?

                  • Since April 2017, RDS has offered a new root certificate that has a 20-year validation period. The new certificate takes effect after DB instances are rebooted. Replace the old certificate before it expires to improve system security.

                    For details, see section How Can I Identify the Validity Period of an SSL Root Certificate?

                  • You can also download the certificate bundle, which contains both the new certificate provided since April 2017 and the old certificate.
                  @@ -72,12 +72,12 @@
            - - - -
            Table 2 Parameter description

            Parameter

            @@ -58,12 +58,12 @@

            <host>

            IP address of the primary DB instance. To obtain this parameter, go to the Basic Information page of the DB instance. If the DB instance is accessed through the ECS, the IP address can be found in the Floating IP Address field in the Connection Information area.

            +

            IP address of the primary DB instance. To obtain this parameter, go to the Overview page of the DB instance. If the DB instance is accessed through the ECS, the IP address can be found in the Floating IP Address field in the Connectivity area.

            <port>

            Database port in use. The default value is 5432. To obtain this parameter, go to the Basic Information page of the DB instance. The port number can be found in the Database Port field in the Connection Information area.

            +

            Database port in use. The default value is 5432. To obtain this parameter, go to the Overview page of the DB instance. The port number can be found in the Database Port field in the Connectivity area.

            <database>

            diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_02_0047.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_02_0047.html index aa4bb7887..4d3baece9 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_02_0047.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_02_0047.html @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@

            Host

            Indicates the floating IP address of the DB instance to be connected. To view the floating IP address and port of the DB instance, perform the following steps:
            1. Log in to the RDS console.
            2. Select the region in which the DB instance is located.
            3. Click the target DB instance to enter the Basic Information page.
            4. In the Connection Information area, view the floating IP address.
            +
            Indicates the floating IP address of the DB instance to be connected. To view the floating IP address and port of the DB instance, perform the following steps:
            1. Log in to the RDS console.
            2. Select the region in which the DB instance is located.
            3. Click the target DB instance to enter the Overview page.
            4. In the navigation pane on the left, choose Connectivity & Security. In the Connection Information area, view the floating IP address.

            <host>

            Floating IP address. To obtain this parameter, go to the Basic Information page of the DB instance and view the floating IP address in the Connection Information area.

            +

            Floating IP address. To obtain this parameter, go to the Overview page of the DB instance. In the navigation pane on the left, choose Connectivity & Security. View the floating IP address in the Connection Information area,

            <port>

            Database port. By default, the value is 3306. To obtain this parameter, go to the Basic Information page of the DB instance and view the database port in the Connection Information area.

            +

            Database port. By default, the value is 3306. To obtain this parameter, go to the Overview page of the DB instance. In the navigation pane on the left, choose Connectivity & Security. View the database port in the Connection Information area.

            <userName>

            diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_02_0051.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_02_0051.html index cde98b745..e2564eea0 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_02_0051.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_02_0051.html @@ -24,12 +24,12 @@

            <host>

            Indicates the IP address of the primary DB instance. To obtain this parameter, go to the Basic Information page of the DB instance. The IP address can be found on the EIPs page.

            +

            Indicates the IP address of the primary DB instance. To obtain this parameter, go to the Overview page of the DB instance. The IP address can be found on the EIPs page.

            <port>

            Indicates the database port in use. The default value is 5432. To obtain this parameter, go to the Basic Information page of the DB instance. The port number can be found in the Database Port field in the Connection Information area.

            +

            Indicates the database port in use. The default value is 5432. To obtain this parameter, go to the Overview page of the DB instance. The port number can be found in the Database Port field in the Connectivity area.

            <datastore>

            @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ 
            psql --no-readline -U root -h 192.168.0.44 -p 5432 -d postgres -W

            -

            SSL Connection

            1. Log in to the management console.
            2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
            3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
            4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance. In the DB Information area on the Basic Information page, click in the SSL field to download the root certificate or certificate bundle.
            5. Upload the root certificate to the ECS or save it to the device to be connected to the DB instance.

              For details about how to import the root certificate to the Linux OS on the ECS, see How Can I Import the Root Certificate to a Windows or Linux OS?

              +

              SSL Connection

              1. Log in to the management console.
              2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
              3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
              4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance. In the Basic Information area on the Overview page, click Download in the SSL field to download the root certificate or certificate bundle.
              5. Upload the root certificate to the ECS or save it to the device to be connected to the DB instance.

                For details about how to import the root certificate to the Linux OS on the ECS, see How Can I Import the Root Certificate to a Windows or Linux OS?

              6. Connect to an RDS DB instance. The Linux OS is used as an example.

                psql --no-readline -h <host> -p <port> "dbname=<database> user=<user> sslmode=verify-ca sslrootcert=<ca-file-directory>"
                - -
                Table 2 Parameter description

                Parameter

                @@ -57,12 +57,12 @@

                <host>

                IP address of the primary DB instance. To obtain this parameter, go to the Basic Information page of the DB instance. The IP address can be found on the EIPs page.

                +

                IP address of the primary DB instance. To obtain this parameter, go to the Overview page of the DB instance. The IP address can be found on the EIPs page.

                <port>

                Database port in use. The default value is 5432. To obtain this parameter, go to the Basic Information page of the DB instance. The port number can be found in the Database Port field in the Connection Information area.

                +

                Database port in use. The default value is 5432. To obtain this parameter, go to the Overview page of the DB instance. The port number can be found in the Database Port field in the Connectivity area.

                <database>

                diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_03_0007.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_03_0007.html index 74fa76b4c..a389f6d5a 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_03_0007.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_03_0007.html @@ -4,23 +4,23 @@

                You can connect to a DB instance through a non-SSL connection or an SSL connection. The SSL connection encrypts data and is more secure.

                Preparations

                1. Install the Microsoft SQL Server client.

                  For details, see section How Can I Install SQL Server Management Studio?

                2. Bind an EIP to the target DB instance and configure security group rules.
                  1. Bind an EIP to the target DB instance.

                    For details about how to bind an EIP, see section Binding an EIP.

                    -
                  2. Obtain the IP address of the local device.
                  3. Configure security group rules.

                    Add the IP address obtained in 2.b and the instance port to the inbound rule of the security group.

                    +
                  4. Obtain the IP address of the local device.
                  5. Configure security group rules.

                    Add the IP address obtained in 2.b and the instance port to the inbound rule of the security group.

                    For details about how to configure a security group rule, see section Configuring Security Group Rules.

                  6. Run the ping command to connect the EIP that has been bound to the target DB instance in 2.a to check that the local device can connect to the EIP.

                Non-SSL Connection

                1. Start SQL Server Management Studio.
                2. Choose Connect > Database Engine. In the displayed dialog box, enter login information.

                  Figure 1 Connecting to the server
                  -
                  • Server name: indicates the IP address and port of the DB instance. Use a comma (,) to separate them. For example: x.x.x.x,8080.
                    • The IP address is the EIP that has been bound to the DB instance.
                    • The port is the database port in the Connection Information area on the Basic Information page of the DB instance.
                    +
                    • Server name: indicates the IP address and port of the DB instance. Use a comma (,) to separate them. For example: x.x.x.x,8080.
                      • The IP address is the EIP that has been bound to the DB instance.
                      • The port is the database port in the Connectivity area on the Overview page of the DB instance.
                    • Authentication: indicates the authentication mode. Select SQL Server Authentication.
                    • Login: indicates the RDS database username. The default administrator is rdsuser.
                    • Password: indicates the password of the RDS database username.

                  • Click Connect to connect to the DB instance.

                    If the connection fails, ensure that preparations have been correctly made in Preparations and try again.

                -

                SSL Connection

                1. Download the SSL root certificate and then upload it.

                  1. In the DB Information area on the Basic Information page, click in the SSL field to download the root certificate or certificate bundle.
                  2. Upload the root certificate to the ECS to be connected to the DB instance.
                  3. Import the root certificate to the Windows OS on the ECS. For details, see How Can I Import the Root Certificate to a Windows or Linux OS?
                    • Replace the old certificate before it expires to improve system security.
                    • After you bind an EIP to a DB instance, you must reboot the instance for the SSL connection to take effect.
                    +

                    SSL Connection

                    1. Download the SSL root certificate and then upload it.

                      1. In the Basic Information area on the Overview page, click Download in the SSL field to download the root certificate or certificate bundle.
                      2. Upload the root certificate to the ECS to be connected to the DB instance.
                      3. Import the root certificate to the Windows OS on the ECS. For details, see How Can I Import the Root Certificate to a Windows or Linux OS?
                        • Replace the old certificate before it expires to improve system security.
                        • After you bind an EIP to a DB instance, you must reboot the instance for the SSL connection to take effect.

                    2. Start SQL Server Management Studio.
                    3. Choose Connect > Database Engine. In the displayed dialog box, enter login information.

                      Figure 2 Connecting to the server
                      -
                      • Server name: indicates the IP address and port of the DB instance. Use a comma (,) to separate them. For example: x.x.x.x,8080.
                        • The IP address is the EIP that has been bound to the DB instance.
                        • The port is the database port in the Connection Information area on the Basic Information page of the DB instance.
                        +
                        • Server name: indicates the IP address and port of the DB instance. Use a comma (,) to separate them. For example: x.x.x.x,8080.
                          • The IP address is the EIP that has been bound to the DB instance.
                          • The port is the database port in the Connectivity area on the Overview page of the DB instance.
                        • Authentication: indicates the authentication mode. Select SQL Server Authentication.
                        • Login: indicates the RDS database username. The default administrator is rdsuser.
                        • Password: indicates the password of the RDS database username.

                      • On the Connection Properties page, enter related parameters and select Encrypt connection to enable SSL encryption. (By default, Encrypt connection is not selected. You need to select it manually.)

                        Figure 3 Connection properties

                      • Click Connect to connect to the DB instance.

                        If the connection fails, ensure that preparations have been correctly made in Preparations and try again.

                        diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_03_0011.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_03_0011.html index 48c686f08..5ff5c55ad 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_03_0011.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_03_0011.html @@ -7,111 +7,141 @@

                        A maximum of five read replicas can be created for a primary DB instance.

                        Only RDS for SQL Server 2022 Enterprise Edition, 2019 Enterprise Edition and 2017 Enterprise Edition support read replicas.

                        -

                        Procedure

                        1. Log in to the management console.
                        2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                        3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                        4. On the Instances page, locate the target DB instance and choose More > Create Read Replica in the Operation column.

                          Alternatively, click the target DB instance. In the DB instance topology, click under the primary DB instance to create read replicas.

                          -

                        5. On the displayed page, configure information about the DB instance and click Next.

                          -

                          Table 1 Basic information

                          Parameter

                          +

                          Procedure

                          1. Log in to the management console.
                          2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                          3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                          4. On the Instances page, locate the target DB instance and choose More > Create Read Replica in the Operation column.
                          5. On the displayed page, configure information about the DB instance and click Create Now.

                            +

                            - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                            Table 1 Basic Settings

                            Parameter

                            Description

                            +

                            Description

                            Region

                            +

                            Region

                            By default, read replicas are in the same region as the primary DB instance.

                            -

                            DB Instance Name

                            -

                            Must start with a letter and consist of 4 to 64 characters. It can contain only uppercase letters, lowercase letters, digits, hyphens (-), and underscores (_).

                            -

                            DB Engine

                            -

                            Same as the DB engine of the primary DB instance by default and cannot be changed.

                            -

                            DB Engine Version

                            -

                            Same as the DB engine version of the primary DB instance by default and cannot be changed.

                            -

                            AZ

                            -

                            RDS allows you to deploy primary DB instances and read replicas in a single AZ or across AZs to improve reliability.

                            +

                            By default, read replicas are in the same region as the primary DB instance.
                            -
                            Table 2 Instance specifications

                            Parameter

                            +
                            - - - + + + + + + + + + + + +
                            Table 2 Engine Options

                            Parameter

                            Description

                            +

                            Description

                            Instance Class

                            +

                            DB Engine

                            Refers to the CPU and memory of a DB instance. Different instance classes have different numbers of database connections and maximum IOPS.

                            +

                            Same as the DB engine of the primary DB instance by default and cannot be changed.

                            +

                            DB Engine Version

                            +

                            Same as the DB engine version of the primary DB instance by default and cannot be changed.

                            +

                            Storage Type

                            +

                            Determines the DB instance read/write speed. The higher the maximum throughput is, the higher the DB instance read/write speed can be.

                            +
                            • Cloud SSD: cloud drives used to decouple storage from compute. The maximum throughput is 350 MB/s.
                            • Extreme SSD: uses 25GE network and RDMA technologies to provide you with up to 1,000 MB/s throughput per disk and sub-millisecond latency.
                            +

                            AZ

                            +

                            RDS allows you to deploy primary DB instances and read replicas in a single AZ or across AZs to improve reliability.

                            +
                            +
                            + +
                            + + + + + - - - - - - -
                            Table 3 Instance Configuration

                            Parameter

                            +

                            Description

                            +

                            Instance Class

                            +

                            Refers to the CPU and memory of a DB instance. Different instance classes have different numbers of database connections and maximum IOPS.

                            For details about instance classes, see DB Instance Classes.

                            -

                            -

                            -

                            After a DB instance is created, you can change its CPU and memory. For details, see Changing a DB Instance Class.

                            -

                            Storage Type

                            +

                            Storage Space

                            Determines the DB instance read/write speed. The higher the maximum throughput is, the higher the DB instance read/write speed can be.

                            -
                            • Common I/O: uses the SATA disk type that supports a maximum throughput of 90 MB/s.
                            • Ultra-high I/O: uses the SSD disk type that supports a maximum throughput of 350 MB/s.
                            -

                            Storage Space

                            -

                            Contains the file system overhead required for inode, reserved block, and database operation.

                            +

                            Contains the file system overhead required for inode, reserved block, and database operation.

                            By default, storage space of a read replica is the same as that of the primary DB instance.

                            Disk Encryption

                            +

                            Disk Encryption

                            • Disable: indicates the encryption function is disabled.
                            • Enable: indicates the encryption function is enabled, improving data security but affecting system performance.

                              Key Name: indicates the tenant key. You can select an existing key or create a new one.

                              -
                              NOTE:
                              • Once the DB instance is created, you cannot modify the disk encryption status or change the key. The backup data stored in OBS is not encrypted.
                              • After an RDS DB instance is created, do not disable or delete a key that is currently in use. Otherwise, RDS will be unavailable and data cannot be restored.
                              • For details about how to create a key, see the "Creating a CMK" section in the Key Management Service User Guide.
                              -
                              -
                            +

                            Enabling disk encryption enhances data security but reduces the database's read and write performance by 5%.

                            +

                            Key Name: indicates the tenant key. Select one from the drop-down list.

                            +

                            After disk encryption is enabled, the following restrictions apply:

                            +
                            • If you enable disk encryption during instance creation, the disk encryption status and the key cannot be changed later.
                            • Enabling disk encryption will not encrypt backup data stored in Object Storage Service (OBS).
                            • Keep the key secure. Once the key is disabled, deleted, or frozen, your instance will be inaccessible and its data may not be restored.
                            -
                            Table 3 Network

                            Parameter

                            +
                            - - - - +
                            Table 4 Basic Settings

                            Parameter

                            Description

                            +

                            Description

                            VPC

                            +

                            DB Instance Name

                            Same as the primary DB instance's VPC.

                            +

                            Must start with a letter and consist of 4 to 64 characters. It can contain only uppercase letters, lowercase letters, digits, hyphens (-), and underscores (_).

                            Subnet

                            +
                            +
                            + +
                            + + + + - - - + + + + + +
                            Table 5 Connectivity

                            Parameter

                            +

                            Description

                            +

                            VPC

                            Same as the primary DB instance's subnet. A floating IP address is automatically assigned when you create a read replica. You can also enter an unused floating IP address in the subnet CIDR block. After the read replica is created, the floating IP address cannot be changed.

                            +

                            Same as the primary DB instance's VPC.

                            Security Group

                            +

                            Subnet

                            Same as the primary DB instance's VPC.

                            +

                            Same as the primary DB instance's subnet. A floating IP address is automatically assigned when you create a read replica. You can also enter an unused floating IP address in the subnet CIDR block. After the read replica is created, the floating IP address cannot be changed.

                            +

                            Security Group

                            +

                            Same as the primary DB instance's VPC.

                            +
                            +
                            + +
                            + + + + +
                            Table 6 Additional Options

                            Parameter

                            +

                            Description

                            +

                            Tag

                            +

                            Tags an RDS DB instance. This configuration is optional. Adding tags to RDS DB instances helps you better identify and manage the DB instances. A maximum of 20 tags can be added for each DB instance.

                            +

                            After a DB instance is created, you can view its tag details on the Tags page. For details, see section Managing Tags.

                          6. Confirm specifications.

                            • If you need to modify your settings, click Previous.
                            • Otherwise, click Submit.
                            -

                          7. After a read replica has been created, you can view and manage it on the Instances page by clicking on the left of the DB instance to which it belongs.

                            Alternatively, click the target DB instance. In the DB instance topology, click the target read replica. You can view and manage it in the displayed pane.

                            -

                            +

                          8. After a read replica has been created, you can view and manage it on the Instances page by clicking on the left of the DB instance to which it belongs.

                            9. Follow-up Operations

                            Managing a Read Replica

                            diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_03_0013.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_03_0013.html index 4639433a9..6f49f0d08 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_03_0013.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_03_0013.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@

                            You can connect to a DB instance through a non-SSL connection or an SSL connection. The SSL connection encrypts data and is more secure.

                            Preparations

                            1. Prepare an ECS.

                              To connect to a DB instance through a private network, you must first create an ECS.

                              For details about how to create an ECS, see section How Can I Create and Connect to an ECS?

                              -
                              • The ECS and RDS DB instance must be in the same VPC.
                              • The ECS must be allowed by the security group to access RDS DB instances.
                                • If the security group with which the target DB instance is associated is the default security group, you do not need to configure security group rules.
                                • If the security group with which the target DB instance is associated is not the default security group, check whether the security group rules allow the ECS to connect to the DB instance.
                                  1. Log in to the management console.
                                  2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                  3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                  4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance.
                                  5. In the Connection Information area, click the security group to view its rules.

                                    If the security group rules allow the access from the ECS, the ECS can connect to the DB instance.

                                    +
                                    • The ECS and RDS DB instance must be in the same VPC.
                                    • The ECS must be allowed by the security group to access RDS DB instances.
                                      • If the security group with which the target DB instance is associated is the default security group, you do not need to configure security group rules.
                                      • If the security group with which the target DB instance is associated is not the default security group, check whether the security group rules allow the ECS to connect to the DB instance.
                                        1. Log in to the management console.
                                        2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                        3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                        4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance.
                                        5. In the Connectivity area, click the security group to view its rules.

                                          If the security group rules allow the access from the ECS, the ECS can connect to the DB instance.

                                          If the security group rules do not allow the access from the ECS, you need to add a security group rule. For details, see section Configuring Security Group Rules.

                                      @@ -14,17 +14,17 @@

                            Non-SSL Connection

                            1. Log in to the ECS or device that can access RDS.
                            2. Start SQL Server Management Studio.
                            3. Choose Connect > Database Engine. In the displayed dialog box, enter login information.

                              Figure 1 Connecting to the server
                              -
                              • Server name: indicates the IP address and port of the DB instance. Use a comma (,) to separate them. For example: x.x.x.x,8080.
                                • The IP address is the floating IP address in the Connection Information area on the Basic Information page of the DB instance.
                                • The port is the database port in the Connection Information area on the Basic Information page of the DB instance.
                                +
                                • Server name: indicates the IP address and port of the DB instance. Use a comma (,) to separate them. For example: x.x.x.x,8080.
                                  • The IP address is the floating IP address in the Connectivity area on the Overview page of the DB instance.
                                  • The port is the database port in the Connectivity area on the Overview page of the DB instance.
                                • Authentication: indicates the authentication mode. Select SQL Server Authentication.
                                • Login: indicates the RDS database username. The default administrator is rdsuser.
                                • Password: indicates the password of the RDS database username.

                              • Click Connect to connect to the DB instance.

                                If the connection fails, ensure that preparations have been correctly made in Preparations and try again.

                            -

                            SSL Connection

                            1. Download the SSL root certificate and then upload it.

                              1. In the DB Information area on the Basic Information page, click in the SSL field to download the root certificate or certificate bundle.
                              2. Upload the root certificate to the ECS or save it to the device to be connected to the DB instance.
                              3. Import the root certificate into the Windows OS on the ECS. For details, see How Can I Import the Root Certificate to a Windows or Linux OS?
                                • Replace the old certificate before it expires to improve system security.
                                • After you bind an EIP to a DB instance, you must reboot the instance for the SSL connection to take effect.
                                +

                                SSL Connection

                                1. Download the SSL root certificate and then upload it.

                                  1. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance. In the Basic Information area on the Overview page, click Download in the SSLfield to download the root certificate or certificate bundle.
                                  2. Upload the root certificate to the ECS or save it to the device to be connected to the DB instance.
                                  3. Import the root certificate into the Windows OS on the ECS. For details, see How Can I Import the Root Certificate to a Windows or Linux OS?
                                    • Replace the old certificate before it expires to improve system security.
                                    • After you bind an EIP to a DB instance, you must reboot the instance for the SSL connection to take effect.

                                2. Start SQL Server Management Studio.
                                3. Choose Connect > Database Engine. In the displayed dialog box, enter login information.

                                  Figure 2 Connecting to the server
                                  -
                                  • Server name: indicates the IP address and port of the DB instance. Use a comma (,) to separate them. For example: x.x.x.x,8080.
                                    • The IP address is the floating IP address in the Connection Information area on the Basic Information page of the DB instance.
                                    • The port is the database port in the Connection Information area on the Basic Information page of the DB instance.
                                    +
                                    • Server name: indicates the IP address and port of the DB instance. Use a comma (,) to separate them. For example: x.x.x.x,8080.
                                      • The IP address is the floating IP address in the Connectivity area on the Overview page of the DB instance.
                                      • The port is the database port in the Connectivity area on the Overview page of the DB instance.
                                    • Authentication: indicates the authentication mode. Select SQL Server Authentication.
                                    • Login: indicates the RDS database username. The default administrator is rdsuser.
                                    • Password: indicates the password of the RDS database username.

                                  • On the Connection Properties page, enter related parameters and select Encrypt connection to enable SSL encryption. (By default, Encrypt connection is not selected. You need to select it manually.)

                                    Figure 3 Connection properties

                                  • Click Connect to connect to the DB instance.

                                    If the connection fails, ensure that preparations have been correctly made in Preparations and try again.

                                    diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_03_0065.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_03_0065.html index 59e993376..910c0aac6 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_03_0065.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_03_0065.html @@ -5,121 +5,158 @@

                                    RDS allows you to tailor your computing resources and storage space to your business needs.

                                    Procedure

                                    1. Log in to the management console.
                                    2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                    3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                    4. On the Instances page, click Create DB Instance.
                                    5. On the displayed page, configure information about your DB instance. Then, click Create Now.

                                      -

                                      Table 1 Basic information

                                      Parameter

                                      +
                                      - - - - +
                                      Table 1 Basic Settings

                                      Parameter

                                      Description

                                      +

                                      Description

                                      Region

                                      +

                                      Region

                                      The region where your RDS resources will be located. You can change it on the creation page, or go back to the Instances page and change it in the upper left corner.

                                      -
                                      NOTE:

                                      Products in different regions cannot communicate with each other through a private network and you cannot change the region of a DB instance after creating the instance. Therefore, exercise caution when selecting a region.

                                      +

                                      Region where your resources are located.

                                      +
                                      NOTE:

                                      Products in different regions cannot communicate with each other through a private network. After a DB instance is created, the region of the DB instance cannot be changed. Therefore, exercise caution when selecting the region where the instance is located.

                                      DB Instance Name

                                      +
                                      +
                                      + +
                                      + + + + - - - - - - - - - - + + +
                                      Table 2 Engine Options

                                      Parameter

                                      +

                                      Description

                                      +

                                      DB Engine

                                      Must start with a letter and consist of 4 to 64 characters. Only letters, digits, hyphens (-), and underscores (_) are allowed.

                                      +

                                      Set to PostgreSQL.

                                      DB Engine

                                      +

                                      DB Engine Version

                                      Set to PostgreSQL.

                                      -

                                      DB Engine Version

                                      -

                                      -

                                      -

                                      For details, see DB Engines and Versions.

                                      +

                                      For details, see DB Engines and Versions.

                                      Different DB engine versions are supported in different regions.

                                      -

                                      You are advised to select the latest available version because it is more stable, reliable, and secure.

                                      +

                                      You are advised to select the latest available version because it is more stable, reliable, and secure.

                                      DB Instance Type

                                      +

                                      DB Instance Type

                                      • Primary/Standby: uses an HA architecture with a primary DB instance and a synchronous standby DB instance. It is suitable for production databases of large- and medium-sized enterprises in Internet, Internet of Things (IoT), retail e-commerce sales, logistics, gaming, and other sectors. The standby DB instance improves instance reliability and is invisible to you after being created.

                                        An AZ is a physical region where resources use independent power supply and networks. AZs are physically isolated but interconnected through an internal network.

                                        -

                                        You can deploy primary and standby DB instances in a single AZ or across AZs to achieve failover and high availability.

                                        +
                                      • Primary/Standby: uses an HA architecture with a primary DB instance and a synchronous standby DB instance. It is suitable for production databases of large- and medium-sized enterprises in Internet, Internet of Things (IoT), retail e-commerce sales, logistics, gaming, and other sectors. The standby DB instance improves instance reliability and is invisible to you after being created.

                                        You can deploy primary and standby DB instances in a single AZ or across AZs to achieve failover and high availability.

                                      • Single: uses a single-node architecture, which is more cost-effective than primary/standby DB instances. It is suitable for development and testing of microsites, and small- and medium-sized enterprises, or for learning about RDS.

                                      Time Zone

                                      +

                                      Storage Type

                                      Select a time zone when you are creating a DB instance, and you can change it after the DB instance is created.

                                      +

                                      Determines the DB instance read/write speed. The higher the maximum throughput is, the higher the DB instance read/write speed can be.

                                      +
                                      • Cloud SSD: cloud drives used to decouple storage from compute. The maximum throughput is 350 MB/s.
                                      • Extreme SSD: uses 25GE network and RDMA technologies to provide you with up to 1,000 MB/s throughput per disk and sub-millisecond latency.
                                      +

                                      Primary AZ/Standby AZ

                                      +

                                      An AZ is a physical region where resources use independent power supply and networks. AZs are physically isolated but interconnected through an internal network. You can select different AZs for your primary and standby instances for cross-AZ disaster recovery.

                                      +

                                      The primary and standby instances can be deployed in different AZs.
                                      -
                                      Table 2 Instance specifications

                                      Parameter

                                      +
                                      - - - - - - - - -
                                      Table 3 Instance Configuration

                                      Parameter

                                      Description

                                      +

                                      Description

                                      Instance Class

                                      +

                                      Instance Class

                                      Refers to the CPU and memory of a DB instance. Different instance classes have different numbers of database connections and different maximum IOPS.

                                      +

                                      Refers to the CPU and memory of a DB instance. Different instance classes have different numbers of database connections and different maximum IOPS.

                                      For details about instance classes, see DB Instance Classes.

                                      -

                                      -

                                      -

                                      After a DB instance is created, you can change its CPU and memory. For details, see Changing a DB Instance Class.

                                      -

                                      Storage Type

                                      +

                                      Storage Space

                                      Determines the DB instance read/write speed. The higher the maximum throughput is, the higher the DB instance read/write speed can be.

                                      -
                                      • Cloud SSD: cloud drives used to decouple storage from compute. The maximum throughput is 350 MB/s.
                                      • Extreme SSD: uses 25GE network and RDMA technologies to provide you with up to 1,000 MB/s throughput per disk and sub-millisecond latency.
                                      +

                                      Contains the file system overhead required for inode, reserved block, and database operation. Storage space can range in size from 40 GB to 4,000 GB and can be scaled up only by a multiple of 10 GB.

                                      +

                                      After a DB instance is created, you can scale up its storage space. For details, see Scaling up Storage Space.

                                      Storage Space (GB)

                                      +

                                      Enable autoscaling

                                      Contains the file system overhead required for inode, reserved block, and database operation. Storage space can range in size from 40 GB to 4,000 GB and can be scaled up only by a multiple of 10 GB.

                                      -

                                      -

                                      -

                                      After a DB instance is created, you can scale up its storage space. For details, see Scaling up Storage Space.

                                      -

                                      +
                                      If the storage type is cloud SSD or extreme SSD, you can enable storage autoscaling. When the available storage drops to a specified threshold, autoscaling is triggered.
                                      • Enable Storage Autoscaling: If you select this option, storage autoscaling is enabled.
                                      • Trigger If Available Storage Drops To: If the available storage drops to a specified threshold or 10 GB, autoscaling is triggered.
                                      • Autoscaling Limit: The default value range is from 40 to 4000, in GB. The limit must be no less than the storage of the DB instance.
                                      +

                                      Disk Encryption

                                      +

                                      Disk Encryption

                                      • Disable: indicates the encryption function is disabled.
                                      • Enable: indicates the encryption function is enabled, improving data security but affecting system performance.

                                        Key Name: indicates the tenant key. You can create or select a key.

                                        -
                                        NOTE:
                                        • Once the DB instance is created, you cannot modify the disk encryption status or change the key. The backup data stored in OBS is encrypted.
                                        • After an RDS DB instance is created, do not disable or delete the key that is being used. Otherwise, database will be unavailable.
                                        • For details about how to create a key, see the "Creating a CMK" section in the Key Management Service User Guide.
                                        -
                                        -
                                      +

                                      Enabling disk encryption enhances data security but reduces the database's read and write performance by 5%.

                                      +

                                      Key Generation: indicates the method of generating a tenant key. Select one from the drop-down list.

                                      +

                                      Key Name: indicates the tenant key. Select one from the drop-down list.

                                      +

                                      After disk encryption is enabled, the following restrictions apply:

                                      +
                                      • If you enable disk encryption during instance creation, the disk encryption status and the key cannot be changed later.
                                      • Enabling disk encryption will not encrypt backup data stored in Object Storage Service (OBS).
                                      • Keep the key secure. Once the key is disabled, deleted, or frozen, your instance will be inaccessible and its data may not be restored.
                                      -
                                      Table 3 Network

                                      Parameter

                                      +
                                      - - - + + + + + + + + + + + +
                                      Table 4 Basic Settings

                                      Parameter

                                      Description

                                      +

                                      Description

                                      VPC

                                      +

                                      DB Instance Name

                                      A dedicated virtual network in which your RDS DB instances are located. A VPC can isolate networks for different services. You can select an existing VPC or create a VPC. For details on how to create a VPC, see the "Creating a VPC" section in the Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.

                                      +

                                      Must start with a letter and consist of 4 to 64 characters. Only letters, digits, hyphens (-), and underscores (_) are allowed.

                                      +

                                      Administrator

                                      +

                                      The default login name for the database is root.

                                      +

                                      Administrator Password

                                      +

                                      Must consist of 8 to 32 characters and contain at least three of the following character types: uppercase letters, lowercase letters, digits, and special characters (~!@#$%^*-_=+?,). Enter a strong password and periodically change it for security reasons.

                                      +

                                      If provided password will be considered by system as weak, you will receive an error and you should provide stronger password.

                                      +

                                      Keep this password secure. The system cannot retrieve it.

                                      +

                                      After a DB instance is created, you can reset this password. For details, see section Resetting the Administrator Password.

                                      +

                                      Confirm Password

                                      +

                                      Must be the same as Administrator Password.

                                      +
                                      +
                                      + +
                                      + + + + + - - - - @@ -128,56 +165,29 @@
                                      Table 5 Connectivity

                                      Parameter

                                      +

                                      Description

                                      +

                                      VPC

                                      +

                                      A dedicated virtual network in which your RDS DB instances are located. A VPC can isolate networks for different services. You can select an existing VPC or create a VPC. For details on how to create a VPC, see the "Creating a VPC" section in the Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.

                                      If no VPC is available, RDS allocates a VPC to you by default.

                                      NOTICE:

                                      After the DB instance is created, the VPC cannot be changed.

                                      Subnet

                                      +

                                      Subnet

                                      Improves network security by providing dedicated network resources that are logically isolated from other networks. Subnets take effect within all AZs of one Region. The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) function is enabled by default for subnets in which you plan to create RDS DB instances and cannot be disabled.

                                      -

                                      A floating IP address is automatically assigned when you create a DB instance. You can also enter an unused floating IP address in the subnet CIDR block. After the DB instance is created, you can change the floating IP address.

                                      +

                                      Improves network security by providing dedicated network resources that are logically isolated from other networks. Subnets take effect within all AZs of one Region. The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) function is enabled by default for subnets in which you plan to create RDS DB instances and cannot be disabled.

                                      +

                                      IPv4 Address:

                                      +

                                      A floating IPv4 address is automatically assigned when you create a DB instance. You can also enter an unused floating IPv4 address in the subnet CIDR block. After the DB instance is created, you can change the floating IP address.

                                      Security Group

                                      +

                                      Security Group

                                      Controls the access that traffic has in and out of a DB instance. By default, the security group associated with the DB instance is authorized.

                                      +

                                      Controls the access that traffic has in and out of a DB instance. By default, the security group associated with the DB instance is authorized.

                                      Enhances security by controlling access to RDS from other services. You need to add inbound rules to a security group so that you can connect to your DB instance.

                                      If no security group is available, RDS allocates a security group to you by default.

                                      -
                                      Table 4 Database configuration

                                      Parameter

                                      +
                                      - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                                      Table 6 Additional Options

                                      Parameter

                                      Description

                                      +

                                      Description

                                      Administrator

                                      +

                                      Parameter Template

                                      The default login name for the database is root.

                                      -

                                      Administrator Password

                                      -

                                      Must consist of 8 to 32 characters and contain at least three types of the following characters: uppercase letters, lowercase letters, digits, and special characters (~!@#$%^*-_=+?,). Enter a strong password and periodically change it for security reasons.

                                      -

                                      If provided password will be considered by system as weak, you will receive an error and you should provide stronger password.

                                      -

                                      Keep this password secure. The system cannot retrieve it.

                                      -

                                      -

                                      After a DB instance is created, you can reset this password. For details, see section Resetting the Administrator Password.

                                      -

                                      Confirm Password

                                      -

                                      Must be the same as Administrator Password.

                                      -

                                      Parameter Template

                                      -

                                      Contains engine configuration values that can be applied to one or more DB instances. If you intend to create primary/standby DB instances, they use the same parameter template.

                                      +

                                      Contains engine configuration values that can be applied to one or more DB instances. If you intend to create primary/standby DB instances, they use the same parameter template.

                                      NOTICE:

                                      If you use a custom parameter template when creating a DB instance, the following specification-related parameters in the custom template are not delivered. Instead, the default values are used.

                                      • maintenance_work_mem
                                      • shared_buffers
                                      • max_connections
                                      • effective_cache_size
                                      -

                                      -

                                      You can modify the instance parameters as required after the DB instance is created. For details, see Modifying Instance Parameters.

                                      -
                                      -
                                      - -
                                      - - - - - + + + @@ -185,15 +195,15 @@
                                      Table 5 Tags

                                      Parameter

                                      -

                                      Description

                                      -

                                      Tag

                                      +

                                      Time Zone

                                      Tags an RDS DB instance. This configuration is optional. Adding tags to RDS DB instances helps you better identify and manage the DB instances. A maximum of 20 tags can be added for each DB instance.

                                      +

                                      You need to select a time zone for your instance based on the region hosting your instance. You can select a time zone during instance creation and change it later as needed.

                                      +

                                      Tag

                                      +

                                      Tags an RDS DB instance. This configuration is optional. Adding tags to RDS DB instances helps you better identify and manage the DB instances. A maximum of 20 tags can be added for each DB instance.

                                      After a DB instance is created, you can view its tag details on the Tags page. For details, see section Managing Tags.
                                      -
                                      Table 6 Batch creation

                                      Parameter

                                      +
                                      - - - @@ -204,10 +214,7 @@

                                      The performance of your DB instance depends on its configurations. Hardware configuration items include the instance specifications, storage type, and storage space.

                                    6. Confirm the specifications.

                                      • If you need to modify your settings, click Previous.
                                      • If you do not need to modify your settings, click Submit.
                                      -

                                    7. To view and manage the DB instance, go to the Instances page.

                                      • During the creation process, the DB instance status is Creating. When the creation process is complete, the instance status will change to Available.
                                      • The automated backup policy is enabled by default. After the DB instance is created, you can modify the policy as needed. An automated full backup is immediately triggered after a DB instance is created.
                                      • The default database port is 5432. After a DB instance is created, you can change the database port.

                                        -

                                        -

                                        For details, see Changing a Database Port.

                                        -

                                        +

                                      • To view and manage the DB instance, go to the Instances page.

                                        • During the creation process, the DB instance status is Creating. When the creation process is complete, the instance status will change to Available.
                                        • The automated backup policy is enabled by default. After the DB instance is created, you can modify the policy as needed. An automated full backup is immediately triggered after a DB instance is created.
                                        • The default database port is 5432. After a DB instance is created, you can change the database port.

                                          For details, see Changing a Database Port.

                                        • diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_03_0100.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_03_0100.html index 229a5996e..4b345db5f 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_03_0100.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_03_0100.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@

                                        Downloading a Binlog Backup File

                                        Scenarios

                                        RDS for MySQL allows you to download binlog backup files to your client computer and use them to restore DB instances if necessary.

                                        -

                                        Downloading a Binlog Backup File

                                        1. Log in to the management console.
                                        2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                        3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                        4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance. The Basic Information page is displayed.
                                        5. In the navigation pane on the left, choose Backups & Restorations. On the Binlog Backups page, locate the target backup to be downloaded and click Download in the Operation column.

                                          You can also select the binlog backups to be downloaded and click Download above the list.

                                          +

                                          Downloading a Binlog Backup File

                                          1. Log in to the management console.
                                          2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                          3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                          4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance. The Overview page is displayed.
                                          5. In the navigation pane on the left, choose Backups & Restorations. On the Binlog Backups page, locate the target backup to be downloaded and click Download in the Operation column.

                                            You can also select the binlog backups to be downloaded and click Download above the list.

                                          6. After the download is complete, you can view the binlog backups locally.
                                        diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_04_0061.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_04_0061.html index b948384b6..195d1b05d 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_04_0061.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_04_0061.html @@ -5,129 +5,158 @@

                                        The DB instance class and storage space you need depend on your processing power and memory requirements.

                                        Procedure

                                        1. Log in to the management console.
                                        2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                        3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                        4. On the Instances page, click Create DB Instance.
                                        5. On the displayed page, configure information about your DB instance. Then, click Create Now.

                                          -

                                      8. Table 7 Required Duration and Quantity

                                      Parameter

                                      Description

                                      +

                                      Description

                                      Quantity

                                      +

                                      Quantity

                                      RDS supports DB instance creation in batches. If you choose to create primary/standby DB instances and set Quantity to 1, a primary DB instance and a standby DB instance will be created synchronously.

                                      +

                                      RDS supports DB instance creation in batches. If you choose to create primary/standby DB instances and set Quantity to 1, a primary DB instance and a standby DB instance will be created synchronously.

                                      If you create multiple DB instances at a time, they will be named with four digits appended to the DB instance name. For example, if you enter instance, the first instance will be named instance-0001, the second instance-0002, and so on.
                                      Table 1 Basic information

                                      Parameter

                                      +
                                      - - - - +
                                      Table 1 Basic Settings

                                      Parameter

                                      Description

                                      +

                                      Description

                                      Region

                                      +

                                      Region

                                      The region where your RDS resources will be located. You can change it on the creation page, or go back to the Instances page and change it in the upper left corner.

                                      -
                                      NOTE:

                                      Products in different regions cannot communicate with each other through a private network and you cannot change the region of a DB instance after creating the instance. Therefore, exercise caution when selecting a region.

                                      +

                                      Region where your resources are located.

                                      +
                                      NOTE:

                                      Products in different regions cannot communicate with each other through a private network. After a DB instance is created, the region of the DB instance cannot be changed. Therefore, exercise caution when selecting the region where the instance is located.

                                      DB Instance Name

                                      +
                                      +
                                      + +
                                      + + + + - - - - - - - - - - - -
                                      Table 2 Engine Options

                                      Parameter

                                      +

                                      Description

                                      +

                                      DB Engine

                                      Must start with a letter and consist of 4 to 64 characters. Only letters, digits, hyphens (-), and underscores (_) are allowed.

                                      +

                                      Set to Microsoft SQL Server.

                                      DB Engine

                                      +

                                      DB Engine Version

                                      Set to Microsoft SQL Server.

                                      -

                                      DB Engine Version

                                      -

                                      -

                                      -

                                      For details, see DB Engines and Versions.

                                      -

                                      +

                                      For details, see DB Engines and Versions.

                                      Different DB engine versions are supported in different regions.

                                      You are advised to select the latest available version because it is more stable, reliable, and secure.

                                      DB Instance Type

                                      +

                                      DB Instance Type

                                      • Primary/Standby: uses an HA architecture with a primary DB instance and a synchronous standby DB instance. It is suitable for production databases of large- and medium-sized enterprises in Internet, Internet of Things (IoT), retail e-commerce sales, logistics, gaming, and other sectors. The standby DB instance improves instance reliability and is invisible to you after being created.

                                        An AZ is a physical region where resources use independent power supply and networks. AZs are physically isolated but interconnected through an internal network.

                                        -

                                        You can deploy primary and standby DB instances in a single AZ or across AZs to achieve failover and high availability.

                                        -
                                      • Single: uses a single-node architecture, which is more cost-effective than primary/standby DB instances. It is suitable for development and testing of microsites, and small- and medium-sized enterprises, or for learning about RDS.
                                      +
                                      • Primary/Standby: uses an HA architecture with a primary DB instance and a synchronous standby DB instance. It is suitable for production databases of large- and medium-sized enterprises in Internet, Internet of Things (IoT), retail e-commerce sales, logistics, gaming, and other sectors. The standby DB instance improves instance reliability and is invisible to you after being created.

                                        You can deploy primary and standby DB instances in a single AZ or across AZs to achieve failover and high availability.

                                        +
                                      • Single: uses a single-node architecture, which is more cost-effective than primary/standby DB instances. It is suitable for development and testing of microsites, and small- and medium-sized enterprises, or for learning about RDS.
                                      • Cluster: uses a Microsoft Always On architecture. There is one primary node, one standby node, and up to five read-only nodes. It features higher availability, reliability, and scalability. Only RDS for SQL Server 2022 Enterprise Edition, 2019 Enterprise Edition, and 2017 Enterprise Edition support cluster instances.

                                      Time Zone

                                      +

                                      Storage Type

                                      Select your time zone when you are creating a DB instance. After the DB instance is created, the time zone cannot be modified.

                                      +

                                      Determines the DB instance read/write speed. The higher the maximum throughput is, the higher the DB instance read/write speed can be.

                                      +
                                      • Cloud SSD: cloud drives used to decouple storage from compute. The maximum throughput is 350 MB/s.
                                      • Extreme SSD: uses 25GE network and RDMA technologies to provide you with up to 1,000 MB/s throughput per disk and sub-millisecond latency.

                                      Server Collation

                                      +

                                      Primary AZ/Standby AZ

                                      Defines a collation of a database or table column, or a collation cast operation when applied to character string expression. It acts as the default collation for the DB instance.

                                      -
                                      NOTE:

                                      The SQL_Latin1_General_CP850_BIN2 collation is supported.

                                      -
                                      +

                                      An AZ is a physical region where resources use independent power supply and networks. AZs are physically isolated but interconnected through an internal network. You can select different AZs for your primary and standby instances for cross-AZ disaster recovery.

                                      +

                                      The primary and standby instances can be deployed in different AZs.
                                      -
                                      Table 2 Instance specifications

                                      Parameter

                                      +
                                      - - - - - - - - -
                                      Table 3 Instance Configuration

                                      Parameter

                                      Description

                                      +

                                      Description

                                      Instance Class

                                      +

                                      Instance Class

                                      Refers to the CPU and memory of a DB instance. Different instance classes have different numbers of database connections and different maximum IOPS.

                                      +

                                      Refers to the CPU and memory of a DB instance. Different instance classes have different numbers of database connections and different maximum IOPS.

                                      For details about instance classes, see DB Instance Classes.

                                      -

                                      -

                                      -

                                      After a DB instance is created, you can change its CPU and memory. For details, see Changing a DB Instance Class.

                                      -

                                      Storage Type

                                      +

                                      Storage Space

                                      Determines the DB instance read/write speed. The higher the maximum throughput is, the higher the DB instance read/write speed can be.

                                      -
                                      • Cloud SSD: cloud drives used to decouple storage from compute. The maximum throughput is 350 MB/s.
                                      • Extreme SSD: uses 25GE network and RDMA technologies to provide you with up to 1,000 MB/s throughput per disk and sub-millisecond latency.
                                      +

                                      Contains the file system overhead required for inode, reserved block, and database operation. Storage space can range in size from 40 GB to 4,000 GB and can be scaled up only by a multiple of 10 GB.

                                      +

                                      After a DB instance is created, you can scale up its storage space. For details, see section Scaling up Storage Space.

                                      Storage Space (GB)

                                      +

                                      Enable autoscaling

                                      Contains the file system overhead required for inode, reserved block, and database operation. Storage space can range in size from 40 GB to 4,000 GB and can be scaled up only by a multiple of 10 GB.

                                      -

                                      -

                                      -

                                      After a DB instance is created, you can scale up its storage space. For details, see section Scaling up Storage Space.

                                      -

                                      +
                                      If the storage type is cloud SSD or extreme SSD, you can enable storage autoscaling. When the available storage drops to a specified threshold, autoscaling is triggered.
                                      • Enable Storage Autoscaling: If you select this option, storage autoscaling is enabled.
                                      • Trigger If Available Storage Drops To: If the available storage drops to a specified threshold or 10 GB, autoscaling is triggered.
                                      • Autoscaling Limit: The default value range is from 40 to 4000, in GB. The limit must be no less than the storage of the DB instance.
                                      +

                                      Disk Encryption

                                      +

                                      Disk Encryption

                                      • Disable: indicates the encryption function is disabled.
                                      • Enable: indicates the encryption function is enabled, improving data security but affecting system performance.

                                        Key Name: indicates the tenant key. You can create or select a key.

                                        -
                                        NOTE:
                                        • Once the DB instance is created, you cannot modify the disk encryption status or change the key. The backup data stored in OBS is not encrypted.
                                        • After an RDS DB instance is created, do not disable or delete the key that is being used. Otherwise, database will be unavailable.
                                        • For details about how to create a key, see the "Creating a CMK" section in the Key Management Service User Guide.
                                        -
                                        -
                                      +

                                      Enabling disk encryption enhances data security but reduces the database's read and write performance by 5%.

                                      +

                                      Key Generation: indicates the method of generating a tenant key. Select one from the drop-down list.

                                      +

                                      Key Name: indicates the tenant key. Select one from the drop-down list.

                                      +

                                      After disk encryption is enabled, the following restrictions apply:

                                      +
                                      • If you enable disk encryption during instance creation, the disk encryption status and the key cannot be changed later.
                                      • Enabling disk encryption will not encrypt backup data stored in Object Storage Service (OBS).
                                      • Keep the key secure. Once the key is disabled, deleted, or frozen, your instance will be inaccessible and its data may not be restored.
                                      -
                                      Table 3 Network

                                      Parameter

                                      +
                                      - - - + + + + + + + + + + + +
                                      Table 4 Basic Settings

                                      Parameter

                                      Description

                                      +

                                      Description

                                      VPC

                                      +

                                      DB Instance Name

                                      A dedicated virtual network in which your RDS DB instances are located. A VPC can isolate networks for different services. You can select an existing VPC or create a VPC. For details on how to create a VPC, see the "Creating a VPC" section in the Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.

                                      +

                                      Must start with a letter and consist of 4 to 64 characters. Only letters, digits, hyphens (-), and underscores (_) are allowed.

                                      +

                                      Administrator

                                      +

                                      The default login name for the database is rdsuser.

                                      +

                                      Administrator Password

                                      +

                                      Must consist of 8 to 32 characters and contain at least three of the following character types: uppercase letters, lowercase letters, digits, and special characters (~!@#$%^*-_=+?,). Enter a strong password and periodically change it for security reasons.

                                      +

                                      If provided password will be considered by system as weak, you will receive an error and you should provide stronger password.

                                      +

                                      Keep this password secure. The system cannot retrieve it.

                                      +

                                      After a DB instance is created, you can reset this password. For details, see section Resetting the Administrator Password.

                                      +

                                      Confirm Password

                                      +

                                      Must be the same as Administrator Password.

                                      +
                                      +
                                      + +
                                      + + + + + - - - - @@ -135,34 +164,15 @@
                                      Table 5 Connectivity

                                      Parameter

                                      +

                                      Description

                                      +

                                      VPC

                                      +

                                      A dedicated virtual network in which your RDS DB instances are located. A VPC can isolate networks for different services. You can select an existing VPC or create a VPC. For details on how to create a VPC, see the "Creating a VPC" section in the Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.

                                      If no VPC is available, RDS allocates a VPC to you by default.

                                      NOTICE:

                                      After the DB instance is created, the VPC cannot be changed.

                                      Subnet

                                      +

                                      Subnet

                                      Improves network security by providing dedicated network resources that are logically isolated from other networks. Subnets take effect within all AZs of one Region. The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) function is enabled by default for subnets in which you plan to create RDS DB instances and cannot be disabled.

                                      -

                                      A floating IP address is automatically assigned when you create a DB instance. You can also enter an unused floating IP address in the subnet CIDR block. After the DB instance is created, the floating IP address cannot be changed.

                                      +

                                      Improves network security by providing dedicated network resources that are logically isolated from other networks. Subnets take effect within all AZs of one Region. The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) function is enabled by default for subnets in which you plan to create RDS DB instances and cannot be disabled.

                                      +

                                      IPv4 Address:

                                      +

                                      A floating IPv4 address is automatically assigned when you create a DB instance. You can also enter an unused floating IPv4 address in the subnet CIDR block. After the DB instance is created, you can change the floating IP address.

                                      Security Group

                                      +

                                      Security Group

                                      Enhances security by controlling access to RDS from other services. You need to add inbound rules to a security group so that you can connect to your DB instance.

                                      +

                                      Enhances security by controlling access to RDS from other services. You need to add inbound rules to a security group so that you can connect to your DB instance.

                                      If no security group is available, RDS allocates a security group to you by default.
                                      -
                                      Table 4 Database configuration

                                      Parameter

                                      +
                                      - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                                      Table 6 Additional Options

                                      Parameter

                                      Description

                                      +

                                      Description

                                      Administrator

                                      +

                                      Parameter Template

                                      The default login name for the database is rdsuser.

                                      -

                                      Administrator Password

                                      -

                                      Must consist of 8 to 32 characters and contain at least three types of the following characters: uppercase letters, lowercase letters, digits, and special characters (~!@#$%^*-_+?,). Enter a strong password and periodically change it for security reasons.

                                      -

                                      If provided password will be considered by system as weak, you will receive an error and you should provide stronger password.

                                      -

                                      Keep this password secure. The system cannot retrieve it.

                                      -

                                      -

                                      After a DB instance is created, you can reset this password. For details, see section Resetting the Administrator Password.

                                      -

                                      Confirm Password

                                      -

                                      Must be the same as Administrator Password.

                                      -

                                      Parameter Template

                                      -

                                      Contains engine configuration values that can be applied to one or more DB instances. If you intend to create primary/standby DB instances, they use the same parameter template.

                                      +

                                      Contains engine configuration values that can be applied to one or more DB instances. If you intend to create primary/standby DB instances, they use the same parameter template.

                                      NOTICE:

                                      If you use a custom parameter template when creating a DB instance, the specification-related parameter max server memory (MB) in the custom template is not delivered. Instead, the default value is used.

                                      @@ -171,19 +181,21 @@

                                      -
                                      - -
                                      - - - - - + + + + + + @@ -191,15 +203,15 @@
                                      Table 5 Tags

                                      Parameter

                                      -

                                      Description

                                      -

                                      Tag

                                      +

                                      Time Zone

                                      Tags an RDS DB instance. This configuration is optional. Adding tags to RDS DB instances helps you better identify and manage the DB instances. A maximum of 20 tags can be added for each DB instance.

                                      +

                                      You need to select a time zone for your instance based on the region it is hosted in. After an instance is created, the time zone cannot be modified.

                                      +

                                      Character Set

                                      +

                                      Defines a collation of a database or table column, or a collation cast operation when applied to character string expression. It acts as the default character set for the DB instance.

                                      +
                                      NOTE:

                                      The SQL_Latin1_General_CP850_BIN2 collation is supported.

                                      +
                                      +

                                      Tag

                                      +

                                      Tags an RDS DB instance. This configuration is optional. Adding tags to RDS DB instances helps you better identify and manage the DB instances. A maximum of 20 tags can be added for each DB instance.

                                      After a DB instance is created, you can view its tag details on the Tags page. For details, see section Managing Tags.
                                      -
                                      Table 6 Batch creation

                                      Parameter

                                      +
                                      - - - @@ -210,10 +222,7 @@

                                      The performance of your DB instance depends on its configurations. Hardware configuration items include the instance specifications, storage type, and storage space.

                                    8. Confirm the specifications.

                                      • If you need to modify your settings, click Previous.
                                      • If you do not need to modify your settings, click Submit.
                                      -

                                    9. To view and manage the DB instance, go to the Instances page.

                                      • During the creation process, the DB instance status is Creating. When the creation process is complete, the instance status will change to Available.
                                      • The automated backup policy is enabled by default. An automated full backup is immediately triggered after a DB instance is created.
                                      • The default database port number is 1433. After a DB instance is created, you can change its port number.

                                        -

                                        -

                                        For details, see Changing a Database Port.

                                        -

                                        +

                                      • To view and manage the DB instance, go to the Instances page.

                                        • During the creation process, the DB instance status is Creating. When the creation process is complete, the instance status will change to Available.
                                        • The automated backup policy is enabled by default. An automated full backup is immediately triggered after a DB instance is created.
                                        • The default database port number is 1433. After a DB instance is created, you can change its port number.

                                          For details, see Changing a Database Port.

                                        • diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_05_0001.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_05_0001.html index 5cfb34b8f..d38f23ed6 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_05_0001.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_05_0001.html @@ -8,6 +8,8 @@

                                        Constraints

                                        • If the replication delay between primary and standby DB instances is longer than 300 seconds, the minor version cannot be upgraded.
                                        • Minor versions cannot be upgraded for DB instances with abnormal nodes.
                                        • Currently, RDS for MySQL supports a maximum of 100,000 tables. If there are more than 100,000 tables, the minor version upgrade may fail.
                                        -

                                        Procedure

                                        1. Log in to the management console.
                                        2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                        3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                        4. On the Instances page, click the target primary/standby DB instances.
                                        5. In the DB Information area on the Basic Information page, click Upgrade in the DB Engine Version field.
                                        6. In the displayed dialog box, select a scheduled time and click OK.
                                        +

                                        Procedure

                                        1. Log in to the management console.
                                        2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                        3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                        4. On the Instances page, click the instance name to go to the Overview page.
                                        5. Under DB Engine Version, click Upgrade Minor Version.
                                        6. In the displayed dialog box, select a scheduled time and click OK.
                                        diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_05_0005.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_05_0005.html index 91856017e..a0c8472df 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_05_0005.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_05_0005.html @@ -6,6 +6,8 @@
                                        • Configuring and Changing a Floating IP Address
                                          • +
                                        • Changing a Private Domain Name
                                          +
                                        • Binding and Unbinding an EIP
                                        • Changing a Database Port
                                          diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_05_0023.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_05_0023.html index da88f19e8..b85e5eb4f 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_05_0023.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_05_0023.html @@ -3,8 +3,7 @@

                                          Changing a DB Instance Type from Single to Primary/Standby

                                          Scenarios

                                          • RDS enables you to change single DB instances to primary/standby DB instances to improve instance reliability. This operation does not affect the services running on the primary DB instance.
                                          • Primary/standby DB instances support automatic failover. If the primary DB instance fails, the standby DB instance takes over services quickly. You are advised to deploy primary and standby DB instances in different AZs for high availability and disaster recovery.
                                          -

                                          Procedure

                                          1. Log in to the management console.
                                          2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                          3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                          4. On the Instances page, locate a single DB instance and choose More > Change Type to Primary/Standby in the Operation column.

                                            Alternatively, click the target DB instance. In the DB instance topology, click on the left to change the instance type from single to primary/standby.

                                            -

                                          5. Select a standby AZ. Other configurations are the same as those of the primary DB instance by default. Confirm the configurations and click Submit.
                                          6. After a single DB instance is changed to primary/standby instance, you can view and manage it on the Instances page.

                                            • The DB instance is in the Changing type to primary/standby status. You can view the progress on the Task Center page. For details, see section Task Center.
                                            • In the upper right corner of the DB instance list, click to refresh the list. After the DB instance type is changed to primary/standby, the instance status will change to Available and the instance type will change to Primary/Standby.
                                            +

                                            Procedure

                                            1. Log in to the management console.
                                            2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                            3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                            4. On the Instances page, locate a single DB instance and choose More > Change Type to Primary/Standby in the Operation column.
                                            5. Select a standby AZ. Other configurations are the same as those of the primary DB instance by default. Confirm the configurations and click Submit.
                                            6. After a single DB instance is changed to primary/standby instance, you can view and manage it on the Instances page.

                                              • The DB instance is in the Changing type to primary/standby status. You can view the progress on the Task Center page. For details, see section Task Center.
                                              • In the upper right corner of the DB instance list, click to refresh the list. After the DB instance type is changed to primary/standby, the instance status will change to Available and the instance type will change to Primary/Standby.

                                          diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_05_0024.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_05_0024.html index 8122de790..b297eaabc 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_05_0024.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_05_0024.html @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@

                                          Changing a Floating IP Address

                                          You can change the floating IP address of an existing DB instance.

                                          -
                                          1. Log in to the management console.
                                          2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                          3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                          4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance.
                                          5. In the Connection Information area on the Basic Information page, click Change in the Floating IP Address field.
                                          6. In the displayed dialog box, enter a new floating IP address and click OK.

                                            An in-use IP address cannot be used as the new floating IP address of the DB instance.

                                            +
                                            1. Log in to the management console.
                                            2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                            3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                            4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance name to go to the Overview page.
                                            5. Under Floating IP Address, click Configure.
                                            6. In the displayed dialog box, check the number of in-use IP addresses. If the in-use IP addresses are less than 254, there are unused floating IP addresses.
                                            7. Select an available IP address and click OK.

                                              An in-use IP address cannot be used as the new floating IP address of the DB instance.

                                        diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_05_0038.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_05_0038.html index 5f0971ac5..8eacab7c2 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_05_0038.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_05_0038.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@

                                        Precautions

                                        • During the maintenance window, the DB instance will be intermittently disconnected for one or two times. Ensure that your applications support automatic reconnection.
                                        -

                                        Procedure

                                        1. Log in to the management console.
                                        2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                        3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                        4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance. In the DB Information area on the Basic Information page, click Change in the Maintenance Window field.
                                        5. In the displayed dialog box, select a maintenance window and click OK.

                                          Changing the maintenance window does not affect the execution time of the scheduled tasks in the original maintenance period.

                                          +

                                          Procedure

                                          1. Log in to the management console.
                                          2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                          3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                          4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance name to go to the Overview page. Under Maintenance Window, click Configure.
                                          5. In the displayed dialog box, select an interval and a time range, and click OK.

                                            Changing the maintenance window does not affect the execution time of the scheduled tasks in the original maintenance period.

                                          diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_05_0039.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_05_0039.html index c23acf3fe..fef9e619e 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_05_0039.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_05_0039.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@

                                          Constraints

                                          • The storage space can be scaled up automatically only when your instance status is Available or Storage full.
                                          • Storage autoscaling for RDS for MySQL DB instances is supported only for cloud SSD and extreme SSD storage types.
                                          • The maximum allowed storage is 4,000 GB.
                                          • For primary/standby DB instances, autoscaling the storage for the primary DB instance will also autoscale the storage for the standby DB instance.
                                          • Storage autoscaling is unavailable when the DB instance is in any of the following statuses: changing instance class, upgrading a minor version, migrating the standby DB instance, and rebooting.
                                          -

                                          Procedure

                                          1. Log in to the management console.
                                          2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                          3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                          4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance or read replica (click in front of a DB instance to locate the read replica).
                                          5. In the Storage Space area, click Configure Autoscaling.
                                          6. In the displayed dialog box, set the following parameters:

                                            +

                                            Procedure

                                            1. Log in to the management console.
                                            2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                            3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                            4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance or read replica name (click in front of a DB instance to locate the read replica) to go to the Overview page.
                                            5. In the Storage & Backup area, toggle on the Storage Autoscaling switch.
                                            6. In the displayed dialog box, set the following parameters:

                                      10. Table 7 Required Duration and Quantity

                                      Parameter

                                      Description

                                      +

                                      Description

                                      Quantity

                                      +

                                      Quantity

                                      RDS supports DB instance creation in batches. If you choose to create primary/standby DB instances and set Quantity to 1, a primary DB instance and a standby DB instance will be created synchronously.

                                      +

                                      RDS supports DB instance creation in batches. If you choose to create primary/standby DB instances and set Quantity to 1, a primary DB instance and a standby DB instance will be created synchronously.

                                      If you create multiple DB instances at a time, they will be named with four digits appended to the DB instance name. For example, if you enter instance, the first instance will be named instance-0001, the second instance-0002, and so on.
                                      - - - - - diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0024.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0024.html index 2e959e95d..7e66bd4d2 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0024.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0024.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@

                                      Constraints

                                      • If the DB instance status is Abnormal, the reboot may fail.
                                      • Rebooting a DB instance will cause service interruptions. During this period, the DB instance status is Rebooting.
                                      • Rebooting DB instances will cause instance unavailability and clear cached memory. To prevent traffic congestion during peak hours, you are advised to reboot DB instances during off-peak hours.
                                      -

                                      Procedure

                                      1. Log in to the management console.
                                      2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                      3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                      4. On the Instances page, locate the target DB instance, or click in the front of a DB instance and then locate the target read replica. Choose More > Reboot in the Operation column.

                                        Alternatively, click the target DB instance on the Instances page to go to the Basic Information page. In the upper right corner, click Reboot.

                                        +

                                        Procedure

                                        1. Log in to the management console.
                                        2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                        3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                        4. On the Instances page, locate the target DB instance, or click in the front of a DB instance and then locate the target read replica. Choose More > Reboot in the Operation column.

                                          Alternatively, click the target DB instance on the Instances page to go to the Overview page. Click and choose Reboot in the upper right corner.

                                          For primary/standby DB instances, if you reboot the primary DB instance, the standby DB instance is also rebooted automatically.

                                        5. In the displayed dialog box, select a scheduled time, and click Yes.
                                        6. Refresh the DB instance list and view the status of the DB instance. If its status is Available, it has rebooted successfully.
                                        diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0026.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0026.html index 77edcc688..8c347ad9d 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0026.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0026.html @@ -3,8 +3,7 @@

                                        Changing a Security Group

                                        Scenarios

                                        This section describes how to change the security group of a primary DB instance or read replica. For primary/standby DB instances, changing the security group of the primary DB instance will cause the security group of the standby DB instance to also be changed accordingly.

                                        -

                                        Procedure

                                        1. Log in to the management console.
                                        2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                        3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                        4. On the Instances page, click the target primary DB instance or read replica.
                                        5. In the Connection Information area on the Basic Information page, click in the Security Group field.

                                          • To submit the change, click .
                                          • To cancel the change, click .
                                          -

                                        6. Changing the security group takes 1 to 3 minutes. Click in the upper right corner on the Basic Information page to view the results.
                                        +

                                        Procedure

                                        1. Log in to the management console.
                                        2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                        3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                        4. On the Instances page, click the target primary DB instance or read replica.
                                        5. On the Overview page, click Configure under Security Group.
                                        6. In the displayed dialog box, select one from the drop-down list.
                                        7. Click OK to submit the modification.
                                        8. Changing the security group takes 1 to 3 minutes. Click in the upper right corner on the Overview page to view the results.
                                        diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0027.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0027.html index 1a08e180d..e069cffe6 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0027.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0027.html @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
                                        The automated backup policy is enabled by default as follows:
                                        • Retention period: 7 days. Backup files that exceed the retention period will be deleted and cannot be restored.
                                        • Time window: An hour within 24 hours, such as 01:00-02:00 or 12:00-13:00. The backup time is configured based on UTC time and is adjusted for daylight saving time, which changes at different times depending on the time zone.
                                        • Backup cycle: Each day of the week
                                        -

                                        Modifying an Automated Backup Policy

                                        1. Log in to the management console.
                                        2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                        3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                        4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance.
                                        5. On the Backups & Restorations page, click Intra-Region Backup Policies. On the displayed page, you can view the existing backup policy. If you want to modify the policy, adjust the values of the following parameters:

                                          • Retention Period: How many days your automated full backups and incremental backups can be retained. The retention period is from 1 to 732 days and the default value is 7.
                                            • Extending the retention period improves data reliability.
                                            • Reducing the retention period takes effect for existing backups. Any backups (except manual backups) that have expired will be automatically deleted. Exercise caution when performing this operation.
                                            +

                                            Modifying an Automated Backup Policy

                                            1. Log in to the management console.
                                            2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                            3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                            4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance.
                                            5. On the Backups & Restorations page, in the upper right corner of the page, choose Modify Backup Policy > Configure Same-Region Backup Policy. On the displayed page, you can view the existing backup policy. If you want to modify the policy, adjust the values of the following parameters:

                                              • Retention Period: How many days your automated full backups and incremental backups can be retained. The retention period is from 1 to 732 days and the default value is 7.
                                                • Extending the retention period improves data reliability.
                                                • Reducing the retention period takes effect for existing backups. Any backups (except manual backups) that have expired will be automatically deleted. Exercise caution when performing this operation.
                                              • Time Window: A one-hour period the backup will be scheduled for each day, such as 01:00-02:00 or 12:00-13:00. The backup time window indicates when the backup starts. The backup duration depends on the data volume of your instance.
                                              • Backup Cycle: Daily backups are selected by default, but you can change it. At least one day must be selected.

                                            6. Click OK.
                                            diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0028.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0028.html index 2baaaba62..a5b67d473 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0028.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0028.html @@ -6,11 +6,11 @@

                                      Method 1

                                      1. Log in to the management console.
                                      2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                      3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                      4. On the Instances page, locate the target DB instance and choose More > Create Backup in the Operation column.
                                      5. In the displayed dialog box, enter a backup name and description. Then, click OK. If you want to cancel the backup creation task, click Cancel.

                                        • The backup name must consist of 4 to 64 characters and start with a letter. It can contain only uppercase letters, lowercase letters, digits, hyphens (-), and underscores (_).
                                        • The description consists of a maximum of 256 characters and cannot contain carriage return characters or the following special characters: >!<"&'=
                                        • The time required for creating a manual backup depends on the amount of data.
                                        -

                                      6. After a manual backup has been created, you can view and manage it on the Backup Management page.

                                        Alternatively, click the target DB instance. On the Backups & Restorations page, you can view and manage the manual backups.

                                        +

                                      7. After a manual backup has been created, you can view and manage it on the Backups page.

                                        Alternatively, click the target DB instance. On the Backups & Restorations page, you can view and manage the manual backups.

                                      Method 2

                                      1. Log in to the management console.
                                      2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                      3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                      4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance.
                                      5. On the Backups & Restorations page, click Create Backup. In the displayed dialog box, enter a backup name and description and click OK. If you want to cancel the backup creation task, click Cancel.

                                        • The backup name must consist of 4 to 64 characters and start with a letter. It can contain only uppercase letters, lowercase letters, digits, hyphens (-), and underscores (_).
                                        • The description consists of a maximum of 256 characters and cannot contain carriage return characters or the following special characters: >!<"&'=
                                        • The time required for creating a manual backup depends on the amount of data.
                                        -

                                      6. After a manual backup has been created, you can view and manage it on the Backup Management page.

                                        Alternatively, click the target DB instance. On the Backups & Restorations page, you can view and manage the manual backups.

                                        +

                                      7. After a manual backup has been created, you can view and manage it on the Backups page.

                                        Alternatively, click the target DB instance. On the Backups & Restorations page, you can view and manage the manual backups.

                                      diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0029.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0029.html index 1a298b282..1647574db 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0029.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0029.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@

                                      RDS for PostgreSQL supports restoration to a new, the original, or an existing DB instance.

                                      When you enter the time point that you want to restore the DB instance to, RDS downloads the most recent full backup file from OBS to the DB instance. Then, incremental backups are also restored to the specified point in time on the DB instance. Data is restored at an average speed of 30 MB/s.

                                      -

                                      Procedure

                                      1. Log in to the management console.
                                      2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                      3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                      4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance.
                                      5. In the navigation pane on the left, choose Backups & Restorations. On the displayed page, click Restore to Point in Time.
                                      6. Select the restoration date and time range, enter a time point within the selected time range, and select a restoration method. Then, click OK.

                                        • Create New Instance
                                          The Create New Instance page is displayed.
                                          • The DB engine and version of the new DB instance are the same as those of the original DB instance and cannot be changed.
                                          • Storage space of the new DB instance is the same as that of the original DB instance by default and the new instance must be at least as large as the original DB instance.
                                          • Other settings are the same as those of the original DB instance by default and can be modified. For details, see section Step 1: Create a DB Instance.
                                          +

                                          Procedure

                                          1. Log in to the management console.
                                          2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                          3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                          4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance.
                                          5. In the navigation pane on the left, choose Backups & Restorations. In the upper right corner of the page, choose Restore to Point in Time > Restore Instance.
                                          6. Select the restoration date and time range, enter a time point within the selected time range, and select a restoration method. Then, click OK.

                                            • Create New Instance
                                              The Create New Instance page is displayed.
                                              • The DB engine and version of the new DB instance are the same as those of the original DB instance and cannot be changed.
                                              • Storage space of the new DB instance is the same as that of the original DB instance by default and the new instance must be at least as large as the original DB instance.
                                              • Other settings are the same as those of the original DB instance by default and can be modified. For details, see section Step 1: Create a DB Instance.
                                            • Restore to Original
                                              1. Select "I acknowledge that after I select Restore to Original, data on the original databases will be overwritten and the original DB instance will be unavailable during the restoration." and click Next.
                                              2. Confirm the information and click OK.
                                              diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0030.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0030.html index 1d362e108..ffe959179 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0030.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0030.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@

                                              Restoring from Backup Files to RDS for PostgreSQL

                                              Scenarios

                                              This section describes how to use an automated or manual backup to restore a DB instance to the status when the backup was created. The restoration is at the DB instance level.

                                              -

                                              Procedure

                                              1. Log in to the management console.
                                              2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                              3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                              4. On the Backup Management page, select the backup to be restored and click Restore in the Operation column.

                                                Alternatively, click the target DB instance on the Instances page. On the displayed page, choose Backups & Restorations. On the displayed page, select the target backup to be restored and click Restore in the Operation column.

                                                +

                                                Procedure

                                                1. Log in to the management console.
                                                2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                4. On the Backups page, select the backup to be restored and click Restore in the Operation column.

                                                  Alternatively, click the target DB instance on the Instances page. On the displayed page, choose Backups & Restorations. On the displayed page, select the target backup to be restored and click Restore in the Operation column.

                                                5. Select a restoration method and click OK.

                                                  • Create New Instance
                                                    The Create New Instance page is displayed.
                                                    • The DB engine and version of the new DB instance are the same as those of the original DB instance and cannot be changed.
                                                    • Storage space of the new DB instance is the same as that of the original DB instance by default and the new instance must be at least as large as the original DB instance.
                                                    • Other settings are the same as those of the original DB instance by default and can be modified. For details, see Step 1: Create a DB Instance.
                                                  • Restore to Original
                                                    1. Select "I acknowledge that after I select Restore to Original, data on the original databases will be overwritten and the original DB instance will be unavailable during the restoration." and click Next.
                                                    2. Confirm the information and click OK.
                                                    diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0031.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0031.html index 64f96316b..74fc48bdc 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0031.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0031.html @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@

                                                Constraints

                                                • If the size of the backup data is greater than 400 MB, you are advised to use OBS Browser+ to download the backup data.
                                                -

                                                Method 1: Using OBS Browser+

                                                1. Log in to the management console.
                                                2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                4. On the Backup Management page, locate the target backup to be downloaded and click Download in the Operation column.

                                                  Alternatively, click the target DB instance. In the navigation pane on the left, choose Backups & Restorations. On the Full Backups page, locate the target backup to be downloaded and click Download in the Operation column.

                                                  +

                                                  Method 1: Using OBS Browser+

                                                  1. Log in to the management console.
                                                  2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                  3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                  4. On the Backups page, locate the target backup to be downloaded and click Download in the Operation column.

                                                    Alternatively, click the target DB instance. In the navigation pane on the left, choose Backups & Restorations. On the Full Backups page, locate the target backup to be downloaded and click Download in the Operation column.

                                                  5. In the displayed dialog box, select Use OBS Browser+ for Download Method and click OK.

                                                    1. Download OBS Browser+
                                                    2. Decompress and install OBS Browser+.
                                                    3. Log in to OBS Browser+.

                                                      For details about how to log in to OBS Browser+, see Logging In to OBS Browser+ in the OBS Browser+ Operation Guide.

                                                    4. Disable certificate verification on OBS Browser+.

                                                      For details on how to configure OBS Browser+, see Configuring the System in the OBS Browser+ Operation Guide.

                                                      The OBS bucket name displayed in the Download Backup File pane on the RDS console does not support certificate verification. OBS Browser+ certificate verification needs to be disabled before the external bucket can be added, and then it must be enabled again after the backup is downloaded.

                                                      @@ -17,10 +17,10 @@
                                                    5. After the backup is downloaded, enable OBS Browser+ certificate verification.

                                                  6. Restore data locally as required.
                                                  -

                                                  Method 2: Using Current Browser

                                                  1. Log in to the management console.
                                                  2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                  3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                  4. On the Backup Management page, locate the target backup to be downloaded and click Download in the Operation column.

                                                    Alternatively, click the target DB instance. In the navigation pane on the left, choose Backups & Restorations. On the Full Backups page, locate the target backup to be downloaded and click Download in the Operation column.

                                                    +

                                                    Method 2: Using Current Browser

                                                    1. Log in to the management console.
                                                    2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                    3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                    4. On the Backups page, locate the target backup to be downloaded and click Download in the Operation column.

                                                      Alternatively, click the target DB instance. In the navigation pane on the left, choose Backups & Restorations. On the Full Backups page, locate the target backup to be downloaded and click Download in the Operation column.

                                                    5. In the displayed dialog box, select Use Current Browser for Download Method and click OK.
                                                    6. Restore data locally as required.
                                                    -

                                                    Method 3: Using Download URL

                                                    1. Log in to the management console.
                                                    2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                    3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                    4. On the Backup Management page, locate the target backup to be downloaded and click Download in the Operation column.

                                                      Alternatively, click the target DB instance. In the navigation pane on the left, choose Backups & Restorations. On the Full Backups page, locate the target backup to be downloaded and click Download in the Operation column.

                                                      +

                                                      Method 3: Using Download URL

                                                      1. Log in to the management console.
                                                      2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                      3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                      4. On the Backups page, locate the target backup to be downloaded and click Download in the Operation column.

                                                        Alternatively, click the target DB instance. In the navigation pane on the left, choose Backups & Restorations. On the Full Backups page, locate the target backup to be downloaded and click Download in the Operation column.

                                                      5. In the displayed dialog box, select Use Download URL for Download Method, click to copy the URL, and click OK.

                                                        A valid URL for downloading the backup data is displayed.

                                                        • You can use various download tools to download backup files.
                                                        • You can also run the following command to download backup files:

                                                          wget -O FILE_NAME --no-check-certificate "DOWNLOAD_URL"

                                                          The parameters in the command are as follows:

                                                          diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0032.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0032.html index 61cb029f0..299a002ff 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0032.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0032.html @@ -7,9 +7,9 @@

                                                      Backup Retention Policy

                                                      • RDS will delete automated backups when they expire or the DB instance for which the backups are created is deleted.
                                                      • If you want to retain the automated backups for a long time, you can replicate them to generate manual backups, which will be always retained until you delete them.
                                                      • If the storage occupied by manual backups exceeds the provisioned free backup storage, additional storage costs may incur.
                                                      -

                                                      Procedure

                                                      1. Log in to the management console.
                                                      2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                      3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                      4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance. On the Backups & Restorations page, locate the target backup to be replicated and click Replicate in the Operation column.

                                                        Alternatively, choose Backup Management. On the displayed page, locate the manual backup to be replicated and choose More > Replicate or locate an automated backup and click Replicate in the Operation column.

                                                        +

                                                        Procedure

                                                        1. Log in to the management console.
                                                        2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                        3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                        4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance. On the Backups & Restorations page, locate the target backup to be replicated and click Replicate in the Operation column.

                                                          Alternatively, choose Backups in the navigation pane on the left. On the displayed page, locate the target backup to be replicated and click Replicate in the Operation column.

                                                        5. In the displayed dialog box, enter a new backup name and description and click OK.

                                                          • The backup name must consist of 4 to 64 characters and start with a letter. It can contain only uppercase letters, lowercase letters, digits, hyphens (-), and underscores (_).
                                                          • The description consists of a maximum of 256 characters and cannot contain the following special characters: >!<"&'=
                                                          -

                                                        6. After the new backup has been created, you can view and manage it on the Backup Management page.
                                                        +

                                                      5. After the new backup has been created, you can view and manage it on the Backups page.
                                                    diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0033.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0033.html index 821dacf44..006f01458 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0033.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0033.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@

                                                    Deleted manual backups cannot be recovered. Exercise caution when performing this operation.

                                                    -

                                                    Procedure

                                                    1. Log in to the management console.
                                                    2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                    3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                    4. In the navigation pane on the left, choose Backup Management. On the displayed page, locate the target manual backup to be deleted and choose More > Delete in the Operation column.

                                                      The following backups cannot be deleted:

                                                      +

                                                      Procedure

                                                      1. Log in to the management console.
                                                      2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                      3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                      4. In the navigation pane on the left, choose Backups. On the displayed page, locate the target manual backup to be deleted and choose More > Delete in the Operation column.

                                                        The following backups cannot be deleted:

                                                        • Automated backups
                                                        • Backups that are being restored
                                                        • Backups that are being replicated

                                                      5. In the displayed dialog box, click Yes.
                                                      diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0045.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0045.html index 2ab2339f9..fba831ad7 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0045.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0045.html @@ -563,19 +563,19 @@
                                      - - - - - - - - @@ -1028,7 +1028,7 @@ - @@ -1104,21 +1104,6 @@ - - - - - - - - @@ -1225,21 +1210,6 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_10_0004.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_10_0004.html index 446e14157..c8eec93c5 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_10_0004.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_10_0004.html @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@
                                      diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_10_0055.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_10_0055.html index 7e9e3e81f..3246e06ff 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_10_0055.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_10_0055.html @@ -7,9 +7,9 @@

                                      Backup Retention Policy

                                      • RDS will delete automated backups when they expire or the DB instance for which the backups are created is deleted.
                                      • If you want to retain the automated backups for a long time, you can replicate them to generate manual backups, which will be always retained until you delete them.
                                      • If the storage occupied by manual backups exceeds the provisioned free backup storage, additional storage costs may incur.
                                      -

                                      Procedure

                                      1. Log in to the management console.
                                      2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                      3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                      4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance. On the Backups & Restorations page, locate the target backup to be replicated and click Replicate in the Operation column.

                                        Alternatively, choose Backup Management. On the displayed page, locate the manual backup to be replicated and choose More > Replicate or locate an automated backup and click Replicate in the Operation column.

                                        +

                                        Procedure

                                        1. Log in to the management console.
                                        2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                        3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                        4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance. On the Backups & Restorations page, locate the target backup to be replicated and click Replicate in the Operation column.

                                          Alternatively, choose Backups in the navigation pane on the left. On the displayed page, locate the target backup to be replicated and click Replicate in the Operation column.

                                        5. In the displayed dialog box, enter a new backup name and description and click OK.

                                          • The backup name must consist of 4 to 64 characters and start with a letter. It can contain only uppercase letters, lowercase letters, digits, hyphens (-), and underscores (_).
                                          • The description consists of a maximum of 256 characters and cannot contain the following special characters: >!<"&'=
                                          -

                                        6. After the new backup has been created, you can view and manage it on the Backup Management page.
                                        +

                                      5. After the new backup has been created, you can view and manage it on the Backups page.
                                      diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_10_0101.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_10_0101.html index ec365f64d..fe3a8a2ae 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_10_0101.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_10_0101.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@

                                      Deleted manual backups cannot be recovered. Exercise caution when performing this operation.

                                      -

                                      Procedure

                                      1. Log in to the management console.
                                      2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                      3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                      4. In the navigation pane on the left, choose Backup Management. On the displayed page, locate the target manual backup to be deleted and choose More > Delete in the Operation column.

                                        The following backups cannot be deleted:

                                        +

                                        Procedure

                                        1. Log in to the management console.
                                        2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                        3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                        4. In the navigation pane on the left, choose Backups. On the displayed page, locate the target manual backup to be deleted and choose More > Delete in the Operation column.

                                          The following backups cannot be deleted:

                                          • Automated backups
                                          • Backups that are being restored
                                          • Backups that are being replicated

                                        5. In the displayed dialog box, click Yes.
                                        diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0006.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0006.html index fc83dda5d..10f80a017 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0006.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0006.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@

                                      Constraints

                                      • If the database service status is abnormal, you can forcibly reboot the DB instance, but this will interrupt uncommitted transactions.
                                      • Rebooting DB instances will cause service interruptions. During the reboot process, the DB instance status is Rebooting.
                                      • Rebooting DB instances will cause instance unavailability and clear cached memory. To prevent traffic congestion during peak hours, you are advised to reboot DB instances during off-peak hours.
                                      -

                                      Procedure

                                      1. Log in to the management console.
                                      2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                      3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                      4. On the Instances page, locate the target DB instance, or click and then locate the target read replica. Choose More > Reboot in the Operation column.

                                        Alternatively, click the target DB instance on the Instances page to go to the Basic Information page. In the upper right corner, click Reboot.

                                        +

                                        Procedure

                                        1. Log in to the management console.
                                        2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                        3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                        4. On the Instances page, locate the target DB instance, or click and then locate the target read replica. Choose More > Reboot in the Operation column.

                                          Alternatively, click the target DB instance on the Instances page to go to the Overview page. Click and choose Reboot in the upper right corner.

                                          For primary/standby DB instances, if you reboot the primary DB instance, the standby DB instance is also rebooted automatically.

                                        5. In the displayed dialog box, select a reboot mode. If you select Forceful, select the checkbox before Confirm forcible reboot and click Yes.
                                        6. Refresh the DB instance list and view the status of the DB instance. If its status is Available, it has rebooted successfully.
                                        diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0010.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0010.html index 55e4adc36..76168e33f 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0010.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0010.html @@ -8,13 +8,13 @@

                                        Method 1

                                        1. Log in to the management console.
                                        2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                        3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                        4. On the Instances page, locate the target DB instance and choose More > Create Backup in the Operation column.
                                        5. In the displayed dialog box, enter a backup name, select a target database for which to create the backup, and enter a description. Then, click OK. If you want to cancel the backup creation task, click Cancel.

                                          • The backup name must consist of 4 to 64 characters and start with a letter. It can contain only uppercase letters, lowercase letters, digits, hyphens (-), and underscores (_).
                                          • The description consists of a maximum of 256 characters and cannot contain carriage return characters or the following special characters: >!<"&'=
                                          • The time required for creating a manual backup depends on the amount of data.

                                          System databases are backed up by default.

                                          -

                                        6. After a manual backup has been created, you can view and manage it on the Backup Management page.

                                          Alternatively, click the target DB instance. On the Backups & Restorations page, you can view and manage the manual backups.

                                          +

                                        7. After a manual backup has been created, you can view and manage it on the Backups page.

                                          Alternatively, click the target DB instance. On the Backups & Restorations page, you can view and manage the manual backups.

                                        Method 2

                                        1. Log in to the management console.
                                        2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                        3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                        4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance.
                                        5. On the Backups & Restorations page, click Create Backup. In the displayed dialog box, enter a backup name, select a target database for which to create the backup, and enter a description. Then, click OK.

                                          • The backup name must consist of 4 to 64 characters and start with a letter. It can contain only uppercase letters, lowercase letters, digits, hyphens (-), and underscores (_).
                                          • The description consists of a maximum of 256 characters and cannot contain carriage return characters or the following special characters: >!<"&'=
                                          • The time required for creating a manual backup depends on the amount of data.

                                          System databases are backed up by default.

                                          -

                                        6. After a manual backup has been created, you can view and manage it on the Backup Management page.

                                          Alternatively, click the target DB instance. On the Backups & Restorations page, you can view and manage the manual backups.

                                          +

                                        7. After a manual backup has been created, you can view and manage it on the Backups page.

                                          Alternatively, click the target DB instance. On the Backups & Restorations page, you can view and manage the manual backups.

                                      diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0013.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0013.html index 3faf30bc1..2fe079d87 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0013.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0013.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@

                                      Constraints

                                      • If the size of the backup data is greater than 400 MB, you are advised to use OBS Browser+ to download the backup data.
                                      -

                                      Method 1: Using OBS Browser+

                                      1. Log in to the management console.
                                      2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                      3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                      4. On the Backup Management page, locate the target backup to be downloaded and click Download in the Operation column.

                                        Alternatively, click the target DB instance. In the navigation pane on the left, choose Backups & Restorations. On the displayed page, locate the target backup to be downloaded and click Download in the Operation column.

                                        +

                                        Method 1: Using OBS Browser+

                                        1. Log in to the management console.
                                        2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                        3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                        4. On the Backups page, locate the target backup to be downloaded and click Download in the Operation column.

                                          Alternatively, click the target DB instance. In the navigation pane on the left, choose Backups & Restorations. On the displayed page, locate the target backup to be downloaded and click Download in the Operation column.

                                        5. In the displayed dialog box, select Use OBS Browser+ for Download Method and click OK.

                                          1. Download OBS Browser+
                                          2. Decompress and install OBS Browser+.
                                          3. Log in to OBS Browser+.

                                            For details about how to log in to OBS Browser+, see Logging In to OBS Browser+ in the OBS Browser+ Operation Guide.

                                          4. Disable certificate verification on OBS Browser+.

                                            For details on how to configure OBS Browser+, see Configuring the System in the OBS Browser+ Operation Guide.

                                            The OBS bucket name displayed in the Download Backup File pane on the RDS console does not support certificate verification. OBS Browser+ certificate verification needs to be disabled before the external bucket can be added, then it must be enabled again after the backup is downloaded.

                                            @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
                                          5. After the backup is downloaded, enable OBS Browser+ certificate verification.

                                        6. Follow the instructions provided in Restoring from Backup Files to a Self-Built SQL Server Database to restore data locally as required.
                                        -

                                        Method 2: Using Download URL

                                        1. Log in to the management console.
                                        2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                        3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                        4. On the Backup Management page, locate the target backup to be downloaded and click Download in the Operation column.

                                          Alternatively, click the target DB instance. In the navigation pane on the left, choose Backups & Restorations. On the displayed page, locate the target backup to be downloaded and click Download in the Operation column.

                                          +

                                          Method 2: Using Download URL

                                          1. Log in to the management console.
                                          2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                          3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                          4. On the Backups page, locate the target backup to be downloaded and click Download in the Operation column.

                                            Alternatively, click the target DB instance. In the navigation pane on the left, choose Backups & Restorations. On the displayed page, locate the target backup to be downloaded and click Download in the Operation column.

                                          5. In the displayed dialog box, select a method to download backup data.

                                            In the displayed dialog box, select Use Download URL for Download Method, click to copy the URL, and click OK.

                                            For Microsoft SQL Server DB instances, the URLs of all the backup files are displayed. You can download the backup files of a specific database.

                                            • You can use other download tools to download backup files.
                                            • You can also run the following command to download backup files:

                                              wget -O FILE_NAME --no-check-certificate "DOWNLOAD_URL"

                                              diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0015.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0015.html index f9bd3e5cf..d2c957bab 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0015.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0015.html @@ -1,11 +1,9 @@

                                              Managing a Read Replica

                                              -

                                              Entering the Management Interface Through a Read Replica

                                              1. Log in to the management console.
                                              2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                              3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                              4. In the DB instance list, click to expand the DB instance details and click the target read replica to go to the Basic Information page.
                                              +

                                              Entering the Management Interface Through a Read Replica

                                              1. Log in to the management console.
                                              2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                              3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                              4. In the DB instance list, click to expand the DB instance details and click the target read replica to go to the Overview page.
                                              -

                                              Entering the Management Interface Through a Primary DB Instance

                                              1. Log in to the management console.
                                              2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                              3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                              4. Click the name of the primary DB instance with which the target read replica is associated to go to the Basic Information page.
                                              5. In the DB instance topology, click the target read replica. You can view and manage it in the displayed pane.
                                              -
                                              -

                                              Deleting a Read Replica

                                              1. Log in to the management console.
                                              2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                              3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                              4. In the DB instance list, click in front of a DB instance, locate the read replica to be deleted, and choose More > Delete in the Operation column.
                                              +

                                              Deleting a Read Replica

                                              1. Log in to the management console.
                                              2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                              3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                              4. In the DB instance list, click in front of a DB instance, locate the read replica to be deleted, and choose More > Delete in the Operation column.
                                              diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0017.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0017.html index 73d0412eb..f63eb3ea8 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0017.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0017.html @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@

                                              Enabling Read/Write Splitting

                                              Read/write splitting enables read and write requests to be automatically routed through a read/write splitting address. This section describes how to enable read/write splitting.

                                              -

                                              Enabling a Single Proxy

                                              1. Log in to the management console.
                                              2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                              3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                              4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance. The Basic Information page is displayed.
                                              5. In the navigation pane on the left, choose Database Proxy.

                                                Alternatively, in the Connection Information area on the Basic Information page, click Apply in the Read/Write Splitting Address field.

                                                +

                                                Enabling a Single Proxy

                                                1. Log in to the management console.
                                                2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance. The Overview page is displayed.
                                                5. In the navigation pane on the left, choose Database Proxy.

                                                  Alternatively, in the Connectivity area on the Overview page, click Configure in the Read/Write Splitting Address field.

                                                6. On the displayed page, click Create Database Proxy.
                                                7. Configure parameters and click Next.

                                      Table 1 Parameter description

                                      Parameter

                                      Description

                                      diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_05_0060.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_05_0060.html index bff78f890..225efca3d 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_05_0060.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_05_0060.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
                                      • Primary/standby instances running MySQL 5.7, or 8.0 support standby instance migration to another AZ.
                                      • DDL operations and scheduled events will be suspended during migration. To prevent service interruptions, perform the migration during off-peak hours.
                                      -

                                      Procedure

                                      1. Log in to the management console.
                                      2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                      3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                      4. On the Instances page, locate the target DB instance and choose More > Migrate Standby DB Instance in the Operation column.
                                      5. On the displayed page, select a target AZ and click Submit.
                                      6. After the migration is complete, you can view and manage the DB instance on the Instances page.

                                        • During the migration process, the DB instance status is Migrating standby DB instance. You can view the progress on the Task Center page. For details, see section Task Center.
                                        • In the upper right corner of the DB instance list, click to refresh the list. After the migration is complete, the DB instance status will become Available.
                                        • In the DB Information on the Basic Information page, you can view the AZ hosting the standby DB instance.
                                        +

                                        Procedure

                                        1. Log in to the management console.
                                        2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                        3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                        4. On the Instances page, locate the target DB instance and choose More > Migrate Standby Instance to Another AZ in the Operation column.
                                        5. On the displayed page, select a target AZ and click Submit.
                                        6. After the migration is complete, you can view and manage the DB instance on the Instances page.

                                          • During the migration process, the DB instance status is Migrating standby DB instance. You can view the progress on the Task Center page. For details, see section Task Center.
                                          • In the upper right corner of the DB instance list, click to refresh the list. After the migration is complete, the DB instance status will become Available.
                                          • On the Overview page, find AZ and check the AZ hosting the standby DB instance.

                                        diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_05_0085.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_05_0085.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f74264681 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_05_0085.html @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + + +

                                        Changing a Private Domain Name

                                        +

                                        You can connect to RDS DB instances through private domain names.

                                        +

                                        Constraints

                                        • Changing the private domain name will interrupt your database connection. To reconnect to the instance, change the connection address of your applications. The new private domain name is applied to the instance about 5 minutes after the change.
                                        • If your DB instance is connected through a private domain name, changing its floating IP address does not interrupt services.
                                        +
                                        +

                                        Procedure

                                        When you buy a DB instance, the system automatically assigns a private domain name to your instance.

                                        +

                                        After the DB instance is created, you can change the private domain name as needed.

                                        +
                                        +
                                        1. Log in to the management console.
                                        2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                        3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                        4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance name to go to the Overview page.
                                        5. Under Private Domain Name, click Configure.

                                          Alternatively, in the navigation pane on the left, choose Connectivity & Security. On the displayed page, click Change next to the Private Domain Name field.

                                          +

                                        6. In the displayed dialog box, enter a new domain name and click OK.

                                          • Only the prefix of a private domain name can be modified.
                                          • The prefix of a private domain name contains 8 to 63 characters, and can include only letters and digits.
                                          • The new private domain name must be different from existing ones.
                                          +

                                        +
                                        +
                                        +
                                        +
                                        Parent topic: Connection Management
                                        +
                                        +
                                        + diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_05_0140.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_05_0140.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..13d6d36d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_05_0140.html @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ + + +

                                        Changing a Storage Type

                                        +

                                        Scenarios

                                        If the storage type of your RDS DB instance does not match your workloads, you can change it as needed.

                                        +
                                        +

                                        Constraints

                                        +
                                        + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
                                        Table 1 Constraints

                                        Phase

                                        +

                                        Constraints

                                        +

                                        Before the change

                                        +
                                        • The storage type of an instance can be changed only when the instance is in the Available state.
                                        • Changing the storage type may affect storage performance, so the storage type should be changed during off-peak hours.
                                        • If the storage type of a read replica is different from that of its associated DB instance, the data synchronization may be affected. Ensure that the storage type of the read replica is the same as or faster than that of the primary DB instance.
                                        +

                                        During the change

                                        +

                                        Changing a storage type takes several minutes or even hours, depending on the throughput, storage space, original storage type, and new storage type.

                                        +

                                        After the change

                                        +

                                        In rare cases, a storage type may fail to be changed due to a backend issue. If this happens, try again later.

                                        +
                                        +
                                        + +
                                        + + + + + + + + + + + + +
                                        Table 2 Storage types

                                        Instance Type

                                        +

                                        Original Storage Type

                                        +

                                        Target Storage Type

                                        +
                                        • Primary/Standby
                                        • Read Replica
                                        • Single
                                        +

                                        Cloud SSD

                                        +

                                        Extreme SSD

                                        +

                                        Ultra-high I/O

                                        +

                                        Cloud SSD or extreme SSD

                                        +
                                        +
                                        +
                                        +

                                        Procedure

                                        1. Log in to the management console.
                                        2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                        3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                        4. On the Instances page, locate a DB instance using cloud SSD and choose More > Change Instance Class in the Operation column.

                                          Alternatively, click the instance name to go to the Overview page. Under Instance Class, click Configure.

                                          +

                                        5. On the displayed page, select Extreme SSD for Storage Type and click Next.
                                        6. Confirm the new storage type. Click Submit.
                                        7. Check the results.

                                          Return to the Instances page. A few minutes later, click the instance name and check the new storage type on the displayed Overview page.

                                          +

                                        +
                                        +
                                        +
                                        +
                                        +
                                        Parent topic: Instance Modifications
                                        +
                                        +
                                        + diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0003.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0003.html index a51d81dc9..89a05d4be 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0003.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0003.html @@ -3,8 +3,7 @@

                                        Changing a Security Group

                                        Scenarios

                                        This section describes how to change the security group of a primary DB instance or read replica. For primary/standby DB instances, changing the security group of the primary DB instance will cause the security group of the standby DB instance to also be changed accordingly.

                                        -

                                        Procedure

                                        1. Log in to the management console.
                                        2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                        3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                        4. On the Instances page, click the target primary DB instance or read replica.
                                        5. In the Connection Information area on the Basic Information page, click in the Security Group field.

                                          • To submit the change, click .
                                          • To cancel the change, click .
                                          -

                                        6. Changing the security group takes 1 to 3 minutes. Click in the upper right corner on the Basic Information page to view the results.
                                        +

                                        Procedure

                                        1. Log in to the management console.
                                        2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                        3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                        4. On the Instances page, click the target primary DB instance or read replica.
                                        5. On the Overview page, click Configure under Security Group.
                                        6. In the displayed dialog box, select one from the drop-down list.
                                        7. Click OK to submit the modification.
                                        8. Changing the security group takes 1 to 3 minutes. Click in the upper right corner on the Overview page to view the results.
                                        diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0004.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0004.html index a787b783d..298698ea4 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0004.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0004.html @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@

                                        Constraints

                                        • The number of tables in a DB instance affects the backup speed. The maximum number of tables is 500,000.
                                        • The system verifies the connection to the DB instance when starting a full backup task. If either of the following conditions is met, the verification fails and a retry is automatically performed. If the retry fails, the backup will fail.
                                          • DDL operations are being performed on the DB instance.
                                          • The backup lock failed to be obtained from the DB instance.
                                        -

                                        Modifying an Automated Backup Policy

                                        1. Log in to the management console.
                                        2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                        3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                        4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance.
                                        5. On the Backups & Restorations page, click Intra-Region Backup Policies.

                                          • Retention Period is the number of days that your automated backups are saved for. Increasing the retention period will improve data reliability.
                                          • If you shorten the retention period, the new backup policy takes effect for all backup files. Any backup files that have expired, based on a newly configured retention period, will be deleted.
                                          • The backup retention period is the number of days you want automated full backups and binlog backups of your DB instance to be saved for. It ranges from 1–732 days. The backup time window is one hour. You are advised to select an off-peak time window for automated backups. By default, each day of the week is selected for Backup Cycle and you can change it. At least one day must be selected.
                                          +

                                          Modifying an Automated Backup Policy

                                          1. Log in to the management console.
                                          2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                          3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                          4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance.
                                          5. On the Backups & Restorations page, in the upper right corner of the page, choose Modify Backup Policy > Configure Same-Region Backup Policy. On the displayed page, you can view the existing backup policy. If you want to modify the policy, adjust the values of the following parameters:

                                            • Retention Period is the number of days that your automated backups are saved for. Increasing the retention period will improve data reliability.
                                            • If you shorten the retention period, the new backup policy takes effect for all backup files. Any backup files that have expired, based on a newly configured retention period, will be deleted.
                                            • The backup retention period is the number of days you want automated full backups and binlog backups of your DB instance to be saved for. It ranges from 1–732 days. The backup time window is one hour. You are advised to select an off-peak time window for automated backups. By default, each day of the week is selected for Backup Cycle and you can change it. At least one day must be selected.

                                          6. Click OK.
                                        diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0005.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0005.html index da6e9a807..c6a277dd1 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0005.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0005.html @@ -9,11 +9,11 @@

                                      Method 1

                                      1. Log in to the management console.
                                      2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                      3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                      4. On the Instances page, locate the target DB instance and choose More > Create Backup in the Operation column.
                                      5. In the displayed dialog box, enter a backup name and description. Then, click OK. If you want to cancel the backup creation task, click Cancel.

                                        • The backup name must consist of 4 to 64 characters and start with a letter. It can contain only uppercase letters, lowercase letters, digits, hyphens (-), and underscores (_).
                                        • The description consists of a maximum of 256 characters and cannot contain carriage return characters or the following special characters: >!<"&'=
                                        • The time required for creating a manual backup depends on the amount of data.
                                        -

                                      6. After a manual backup has been created, you can view and manage it on the Backup Management page.

                                        Alternatively, click the target DB instance. On the Backups & Restorations page, you can view and manage the manual backups.

                                        +

                                      7. After a manual backup has been created, you can view and manage it on the Backups page.

                                        Alternatively, click the target DB instance. On the Backups & Restorations page, you can view and manage the manual backups.

                                      Method 2

                                      1. Log in to the management console.
                                      2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                      3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                      4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance.
                                      5. On the Backups & Restorations page, click Create Backup. In the displayed dialog box, enter a backup name and description and click OK. If you want to cancel the backup creation task, click Cancel.

                                        • The backup name must consist of 4 to 64 characters and start with a letter. It can contain only uppercase letters, lowercase letters, digits, hyphens (-), and underscores (_).
                                        • The description consists of a maximum of 256 characters and cannot contain carriage return characters or the following special characters: >!<"&'=
                                        • The time required for creating a manual backup depends on the amount of data.
                                        -

                                      6. After a manual backup has been created, you can view and manage it on the Backup Management page.

                                        Alternatively, click the target DB instance. On the Backups & Restorations page, you can view and manage the manual backups.

                                        +

                                      7. After a manual backup has been created, you can view and manage it on the Backups page.

                                        Alternatively, click the target DB instance. On the Backups & Restorations page, you can view and manage the manual backups.

                                      diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0006.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0006.html index c9920194c..36cde75d1 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0006.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0006.html @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@

                                      Constraints

                                      • If the size of the backup data is greater than 400 MB, you are advised to use OBS Browser+ to download the backup data.
                                      -

                                      Method 1: Using OBS Browser+

                                      1. Log in to the management console.
                                      2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                      3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                      4. On the Backup Management page, locate the target backup to be downloaded and click Download in the Operation column.

                                        Alternatively, click the target DB instance. In the navigation pane on the left, choose Backups & Restorations. On the Full Backups page, locate the target backup to be downloaded and click Download in the Operation column.

                                        +

                                        Method 1: Using OBS Browser+

                                        1. Log in to the management console.
                                        2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                        3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                        4. On the Backups page, locate the target backup to be downloaded and click Download in the Operation column.

                                          Alternatively, click the target DB instance. In the navigation pane on the left, choose Backups & Restorations. On the Full Backups page, locate the target backup to be downloaded and click Download in the Operation column.

                                        5. In the displayed dialog box, select Use OBS Browser+ for Download Method and click OK.

                                          1. Download OBS Browser+
                                          2. Decompress and install OBS Browser+.
                                          3. Log in to OBS Browser+.

                                            For details about how to log in to OBS Browser+, see Logging In to OBS Browser+ in the OBS Browser+ Operation Guide.

                                          4. Disable certificate verification on OBS Browser+.

                                            For details on how to configure OBS Browser+, see Configuring the System in the OBS Browser+ Operation Guide.

                                            The OBS bucket name displayed in the Download Backup File pane on the RDS console does not support certificate verification. OBS Browser+ certificate verification needs to be disabled before the external bucket can be added, and then it must be enabled again after the backup is downloaded.

                                            @@ -17,10 +17,10 @@
                                          5. After the backup is downloaded, enable OBS Browser+ certificate verification.

                                        6. Follow the instructions provided in Restoring from Backup Files to a Self-Built MySQL Database to restore data locally as required.
                                        -

                                        Method 2: Using Current Browser

                                        1. Log in to the management console.
                                        2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                        3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                        4. On the Backup Management page, locate the target backup to be downloaded and click Download in the Operation column.

                                          Alternatively, click the target DB instance. In the navigation pane on the left, choose Backups & Restorations. On the Full Backups page, locate the target backup to be downloaded and click Download in the Operation column.

                                          +

                                          Method 2: Using Current Browser

                                          1. Log in to the management console.
                                          2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                          3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                          4. On the Backups page, locate the target backup to be downloaded and click Download in the Operation column.

                                            Alternatively, click the target DB instance. In the navigation pane on the left, choose Backups & Restorations. On the Full Backups page, locate the target backup to be downloaded and click Download in the Operation column.

                                          5. In the displayed dialog box, select Use Current Browser for Download Method and click OK.
                                          6. Follow the instructions provided in Restoring from Backup Files to a Self-Built MySQL Database to restore data locally as required.
                                          -

                                          Method 3: Using Download URL

                                          1. Log in to the management console.
                                          2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                          3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                          4. On the Backup Management page, locate the target backup to be downloaded and click Download in the Operation column.

                                            Alternatively, click the target DB instance. In the navigation pane on the left, choose Backups & Restorations. On the Full Backups page, locate the target backup to be downloaded and click Download in the Operation column.

                                            +

                                            Method 3: Using Download URL

                                            1. Log in to the management console.
                                            2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                            3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                            4. On the Backups page, locate the target backup to be downloaded and click Download in the Operation column.

                                              Alternatively, click the target DB instance. In the navigation pane on the left, choose Backups & Restorations. On the Full Backups page, locate the target backup to be downloaded and click Download in the Operation column.

                                            5. In the displayed dialog box, select Use Download URL for Download Method, click to copy the URL, and click OK.

                                              A valid URL for downloading the backup data is displayed.

                                              • You can use various download tools to download backup files.
                                              • You can also run the following command to download backup files:

                                                wget -O FILE_NAME --no-check-certificate "DOWNLOAD_URL"

                                                The parameters in the command are as follows:

                                                diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0007.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0007.html index 3090263b8..8b0fd213e 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0007.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0007.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@

                                                Scenarios

                                                This section describes how to use an automated or manual backup to restore a DB instance to the status when the backup was created. The restoration is at the DB instance level.

                                                When you restore a DB instance from a backup file, a full backup file is downloaded from OBS and then restored to the DB instance at an average speed of 40 MB/s.

                                                -

                                                Procedure

                                                1. Log in to the management console.
                                                2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                4. On the Backup Management page, select the backup to be restored and click Restore in the Operation column.

                                                  Alternatively, click the target DB instance on the Instances page. On the displayed page, choose Backups & Restorations. On the displayed page, select the target backup to be restored and click Restore in the Operation column.

                                                  +

                                                  Procedure

                                                  1. Log in to the management console.
                                                  2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                  3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                  4. On the Backups page, select the backup to be restored and click Restore in the Operation column.

                                                    Alternatively, click the target DB instance on the Instances page. On the displayed page, choose Backups & Restorations. On the displayed page, select the target backup to be restored and click Restore in the Operation column.

                                                  5. Select a restoration method and click OK.

                                                    • Create New Instance

                                                      The Create New Instance page is displayed.

                                                      • The DB engine and version of the new DB instance are the same as those of the original DB instance and cannot be changed.
                                                      • Storage space of the new DB instance is the same as that of the original DB instance by default and the new instance must be at least as large as the original DB instance.
                                                      • Other settings are the same as those of the original DB instance by default and can be modified. For details, see Step 1: Create a DB Instance.
                                                    • Restore to Original
                                                      1. Select "I acknowledge that after I select Restore to Original, data on the original databases will be overwritten and the original DB instance will be unavailable during the restoration." and click Next.
                                                      2. Confirm the information and click OK.
                                                      diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0008.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0008.html index 23260cdf4..23750bfce 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0008.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0008.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@

                                                      RDS for MySQL supports restoration to a new, the original, or an existing DB instance.

                                                      When you enter the time point that you want to restore the DB instance to, RDS downloads the most recent full backup file from OBS to the DB instance. Then, incremental backups are also restored to the specified point in time on the DB instance. Data is restored at an average speed of 30 MB/s.

                                                  -

                                                  Restoring a DB Instance

                                                  1. Log in to the management console.
                                                  2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                  3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                  4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance.
                                                  5. In the navigation pane on the left, choose Backups & Restorations. On the displayed page, click Restore to Point in Time.
                                                  6. Select the restoration date and time range, enter a time point within the selected time range, and select a restoration method. Then, click OK.

                                                    • Create New Instance

                                                      The Create New Instance page is displayed.

                                                      +

                                                      Restoring a DB Instance

                                                      1. Log in to the management console.
                                                      2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                      3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                      4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance.
                                                      5. In the navigation pane on the left, choose Backups & Restorations. In the upper right corner of the page, choose Restore to Point in Time > Restore Instance.
                                                      6. Select the restoration date and time range, enter a time point within the selected time range, and select a restoration method. Then, click OK.

                                                        • Create New Instance

                                                          The Create New Instance page is displayed.

                                                          • The DB engine and version of the new DB instance are the same as those of the original DB instance and cannot be changed.
                                                          • Other settings are the same as those of the original DB instance by default and can be modified. For details, see Step 1: Create a DB Instance.
                                                        • Restore to Original
                                                          1. Select "I acknowledge that after I select Restore to Original, data on the original databases will be overwritten and the original DB instance will be unavailable during the restoration." and click Next.
                                                          2. Confirm the information and click OK.

                                                          Restoring to the original DB instance will overwrite all existing data and the DB instance will be unavailable during the restoration process.

                                                          diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0009.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0009.html index ed5f47fb4..db6ffb1c0 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0009.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0009.html @@ -7,9 +7,9 @@

                                                          Backup Retention Policy

                                                          • RDS will delete automated backups when they expire or the DB instance for which the backups are created is deleted.
                                                          • If you want to retain the automated backups for a long time, you can replicate them to generate manual backups, which will be always retained until you delete them.
                                                          • If the storage occupied by manual backups exceeds the provisioned free backup storage, additional storage costs may incur.
                                                          -

                                                          Procedure

                                                          1. Log in to the management console.
                                                          2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                          3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                          4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance. On the Backups & Restorations page, locate the target backup to be replicated and click Replicate in the Operation column.

                                                            Alternatively, choose Backup Management. On the displayed page, locate the manual backup to be replicated and choose More > Replicate or locate an automated backup and click Replicate in the Operation column.

                                                            +

                                                            Procedure

                                                            1. Log in to the management console.
                                                            2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                            3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                            4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance. On the Backups & Restorations page, locate the target backup to be replicated and click Replicate in the Operation column.

                                                              Alternatively, choose Backups in the navigation pane on the left. On the displayed page, locate the target backup to be replicated and click Replicate in the Operation column.

                                                            5. In the displayed dialog box, enter a new backup name and description and click OK.

                                                              • The backup name must consist of 4 to 64 characters and start with a letter. It can contain only uppercase letters, lowercase letters, digits, hyphens (-), and underscores (_).
                                                              • The description consists of a maximum of 256 characters and cannot contain the following special characters: >!<"&'=
                                                              -

                                                            6. After the new backup has been created, you can view and manage it on the Backup Management page.
                                                            +

                                                          5. After the new backup has been created, you can view and manage it on the Backups page.
                                                          diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0010.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0010.html index a63db8673..e77389c39 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0010.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0010.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@

                                                          Deleted manual backups cannot be recovered. Exercise caution when performing this operation.

                                                          -

                                                          Procedure

                                                          1. Log in to the management console.
                                                          2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                          3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                          4. In the navigation pane on the left, choose Backup Management. On the displayed page, locate the target manual backup to be deleted and choose More > Delete in the Operation column.

                                                            The following backups cannot be deleted:

                                                            +

                                                            Procedure

                                                            1. Log in to the management console.
                                                            2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                            3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                            4. In the navigation pane on the left, choose Backups. On the displayed page, locate the target manual backup to be deleted and choose More > Delete in the Operation column.

                                                              The following backups cannot be deleted:

                                                              • Automated backups
                                                              • Backups that are being restored
                                                              • Backups that are being replicated

                                                            5. In the displayed dialog box, click Yes.
                                                            diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0013.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0013.html index dd3ce07fb..9be1bb394 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0013.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0013.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@

                                                          Constraints

                                                          • If the DB instance status is Abnormal, the reboot may fail.
                                                          • Rebooting DB instances will cause service interruptions. During the reboot process, the DB instance status is Rebooting.
                                                          • Rebooting DB instances will cause instance unavailability and clear cached memory. To prevent traffic congestion during peak hours, you are advised to reboot DB instances during off-peak hours.
                                                          -

                                                          Procedure

                                                          1. Log in to the management console.
                                                          2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                          3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                          4. On the Instances page, locate the target DB instance, or click and then locate the target read replica. Choose More > Reboot in the Operation column.

                                                            Alternatively, click the target DB instance on the Instances page to go to the Basic Information page. In the upper right corner, click Reboot.

                                                            +

                                                            Procedure

                                                            1. Log in to the management console.
                                                            2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                            3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                            4. On the Instances page, locate the target DB instance, or click and then locate the target read replica. Choose More > Reboot in the Operation column.

                                                              Alternatively, click the target DB instance on the Instances page to go to the Overview page. Click and choose Reboot in the upper right corner.

                                                              For primary/standby DB instances, if you reboot the primary DB instance, the standby DB instance is also rebooted automatically.

                                                            5. In the displayed dialog box, click Yes.
                                                            6. Refresh the DB instance list and view the status of the DB instance. If its status is Available, it has rebooted successfully.
                                                            diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0025.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0025.html index 967820cee..f2a95aca1 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0025.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0025.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -

                                                            Viewing the Overall Status of a DB Instance

                                                            -

                                                            On the Dashboard page, you can get knowledge of the overall status of your instance, including alarms, resource usages, and key performance metrics. DBA Assistant diagnoses instance health using operational data analytics and intelligent algorithms, and provides you with solutions and suggestions for handling detected exceptions.

                                                            -

                                                            Functions

                                                            Table 1 lists the functions provided by Dashboard.

                                                            +

                                                            Introduction to Instance Overview

                                                            +

                                                            On the Overview page, you can get knowledge of the overall status of your RDS for MySQL instance, including alarms, intelligent anomaly diagnosis, and key performance metrics. Intelligent anomaly diagnosis uses operational data analytics and intelligent algorithms to access instance health, and provides you with solutions and suggestions for handling detected exceptions.

                                                            +

                                                            Functions

                                                            Table 1 lists the functions provided on the Overview page.

                                                            @@ -10,38 +10,203 @@ - - - + + + - - - -
                                                            Table 1 Function description

                                                            Function

                                                            Alarms

                                                            +

                                                            Instance Information

                                                            To view alarm details, click the number next to an alarm severity.

                                                            +

                                                            Shows basic information about your instance and allows you to modify the instance.

                                                            +
                                                            • Basic Information

                                                              This area displays the DB instance name/ID, description, AZ, and enterprise project, and allows you to configure a maintenance window, configure SSL, and reset root password.

                                                              +
                                                            • Configurations

                                                              This area displays the DB engine version, and allows you to switch between the primary and standby nodes, change the instance class, scale up storage, and configure event scheduler.

                                                              +
                                                            • Connectivity

                                                              This area displays the VPC, subnet, and read/write splitting address, and allows you to change the floating IP address, change the database port, and manage security groups.

                                                              +

                                                            Health

                                                            +

                                                            Alarms

                                                            +

                                                            Shows the active alarms of your instance, including alarms in the Alarm (metric) or Triggered (event) state.

                                                            +

                                                            Intelligent Anomaly Diagnosis

                                                            Shows the health status of your instance based on operational data analytics and intelligent algorithms.

                                                            Resources

                                                            +

                                                            Performance Monitoring

                                                            Shows the vCPU usage, memory usage, storage usage, and disk IOPS of your instance.

                                                            +

                                                            Shows key performance metrics of the instance, including the CPU usage, memory usage, slow SQL queries, and connections.

                                                            Key Performance Metrics

                                                            +

                                                            Storage & Backup

                                                            Shows vCPU utilization & slow query logs, connections, memory utilization, and disk reads/writes of your instance in the last hour.

                                                            +

                                                            Shows the storage space and backup space usage of your instance, and allows you to scale up the storage.
                                                            -

                                                            Alarms

                                                            1. Log in to the management console.
                                                            2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                            3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                            4. On the Instances page, click the DB instance name.
                                                            5. In the navigation pane, choose DBA Assistant > Real-Time Diagnosis.
                                                            6. On the Dashboard page, view the status of your instance.

                                                              • In the Alarms area, view alarm information of your instance.

                                                                You can customize alarm rules by adjusting alarm policies and severities for key metrics, such as CPU usage and disk usage. To view alarm details, click the number next to an alarm severity.

                                                                -
                                                              • In the Health area, view the health diagnosis results of your instance.
                                                              • In the Resources area, view the resource usages of your instance.
                                                              • In the Key Performance Metrics area, view the key performance metrics of your instance in the last hour.
                                                              -

                                                            +

                                                            Instance Information

                                                            1. Log in to the management console.
                                                            2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                            3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                            4. On the Instances page, click the target instance name to go to the Overview page.
                                                            5. In the Instance Information area, check the instance information and modify the instance as required.
                                                            +
                                                            +

                                                            Alarms

                                                            In the Alarms area, check alarm information of your instance.

                                                            +

                                                            Based on the configured alarm rules, you can see active alarms of your instance, including alarms in the Alarm (metric) or Triggered (event) state.

                                                            +
                                                            • To check all alarm records, click All Alarms.
                                                            • To configure alarm rules, click Alarm Settings.
                                                            • To check alarms over time, select a time window in the upper part of the Alarms area.

                                                              The time window can be last 1 hour, last 6 hours, last 12 hours, last 24 hours, last 7 days, last 30 days, or a custom time period.

                                                              +
                                                            +
                                                            +

                                                            Intelligent Anomaly Diagnosis

                                                            In the Intelligent Anomaly Diagnosis area, view the health diagnosis results of your instance.

                                                            +

                                                            Intelligent Anomaly Diagnosis checks instance health using instance operation data and intelligent algorithms and provides diagnosis results and suggestions. It provides diagnosis results for check items in the past 5 minutes. If any diagnosis result is abnormal, the check item is abnormal in the past 5 minutes.

                                                            +

                                                            Table 2 provides the supported diagnosis items and handling suggestions.

                                                            + +
                                                            + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
                                                            Table 2 Intelligent Anomaly Diagnosis

                                                            Diagnosis Item

                                                            +

                                                            Metric

                                                            +

                                                            Metric Description

                                                            +

                                                            Handling Suggestions

                                                            +

                                                            Memory bottleneck

                                                            +

                                                            Memory Usage (%)

                                                            +

                                                            Memory usage of the monitored object

                                                            +
                                                            • Upgrade instance specifications.
                                                            • Optimize SQL statements to reduce the use of temporary tables.
                                                            • Reconnect sessions at a specific interval to release memory of the sessions.
                                                            +

                                                            Total Connections (Count)

                                                            +

                                                            Total number of connections that attempt to connect to the MySQL server

                                                            +

                                                            Current Active Connections (Count)

                                                            +

                                                            Number of connections that are not in the sleep state

                                                            +

                                                            Long-running transaction

                                                            +

                                                            Long Transaction (s)

                                                            +

                                                            Maximum duration for starting a transaction

                                                            +

                                                            A complete long transaction is counted only when the BEGIN and COMMIT commands exist before and after the related operation commands, respectively.

                                                            +

                                                            Obtain the session ID of a long-running transaction and run the kill command to terminate it.

                                                            +

                                                            High-frequency slow SQL

                                                            +

                                                            Slow Query Logs (Count/min)

                                                            +

                                                            Number of MySQL slow query logs generated per minute

                                                            +
                                                            • Optimize slow SQL statements based on the execution plan.
                                                            • Upgrade vCPU specifications for compute-intensive workloads.
                                                            +

                                                            Capacity bottleneck

                                                            +

                                                            Storage Space Usage (%)

                                                            +

                                                            Storage space usage of the monitored object

                                                            +
                                                            • Scaling up storage space: You can configure storage autoscaling. When the storage usage reaches the threshold, autoscaling is triggered.
                                                            • Reducing disk data: Delete useless historical data.
                                                            • If temporary files generated by sorting queries occupy too much storage space, optimize your SQL query statements.
                                                            +

                                                            Used Storage Space (GB)

                                                            +

                                                            Used storage space of the monitored object

                                                            +

                                                            Total Storage Space (GB)

                                                            +

                                                            Total storage space of the monitored object

                                                            +

                                                            Storage bottleneck

                                                            +

                                                            IOPS (Times/s)

                                                            +

                                                            Average number of I/O requests processed by the system in a specified period

                                                            +
                                                            • Upgrade instance specifications.
                                                            • To reduce data reads from the disk, optimize the application to make it read data from the buffer first.
                                                            +

                                                            The time percentage of disk I/O in a non-idle state

                                                            +

                                                            Percentage of time when the disk is not idle (there are I/O activities). This parameter indicates how busy the disk is. The disk can process I/O requests in parallel. Even if the value of this parameter reaches 100%, the disk may not reach its maximum processing capability.

                                                            +

                                                            Disk Read Throughput (Bytes/s)

                                                            +

                                                            Number of bytes read from the disk per second

                                                            +

                                                            Disk Write Throughput (Bytes/s)

                                                            +

                                                            Number of bytes written into the disk per second

                                                            +

                                                            Lock wait

                                                            +

                                                            Row Locks Waits Transactions (Counts)

                                                            +

                                                            Number of InnoDB row lock waits

                                                            +

                                                            This metric indicates the total number of historical transactions waiting for row locks. Lock waits will be cleared after the instance is rebooted.

                                                            +
                                                            • Metadata locks: Terminate sessions with metadata locks to resume blocked operations.
                                                            • InnoDB locks: Check whether there are lock waits. Terminate the source sessions with locks and resume blocked operations.
                                                            +

                                                            For details, see Managing Locks & Transactions.

                                                            +

                                                            Average Row Lock Wait Time (ms)

                                                            +

                                                            Average wait time of historical InnoDB row locks

                                                            +

                                                            Current Row Lock Waits (Counts)

                                                            +

                                                            Number of current InnoDB row lock waits

                                                            +

                                                            This metric indicates the number of transactions that are currently waiting for row locks.

                                                            +

                                                            MDL Locks (Counts)

                                                            +

                                                            Number of metadata locks

                                                            +

                                                            High vCPU utilization

                                                            +

                                                            CPU Usage (%)

                                                            +

                                                            CPU usage of the monitored object

                                                            +
                                                            • Evaluate the SQL execution plan and add indexes to avoid full table scanning.
                                                            • Upgrade vCPU specifications for compute-intensive workloads.
                                                            +

                                                            TPS (Times/s)

                                                            +

                                                            Execution times of submitted and rollback transactions per second

                                                            +

                                                            QPS (Times/s)

                                                            +

                                                            Query times of SQL statements (including stored procedures) per second

                                                            +
                                                            +
                                                            +
                                                            +

                                                            Performance Monitoring

                                                            In the Performance Monitoring area, you can view the vCPUs (used/total), memory (used/total), slow SQL logs, and connections of your instance.

                                                            +
                                                            • To check all metrics, click Real-Time Monitoring to go to the DBA Assistant page. For details, see Viewing Performance Metrics of a DB Instance.
                                                            • To check the analysis results of slow queries, click Slow SQL Log to go to the DBA Assistant page. For details, see Viewing Slow Query Logs of a DB Instance.
                                                            • To check metric changes over time, select a time range in the upper part.

                                                              The time window can be last 1 hour, last 6 hours, last 12 hours, last 24 hours, last 7 days, last 30 days, or a custom time period.

                                                              +
                                                            +
                                                            +

                                                            Storage & Backup

                                                            In the Storage & Backup area, you can check the storage space usage and backup space usage of your instance, enable disk encryption, and scale up storage space.

                                                            +
                                                            • Files that occupy the storage space include data files, log files, and other temporary files. To check the distribution and changes of used storage, see Managing Storage Capacity.
                                                            • After an instance is purchased, the disk encryption status and the key cannot be changed.

                                                              If you enable disk encryption when purchasing an instance, the new storage space after scale-up still uses the original encryption key. Keep the key secure. Once the key is disabled, deleted, or frozen, your instance will become inaccessible.

                                                              +
                                                            • As workload data increases, the storage capacity of your instance may be insufficient. To scale up the storage space, see Scaling up Storage Space.
                                                            • Backups are stored as packages in OBS and occupy the backup space. If the free space RDS provides is used up, the additional space required will be billed.
                                                            -
                                                            Parent topic: Performance Monitoring
                                                            +
                                                            Parent topic: Instance Modifications
                                                            diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0037.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0037.html index 16756140e..6b7dd0cdf 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0037.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_08_0037.html @@ -15,14 +15,7 @@

                                      Dashboard

                                      -

                                      Shows the status of your instance, including alarms, resource usages, and key performance metrics. DBA Assistant diagnoses instance health using operational data analytics and intelligent algorithms, and provides you with solutions and suggestions for handling detected exceptions.

                                      -

                                      Viewing the Overall Status of a DB Instance

                                      -

                                      Sessions

                                      +

                                      Sessions

                                      The Sessions page displays slow sessions, active sessions, and total sessions. You can quickly filter slow sessions or active sessions by user, host IP address, or database name. Kill Session and Concurrency Control can be used for urgent instance recovery to ensure database availability.

                                      2

                                      Pgaudit

                                      +

                                      pgAudit

                                      1.6.2

                                      +

                                      1.4.3

                                      1.6.2

                                      +

                                      1.5.2

                                      1.6.2

                                      +

                                      1.6.2

                                      1.7.0

                                      +

                                      1.7.0

                                      16.0

                                      +

                                      16

                                      17.0

                                      +

                                      17

                                      pg_bigm

                                      @@ -743,7 +743,7 @@

                                      1.5.2

                                      roaringbitmap

                                      +

                                      pg_roaringbitmap

                                      0.5

                                      1.5

                                      vector

                                      +

                                      pgvector

                                      0.6.1

                                      2.11.0

                                      plv8

                                      -

                                      2.3.15

                                      -

                                      2.3.15

                                      -

                                      -

                                      -

                                      -

                                      -

                                      -

                                      -

                                      -

                                      -

                                      postgis

                                      For details, see postgis.

                                      -

                                      postgresql_anonymizer

                                      -

                                      0.7.1

                                      -

                                      0.7.1

                                      -

                                      1.1.0

                                      -

                                      1.1.0

                                      -

                                      1.1.0

                                      -

                                      1.1.0

                                      -

                                      powa

                                      4.2.2

                                      @@ -1300,21 +1270,6 @@

                                      1.0

                                      q3c

                                      -

                                      2.0.1

                                      -

                                      2.0.1

                                      -

                                      2.0.1

                                      -

                                      2.0.1

                                      -

                                      2.0.1

                                      -

                                      2.0.1

                                      -

                                      rum

                                      1.3.13

                                      @@ -1420,7 +1375,7 @@

                                      2

                                      timescaledb

                                      +

                                      TimescaleDB

                                      For details, see timescaledb.

                                      1.7.0

                                      @@ -1555,7 +1510,7 @@
                                    10. plpgsql

                                      plpgsql 1.0 provides the SQL procedural language and is installed by default.

                                    11. earthdistance

                                      To install the earthdistance plugin, you must install the cube plugin first.

                                    12. cube

                                      If the earthdistance plugin has been installed, deleting the cube plugin will cause the earthdistance plugin to be unavailable.

                                      -
                                    13. timescaledb

                                      The timescaledb plugin does not support the TSL protocol. For more information, see APIs Not Supported by the timescaledb Plugin.

                                      +
                                    14. TimescaleDB

                                      The TimescaleDB extension of RDS for PostgreSQL supports only the features of the Apache protocol. It does not support the features of the TSL protocol. For details, see TimescaleDB Apache 2 and TimescaleDB Community Edition.

                                    15. wal2json

                                      This plugin is a logical replication plugin. You can directly use it without installing it through control_extension.

                                      This plugin cannot be queried from the pg_available_extensions view. You can run the following statement to check whether wal2json is supported. If no error is reported, wal2json is supported.

                                      select pg_create_logical_replication_slot('tst_wal2json', 'wal2json');

                                      @@ -1563,8 +1518,6 @@

                                      select pg_drop_replication_slot('tst_wal2json');

                                      16. -

                                      APIs Not Supported by the timescaledb Plugin

                                      • add_compress_chunks_policy
                                      • add_drop_chunks_policy
                                      • add_reorder_policy
                                      • alter_job_schedule
                                      • compress_chunk
                                      • decompress_chunk
                                      • drop_chunks
                                      • interpolate
                                      • locf
                                      • move_chunk
                                      • remove_compress_chunks_policy
                                      • remove_drop_chunks_policy
                                      • remove_reorder_policy
                                      • reorder_chunk
                                      • set_integer_now_func
                                      • time_bucket_gapfill
                                      -
                                      diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0065.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0065.html index 02e78b661..3ba8e8314 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0065.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0065.html @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@

                                      Introduction

                                      To prevent highly concurrent SQL statements that consume too many resources from causing instance instability, RDS for PostgreSQL provides rds_pg_sql_ccl, ccl is short for concurrent control. SQL statement concurrency control can ensure instance stability, optimize performance, and guarantee resources for critical tasks in the following scenarios:

                                      • When workloads increase sharply, the instance stability is ensured by limiting the execution of a certain type of SQL statements.
                                      • When there are not enough resources, the success of core tasks is ensured by limiting the execution of other SQL statements to reduce resource consumption.

                                      This extension provides two concurrency control methods:

                                      -
                                      • Method 1: It limits the number of SQL statements that can be executed at the same time. This number is specified by the rds_pg_sql_ccl.max_concurrent_sql parameter. The default value is -1, indicating that the number is not limited.
                                      • Method 2: It limits the number of a certain type of SQL statements (with the same query ID) that can be executed at the same time. This number is specified by concurrency control rules. For details about concurrency control rules, see below.
                                      +
                                      • Method 1: It limits the number of SQL statements that can be executed at the same time. This number is specified by the rds_pg_sql_ccl.max_concurrent_sql parameter. If the parameter value is less than or equal to 0, the number is not limited.
                                      • Method 2: It limits the number of a certain type of SQL statements (with the same query ID) that can be executed at the same time. This number is specified by concurrency control rules. For details about concurrency control rules, see below.
                                      -

                                      Supported Versions

                                      This extension is available to the latest minor versions of RDS for PostgreSQL 11.20, 12.15, 13.11, 14.8, 15.4, 16.2, and above. You can run the following SQL statement to check whether your DB instance supports this extension:

                                      +

                                      Supported Versions

                                      This extension is available to the latest minor versions of RDS for PostgreSQL 12.15, 13.11, 14.8, 15.4, 16.2, and above. You can run the following SQL statement to check whether your DB instance supports this extension:

                                      SELECT * FROM pg_available_extension_versions WHERE name = 'rds_pg_sql_ccl';

                                      If this extension is not supported, upgrade the minor version of your DB instance.

                                      To see more extensions supported by RDS for PostgreSQL, go to Supported Plugins.

                                      @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ ResultSet resultSet = preparedStatement.executeQuery();

                                      -1

                                      The number of SQL statements that can be concurrently executed (its priority is higher than that of concurrency control rules). If the value is less than 0, the number of SQL statements is not limited.

                                      +

                                      The number of SQL statements that can be concurrently executed (its priority is higher than that of concurrency control rules). If the value is less than or equal to 0, the number of SQL statements is not limited.
                                      @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@

                                      You can change the routing policy after the database proxy is created. For details, see Configuring the Delay Threshold and Routing Policy.

                                      -
                                      Table 1 Parameter description

                                      Parameter

                                      Read Requests Accepted by Primary DB Instance

                                      +

                                      Reads Allowed on Primary

                                      This parameter is only available if Load balancing is selected.

                                      • Yes: Read requests can be routed to both the primary instance and read replicas.
                                      • No: Read requests are routed only to read replicas to offload read pressure from the primary instance.
                                      @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
                                      • Read/write splitting maintains database connectivity but splits read and write requests. If read/write splitting is enabled, an additional address called a read/write splitting address is provided. To use read/write splitting, switch your applications to this address.
                                      • Read/write splitting address: You can connect to databases through the read/write splitting address, with read and write requests distributed to different databases automatically.

                                        The read/write splitting address and the floating IP address of the primary DB instance are in the same VPC and subnet and are independent from each other.

                                      • Delay threshold: You can set the delay threshold after read/write splitting is enabled. For details, see Configuring the Delay Threshold and Routing Policy.
                                      • DB instances for load balancing: You can select DB instances for load balancing after read/write splitting is enabled.

                                    16. Confirm the database proxy configuration.

                                      • To modify the configuration, click Previous.
                                      • If there is no need to change the settings, click Submit.
                                      -

                                    17. View and manage the proxy on the Database Proxy page.

                                      You can view the read/write splitting address on the Basic Information page. Read and write requests can be split through the read/write splitting address.

                                      +

                                    18. View and manage the proxy on the Database Proxy page.

                                      You can view the read/write splitting address on the Overview page. Read and write requests can be split through the read/write splitting address.

                                      The read/write splitting address and the floating IP address of the DB instance are in the same VPC and subnet and are independent from each other.

                                      19. diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0018.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0018.html index 27ca3a744..6355a8fa8 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0018.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0018.html @@ -25,9 +25,9 @@
                                      -

                                      Configuring Delay Threshold

                                      1. Log in to the management console.
                                      2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                      3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                      4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance. The Basic Information page is displayed.
                                      5. In the navigation pane on the left, click Database Proxy.
                                      6. In the proxy information area, click next to the Delay Threshold field.
                                      +

                                      Configuring Delay Threshold

                                      1. Log in to the management console.
                                      2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                      3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                      4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance. The Overview page is displayed.
                                      5. In the navigation pane on the left, click Database Proxy.
                                      6. In the proxy information area, click next to the Delay Threshold field.
                                      -

                                      Configuring Routing Policy in Single-Proxy Mode

                                      1. Log in to the management console.
                                      2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                      3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                      4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance. The Basic Information page is displayed.
                                      5. In the navigation pane on the left, click Database Proxy.
                                      6. If proxy load balancing is not enabled, click Configure next to the Routing Policy field in the proxy information area. In the displayed dialog box, configure read weights for the primary instance and read replicas.

                                        • The system automatically distributes weights to read replicas, including read replicas created afterwards, according to the default distribution rules. If a read replica breaks down or is deleted, the weight is automatically removed. After the read replica recovers, the weight is automatically restored.
                                        • If the weight of a node is set to 0, read requests will not be routed to the node. If the weights of all nodes are set to 0, read requests will be randomly routed to these nodes.
                                        +

                                        Configuring Routing Policy in Single-Proxy Mode

                                        1. Log in to the management console.
                                        2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                        3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                        4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance. The Overview page is displayed.
                                        5. In the navigation pane on the left, click Database Proxy.
                                        6. If proxy load balancing is not enabled, click Configure next to the Routing Policy field in the proxy information area. In the displayed dialog box, configure read weights for the primary instance and read replicas.

                                          • The system automatically distributes weights to read replicas, including read replicas created afterwards, according to the default distribution rules. If a read replica breaks down or is deleted, the weight is automatically removed. After the read replica recovers, the weight is automatically restored.
                                          • If the weight of a node is set to 0, read requests will not be routed to the node. If the weights of all nodes are set to 0, read requests will be randomly routed to these nodes.

                                        7. Click OK and view the weights on the Database Proxy page.
                                        8. If proxy load balancing is enabled, click Configure next to the Routing Policy field in the proxy information area. In the displayed dialog box, set required parameters.

                                          Select Load balancing as the routing policy. Read requests will be automatically distributed to read replicas based on the number of active connections to balance the load among these read replicas.

                                          Set Read Requests Accepted by Primary DB Instance:
                                          • Yes: Read requests can be routed to both the primary instance and read replicas, which increases the load of the primary instance to some extent. Configure this parameter based on your workload requirements.
                                          • No: To offload read pressure from the primary instance, read requests are only routed to read replicas.
                                          diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0019.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0019.html index c10b1b9de..2ce53b0d1 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0019.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0019.html @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@

                                          Disabling Read/Write Splitting

                                          You can disable read/write splitting as required.

                                          -

                                          Procedure

                                          1. Log in to the management console.
                                          2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                          3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                          4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance. The Basic Information page is displayed.
                                          5. In the navigation pane on the left, choose Database Proxy.
                                          6. In the proxy instance area, click Delete Proxy. In the displayed dialog box, click OK.

                                            • If the database proxy is disabled, read/write splitting is also disabled and services using the read/write splitting address are interrupted. You need to switch your applications to the instance address.
                                            • After read/write splitting is disabled, read replicas are still be billed. You can release them if they are not required for your workloads anymore.
                                            +

                                            Procedure

                                            1. Log in to the management console.
                                            2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                            3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                            4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance. The Overview page is displayed.
                                            5. In the navigation pane on the left, choose Database Proxy.
                                            6. In the proxy instance area, click Delete Proxy. In the displayed dialog box, click OK.

                                              • If the database proxy is disabled, read/write splitting is also disabled and services using the read/write splitting address are interrupted. You need to switch your applications to the instance address.
                                              • After read/write splitting is disabled, read replicas are still be billed. You can release them if they are not required for your workloads anymore.

                                            diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0022.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0022.html index 17173e26f..495f10ae9 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0022.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0022.html @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@

                                            If you delete a database or modify some records in a database at a specified time, you only need to restore the database instead of restoring the whole DB instance. You can also restore databases to a point in time as required.

                                            When you enter the time point that you want to restore the DB instance to, RDS downloads the most recent full backup file from OBS to the DB instance. Then, incremental backups are also restored to the specified point in time on the DB instance. Data is restored at an average speed of 30 MB/s.

                                            -

                                            Procedure

                                            1. Log in to the management console.
                                            2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                            3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                            4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance.
                                            5. In the navigation pane on the left, choose Backups & Restorations. On the displayed page, click Restore to Point in Time.
                                            6. In the displayed dialog box, configure required information and click OK.

                                              1. Select the time range, select or enter a time point within the acceptable range.
                                              2. Select a restoration method.
                                                • Create New Instance

                                                  The Create New Instance page is displayed.

                                                  +

                                                  Procedure

                                                  1. Log in to the management console.
                                                  2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                  3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                  4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance.
                                                  5. In the navigation pane on the left, choose Backups & Restorations. In the upper right corner of the page, choose Restore to Point in Time > Restore Instance.
                                                  6. In the displayed dialog box, configure required information and click OK.

                                                    1. Select the time range, select or enter a time point within the acceptable range.
                                                    2. Select a restoration method.
                                                      • Create New Instance

                                                        The Create New Instance page is displayed.

                                                        • The DB engine of the new DB instance is the same as that of the original DB instance and cannot be changed.
                                                        • Storage space of the new DB instance is the same as that of the original DB instance by default and the new instance must be at least as large as the original DB instance.
                                                        • Other settings are the same as those of the original DB instance by default and can be modified. For details, see section Step 1: Create a DB Instance.
                                                      • Restore to Original
                                                        • Restoring to the original DB instance will overwrite data on it and cause the original DB instance to be unavailable during the restoration.
                                                        diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0024.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0024.html index cf882aef2..4f0e79532 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0024.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0024.html @@ -3,12 +3,17 @@

                                                        Upgrading the Kernel Version of Database Proxy

                                                        Scenarios

                                                        You can manually upgrade the RDS for MySQL database proxy to the latest kernel version to improve performance, add new functions, and fix problems.

                                                        -

                                                        Precautions

                                                        Intermittent disconnections occur during the upgrade. The time required to complete the upgrade depends on how many proxy instances there are. Perform the upgrade during off-peak hours.

                                                        - +

                                                        For details about kernel versions, see Kernel Versions.

                                                        +

                                                        Upgrade Methods

                                                        A kernel version can be upgraded in either of the following ways:

                                                        + +

                                                        If the kernel version of your instance has potential risks or major defects, has expired, or has been brought offline, the system will notify you by SMS message or email and deliver an upgrade task during the maintenance window.

                                                        +
                                                        +

                                                        Precautions

                                                        • The upgrade duration depends on how many nodes your database proxy has. Perform the upgrade during off-peak hours.
                                                        • During the upgrade, short connections are not affected. Persistent connections lasting for more than 24 hours will be interrupted intermittently.
                                                        • Only HA or cluster proxies can be upgraded.

                                                        Constraints

                                                        • Only proxy instances with kernel version 2.3.0.1 or later can be upgraded manually on the console.
                                                        • A version upgrade cannot be rolled back after the upgrade is complete.
                                                        -

                                                        Procedure

                                                        1. Log in to the management console.
                                                        2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                        3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                        4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance.
                                                        5. On the Database Proxy page, in the Proxy Instance Information area, click Upgrade in the Version field.
                                                        6. In the displayed dialog box, select a scheduled time and click OK.
                                                        +

                                                        Procedure

                                                        1. Log in to the management console.
                                                        2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                        3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                        4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance.
                                                        5. On the Database Proxy page, in the Proxy Instance Information area, click Upgrade in the Version field.
                                                        6. In the displayed dialog box, select a scheduled time and click OK.

                                                          • Upon submission: The system upgrades the proxy instance to the latest version immediately after you submit the request. You can view the task progress in Task Center > Instant Tasks.
                                                          • In maintenance window: The system upgrades the proxy instance to the latest version during a maintenance window. You can view the task progress in Task Center > Scheduled Tasks.
                                                          +

                                                        diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0026.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0026.html index 83cde2cac..09b4c55ed 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0026.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0026.html @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@

                                                        Procedure

                                                        You can change the read/write splitting address for DB instances with read/write splitting enabled.

                                                        -
                                                        1. Log in to the management console.
                                                        2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                        3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                        4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance.
                                                        5. In the Connection Information area on the Basic Information page, click Modify next to the Read/Write Splitting Address field.

                                                          Alternatively, click Database Proxy in the navigation pane on the left. On the displayed page, click Modify next to the Read/Write Splitting Address field.

                                                          +
                                                          1. Log in to the management console.
                                                          2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                          3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                          4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance.
                                                          5. In the Connectivity area on the Overview page, click Modify next to the Read/Write Splitting Address field.

                                                            Alternatively, click Database Proxy in the navigation pane on the left. On the displayed page, click Modify next to the Read/Write Splitting Address field.

                                                          6. In the displayed dialog box, enter a new address. Click OK.

                                                            In-use IP addresses cannot be used as read/write splitting addresses.

                                                        diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0027.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0027.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e7214d50a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0027.html @@ -0,0 +1,145 @@ + + +

                                                        Kernel Versions

                                                        +

                                                        The following table describes the updates in each kernel version of RDS for MySQL database proxy.

                                                        + +
                                                        + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

                                                        Version

                                                        +

                                                        Description

                                                        +

                                                        2.25.06.000

                                                        +

                                                        New features

                                                        +
                                                        • Support for SQL mode PAD_CHAR_TO_FULL_LENGTH
                                                        +

                                                        Resolved issues

                                                        +
                                                        • Optimized the Prepare Close processing logic.
                                                        +

                                                        2.25.03.000

                                                        +

                                                        New features

                                                        +
                                                        • Read-only transactions supported for read-only proxies
                                                        +

                                                        2.24.12.000

                                                        +

                                                        Resolved issues

                                                        +
                                                        • Optimized the slow query log processing logic.
                                                        • Optimized .NET client adaptation.
                                                        +

                                                        2.24.09.020

                                                        +

                                                        New features

                                                        +
                                                        • Support for IPv6
                                                        +

                                                        Resolved issues

                                                        +
                                                        • Resolved the issue that proxy resource reclamation is slow after SSL is enabled.
                                                        • Resolved the issue that read requests cannot be split from write requests after transaction splitting is enabled with set autocommit set to 0 and commit used to commit transactions.
                                                        +

                                                        2.24.06.000

                                                        +

                                                        Resolved issues

                                                        +
                                                        • Resolved the issue that SELECT statements starting with ( are sent to the primary instance.
                                                        +

                                                        2.23.12.000

                                                        +

                                                        New features

                                                        +
                                                        • Reduced proxy authentication synchronization latency, so that new accounts and databases can be synchronized more quickly.
                                                        • Full-link error tracking
                                                        • Display of slow SQL statements recorded by database proxy
                                                        +

                                                        2.23.09.002

                                                        +

                                                        Resolved issues

                                                        +
                                                        • Optimized the logic for the proxy to retry service SQL statements after the instance breaks down.
                                                        +

                                                        2.23.09.001

                                                        +

                                                        Resolved issues

                                                        +
                                                        • Fixed the issue that an error is occasionally reported during execution of the prepared SELECT FOR UPDATE statement.
                                                        +

                                                        2.23.09.000

                                                        +

                                                        New features

                                                        +
                                                        • Change User protocol
                                                        • Parsing of multiple hints
                                                        • show processlist and kill commands
                                                        • Resolved the issue that the set autocommit setting is synchronized to read replicas after transaction splitting is enabled.
                                                        +

                                                        2.23.06.001

                                                        +

                                                        Resolved issues

                                                        +
                                                        • Resolved the increased backend database connections caused by enabling session connection pool.
                                                        +

                                                        2.23.06.000

                                                        +
                                                        • New features

                                                          Binlog pulling through the proxy kernel

                                                          +
                                                        +
                                                        • Resolved issues

                                                          Optimized the performance of the prepare stmt protocol again.

                                                          +
                                                        +

                                                        2.23.02.007

                                                        +

                                                        Resolved issues

                                                        +
                                                        • Optimized the performance of the prepare stmt protocol.
                                                        • Resolved unexpected traffic allocation of the /* FORCE_SLAVE*/ Hint statement.
                                                        +

                                                        2.23.02.000

                                                        +
                                                        • Resolved issues

                                                          Optimized the database proxy performance.

                                                          +
                                                        +

                                                        2.22.11.000

                                                        +
                                                        • New features

                                                          Multi-statement processing modes

                                                          +
                                                        • Resolved issues

                                                          Optimized the error messages reported during SQL statement execution in some scenarios.

                                                          +
                                                        +

                                                        2.22.07.000

                                                        +
                                                        • New features
                                                          • Session-level connection pooling
                                                          • Dynamic load balancing
                                                          +
                                                        • Resolved issues
                                                          • Optimized the logic for setting session-level transaction isolation levels of database proxies. By default, the transaction isolation levels are synchronized with those of the database.
                                                          +
                                                        +

                                                        2.7.5.0

                                                        +

                                                        Application Lossless and Transparent (ALT)

                                                        +

                                                        2.7.4.0

                                                        +
                                                        • New features
                                                          • A query for more than 16 MB of data
                                                          +
                                                        • Resolved issues
                                                          • Optimized the way how metrics of read-only proxies are collected by Cloud Eye.
                                                          +
                                                        +

                                                        2.3.9.8

                                                        +

                                                        New features

                                                        +
                                                        • Batch execution of prepared statements
                                                        +

                                                        2.3.9.7

                                                        +
                                                        • New features
                                                          • Support for MySQL 8.0
                                                          • Transaction splitting
                                                          • Read-only mode
                                                          +
                                                        +
                                                        • Resolved issues

                                                          Optimized the execution logic of prepared statements to improve performance.

                                                          +
                                                        +
                                                        +
                                                        +
                                                        + + diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0031.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0031.html index 6f0c5de1d..510cb0896 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0031.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0031.html @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
                                                        The default automated backup policy is as follows:
                                                        • Retention period: 7 days
                                                        • Time window: An hour within 24 hours, such as 01:00-02:00 or 12:00-13:00. The backup time is configured based on UTC time and is adjusted for daylight saving time, which changes at different times depending on the time zone.
                                                        • Backup cycle: Each day of the week
                                                        -

                                                        Modifying an Automated Backup Policy

                                                        1. Log in to the management console.
                                                        2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                        3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                        4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance.
                                                        5. On the Backups & Restorations page, click Intra-Region Backup Policies. On the displayed page, you can view the existing backup policy. If you want to modify the policy, adjust the values of the following parameters:

                                                          • Retention Period: How many days your automated full backups and incremental backups can be retained. The retention period is from 1 to 732 days and the default value is 7.
                                                            • Extending the retention period improves data reliability.
                                                            • Reducing the retention period takes effect for existing backups. Any backups (except manual backups) that have expired will be automatically deleted. Exercise caution when performing this operation.
                                                            +

                                                            Modifying an Automated Backup Policy

                                                            1. Log in to the management console.
                                                            2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                            3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                            4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance.
                                                            5. On the Backups & Restorations page, in the upper right corner of the page, choose Modify Backup Policy > Configure Same-Region Backup Policy. On the displayed page, you can view the existing backup policy. If you want to modify the policy, adjust the values of the following parameters:

                                                              • Retention Period: How many days your automated full backups and incremental backups can be retained. The retention period is from 1 to 732 days and the default value is 7.
                                                                • Extending the retention period improves data reliability.
                                                                • Reducing the retention period takes effect for existing backups. Any backups (except manual backups) that have expired will be automatically deleted. Exercise caution when performing this operation.
                                                              • Time Window: A one-hour period the backup will be scheduled for each day, such as 01:00-02:00 or 12:00-13:00. The backup time window indicates when the backup starts. The backup duration depends on the data volume of your instance.

                                                                To minimize the potential impact on services, set the time window to off-peak hours. The backup time is in UTC format. The backup time segment changes with the time zone during the switch between the DST and standard time.

                                                              • Backup Cycle: Daily backups are selected by default, but you can change it. At least one day must be selected.
                                                              diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0032.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0032.html index 9735a9510..657a74a15 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0032.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0032.html @@ -3,8 +3,7 @@

                                                              Changing a Security Group

                                                              Scenarios

                                                              This section describes how to change the security group of a primary DB instance or read replica. For primary/standby DB instances, changing the security group of the primary DB instance will cause the security group of the standby DB instance to also be changed accordingly.

                                                              -

                                                              Procedure

                                                              1. Log in to the management console.
                                                              2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                              3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                              4. On the Instances page, click the target primary DB instance or read replica.
                                                              5. In the Connection Information area on the Basic Information page, click in the Security Group field.

                                                                • To submit the change, click .
                                                                • To cancel the change, click .
                                                                -

                                                              6. Changing the security group takes 1 to 3 minutes. Click in the upper right corner on the Basic Information page to view the results.
                                                              +

                                                              Procedure

                                                              1. Log in to the management console.
                                                              2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                              3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                              4. On the Instances page, click the target primary DB instance or read replica.
                                                              5. On the Overview page, click Configure under Security Group.
                                                              6. In the displayed dialog box, select one from the drop-down list.
                                                              7. Click OK to submit the modification.
                                                              8. Changing the security group takes 1 to 3 minutes. Click in the upper right corner on the Overview page to view the results.
                                                              diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0047.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0047.html index 94fd1c2b5..e3ba36193 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0047.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0047.html @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@

                                                              Configuring Transaction Splitting

                                                              Contact customer service to disable or enable transaction splitting at any time if necessary.

                                                              Transaction splitting takes effect only for connections established after this feature is enabled or disabled.

                                                              -
                                                              1. Log in to the management console.
                                                              2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                              3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                              4. On the Instances page, click the primary instance name. The Basic Information page is displayed.
                                                              5. In the navigation pane on the left, click Database Proxy.
                                                              6. On the displayed page, click next to Transaction Splitting.
                                                              7. In the displayed dialog box, click OK.
                                                              +
                                                              1. Log in to the management console.
                                                              2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                              3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                              4. On the Instances page, click the primary instance name. The Overview page is displayed.
                                                              5. In the navigation pane on the left, click Database Proxy.
                                                              6. On the displayed page, click next to Transaction Splitting.
                                                              7. In the displayed dialog box, click OK.
                                                              diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0050.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0050.html index e10574818..da8db9f77 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0050.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0050.html @@ -6,6 +6,8 @@
                                                              • Introducing Read/Write Splitting
                                                                • +
                                                              • Kernel Versions
                                                                +
                                                              • Configuring Transaction Splitting
                                                              • Enabling Read/Write Splitting
                                                                @@ -14,6 +16,8 @@
                                                              • Changing the Read/Write Splitting Address
                                                                • +
                                                              • Applying for and Changing a Private Domain Name for a Database Proxy
                                                                +
                                                              • Changing the Instance Class of a DB Proxy Instance
                                                              • Changing the Number of Proxy Nodes
                                                                diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0066.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0066.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a3321c1c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0066.html @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + + +

                                                                Applying for and Changing a Private Domain Name for a Database Proxy

                                                                +

                                                                Scenarios

                                                                After a database proxy is created, you can apply for a private domain name for it and change the domain name later as needed.

                                                                +
                                                                +

                                                                Precautions

                                                                • The private domain name must be unique in a given region.
                                                                • Changing the private domain name for a database proxy will interrupt your database connection. To reconnect to the proxy, change the connection address of your applications. The new private domain name is applied to the proxy about 5 minutes after the change.
                                                                +
                                                                +

                                                                Applying for a private domain name

                                                                1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance.
                                                                5. In the navigation pane on the left, choose Database Proxy.
                                                                6. In the proxy information area, click Apply next to the Private Domain Name field.
                                                                7. In the displayed dialog box, click OK.
                                                                +
                                                                +

                                                                Changing a Private Domain Name

                                                                1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance.
                                                                5. In the navigation pane on the left, choose Database Proxy.
                                                                6. In the proxy information area, click Change next to the Private Domain Name field.
                                                                7. In the displayed dialog box, enter a new domain name and click OK.

                                                                  • Only the prefix of the private domain name can be modified.
                                                                  • The prefix of a private domain name contains 8 to 63 characters, and can include only lowercase letters and digits.
                                                                  • The new private domain name must be different from any existing ones.
                                                                  +

                                                                8. If the private domain name is no longer needed, click Delete next to the Private Domain Name field.
                                                                +
                                                                +
                                                                + + diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_add_read_replica_pg.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_add_read_replica_pg.html index 91162885b..f48d174c7 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_add_read_replica_pg.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_add_read_replica_pg.html @@ -7,112 +7,141 @@

                                                                A maximum of five read replicas can be created for a primary DB instance.

                                                                The specifications of read replicas must be greater than or equal to the specifications of the current primary DB instance.

                                                                -

                                                                Procedure

                                                                1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                4. On the Instances page, locate the target DB instance and click Create Read Replica in the Operation column.

                                                                  Alternatively, click the target DB instance. In the DB instance topology, click under the primary DB instance to create read replicas.

                                                                  -

                                                                5. On the displayed page, configure information about the DB instance and click Next.

                                                                  -

                                                                  Table 1 Basic information

                                                                  Parameter

                                                                  +

                                                                  Procedure

                                                                  1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                  2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                  3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                  4. On the Instances page, locate the target DB instance and choose More > Create Read Replica in the Operation column.
                                                                  5. On the displayed page, configure information about the DB instance and click Create Now.

                                                                    +

                                                                    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                                                                    Table 1 Basic Settings

                                                                    Parameter

                                                                    Description

                                                                    +

                                                                    Description

                                                                    Region

                                                                    +

                                                                    Region

                                                                    By default, read replicas are in the same region as the primary DB instance.

                                                                    -

                                                                    DB Instance Name

                                                                    -

                                                                    Must start with a letter and consist of 4 to 64 characters. It can contain only uppercase letters, lowercase letters, digits, hyphens (-), and underscores (_).

                                                                    -

                                                                    DB Engine

                                                                    -

                                                                    Same as the DB engine of the primary DB instance by default and cannot be changed.

                                                                    -

                                                                    DB Engine Version

                                                                    -

                                                                    Same as the DB engine version of the primary DB instance by default and cannot be changed.

                                                                    -

                                                                    AZ

                                                                    -

                                                                    RDS allows you to deploy primary DB instances and read replicas in a single AZ or across AZs to improve reliability.

                                                                    +

                                                                    By default, read replicas are in the same region as the primary DB instance.
                                                                    -
                                                                    Table 2 Instance specifications

                                                                    Parameter

                                                                    +
                                                                    - - - + + + + + + + + + + + +
                                                                    Table 2 Engine Options

                                                                    Parameter

                                                                    Description

                                                                    +

                                                                    Description

                                                                    Instance Class

                                                                    +

                                                                    DB Engine

                                                                    Refers to the CPU and memory of a DB instance. Different instance classes have different numbers of database connections and maximum IOPS.

                                                                    +

                                                                    Same as the DB engine of the primary DB instance by default and cannot be changed.

                                                                    +

                                                                    DB Engine Version

                                                                    +

                                                                    Same as the DB engine version of the primary DB instance by default and cannot be changed.

                                                                    +

                                                                    Storage Type

                                                                    +

                                                                    Determines the DB instance read/write speed. The higher the maximum throughput is, the higher the DB instance read/write speed can be.

                                                                    +
                                                                    • Cloud SSD: cloud drives used to decouple storage from compute. The maximum throughput is 350 MB/s.
                                                                    • Extreme SSD: uses 25GE network and RDMA technologies to provide you with up to 1,000 MB/s throughput per disk and sub-millisecond latency.
                                                                    +

                                                                    AZ

                                                                    +

                                                                    RDS allows you to deploy primary DB instances and read replicas in a single AZ or across AZs to improve reliability.

                                                                    +
                                                                    +
                                                                    + +
                                                                    + + + + + - - - - - - -
                                                                    Table 3 Instance Configuration

                                                                    Parameter

                                                                    +

                                                                    Description

                                                                    +

                                                                    Instance Class

                                                                    +

                                                                    Refers to the CPU and memory of a DB instance. Different instance classes have different numbers of database connections and maximum IOPS.

                                                                    For details about instance classes, see section DB Instance Classes.

                                                                    -

                                                                    -

                                                                    -

                                                                    After a DB instance is created, you can change its CPU and memory. For details, see section Changing a DB Instance Class.

                                                                    -

                                                                    Storage Type

                                                                    +

                                                                    Storage Space

                                                                    Determines the DB instance read/write speed. The higher the maximum throughput is, the higher the DB instance read/write speed can be.

                                                                    -
                                                                    • Common I/O: uses the SATA disk type that supports a maximum throughput of 90 MB/s.
                                                                    • Ultra-high I/O: uses the SSD disk type that supports a maximum throughput of 350 MB/s.
                                                                    -

                                                                    Storage Space

                                                                    -

                                                                    Contains the file system overhead required for inode, reserved block, and database operation.

                                                                    +

                                                                    Contains the file system overhead required for inode, reserved block, and database operation.

                                                                    By default, storage space of a read replica is the same as that of the primary DB instance.

                                                                    Disk Encryption

                                                                    +

                                                                    Disk Encryption

                                                                    • Disable: indicates the encryption function is disabled.
                                                                    • Enable: indicates the encryption function is enabled. Security is improved but system performance is affected.

                                                                      Key Name: indicates the tenant key. You can select an existing key or create a new one.

                                                                      -
                                                                      NOTE:
                                                                      • Once the DB instance is created, you cannot modify the disk encryption status or change the key. The backup data stored in OBS is not encrypted.
                                                                      • After an RDS DB instance is created, do not disable or delete a key that is currently in use. Otherwise, RDS will be unavailable and data cannot be restored.
                                                                      • For details about how to create a key, see the "Creating a CMK" section in the Key Management Service User Guide.
                                                                      -
                                                                      -
                                                                    +

                                                                    Enabling disk encryption enhances data security but reduces the database's read and write performance by 5%.

                                                                    +

                                                                    Key Name: indicates the tenant key. Select one from the drop-down list.

                                                                    +

                                                                    After disk encryption is enabled, the following restrictions apply:

                                                                    +
                                                                    • If you enable disk encryption during instance creation, the disk encryption status and the key cannot be changed later.
                                                                    • Enabling disk encryption will not encrypt backup data stored in Object Storage Service (OBS).
                                                                    • Keep the key secure. Once the key is disabled, deleted, or frozen, your instance will be inaccessible and its data may not be restored.
                                                                    -
                                                                    - - - - - + + + - - - - - diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_10_0004.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_10_0004.html index e14aaf0fb..7d1577559 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_10_0004.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_10_0004.html @@ -5,8 +5,6 @@
                                                                    diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_11_0004.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_11_0004.html index bb46d612b..e9a494f4d 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_11_0004.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_11_0004.html @@ -1,11 +1,9 @@

                                                                    Managing a Read Replica

                                                                    -

                                                                    Entering the Management Interface Through a Read Replica

                                                                    1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                    2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                    3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                    4. In the DB instance list, click to expand the DB instance details and click the target read replica to go to the Basic Information page.
                                                                    +

                                                                    Entering the Management Interface Through a Read Replica

                                                                    1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                    2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                    3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                    4. In the DB instance list, click to expand the DB instance details and click the target read replica to go to the Overview page.
                                                                    -

                                                                    Entering the Management Interface Through a Primary DB Instance

                                                                    1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                    2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                    3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                    4. Click the name of the primary DB instance with which the target read replica is associated to go to the Basic Information page.
                                                                    5. In the DB instance topology, click the target read replica. You can view and manage it in the displayed pane.
                                                                    -
                                                                    -

                                                                    Deleting a Read Replica

                                                                    1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                    2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                    3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                    4. In the DB instance list, click in front of a DB instance, locate the read replica to be deleted, and choose More > Delete in the Operation column.
                                                                    +

                                                                    Deleting a Read Replica

                                                                    1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                    2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                    3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                    4. In the DB instance list, click in front of a DB instance, locate the read replica to be deleted, and choose More > Delete in the Operation column.
                                                                    diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_11_0005.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_11_0005.html index e88bf0265..fcf9669e7 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_11_0005.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_11_0005.html @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@

                                                                    Figure 3 Connection page

                                                                    Parameter description:

                                                                    -
                                                                    • Host name/address: indicates the IP address of the DB instance you want to connect to. If you connect to a DB instance through a floating IP address, enter the floating IP address displayed in the Connection Information area on the Basic Information page of your DB instance. If you connect to a DB instance through an EIP, enter the EIP of your DB instance.
                                                                    • Port: indicates the database port. By default, the value is 5432.
                                                                    • User name: indicates the username. By default, the value is root.
                                                                    • Password: indicates the password of the target database username.
                                                                    +
                                                                    • Host name/address: indicates the IP address of the DB instance you want to connect to. If you connect to a DB instance through a floating IP address, enter the floating IP address displayed in the Connectivity area on the Overview page of your DB instance. If you connect to a DB instance through an EIP, enter the EIP of your DB instance.
                                                                    • Port: indicates the database port. By default, the value is 5432.
                                                                    • User name: indicates the username. By default, the value is root.
                                                                    • Password: indicates the password of the target database username.

                                                                  6. In the login window, check that the connection information is correct. The target DB instance is successfully connected.
                                                                    7. diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_change_database_port.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_change_database_port.html index 32a847a95..96918daf0 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_change_database_port.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_change_database_port.html @@ -3,12 +3,11 @@

                                                                    Changing a Database Port

                                                                    Scenarios

                                                                    This section describes how to change the database port of a primary DB instance or a read replica. For primary/standby DB instances, changing the database port of the primary DB instance will cause the database port of the standby DB instance to also be changed accordingly.

                                                                    -

                                                                    Procedure

                                                                    1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                    2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                    3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                    4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance or click first and then click the target read replica.
                                                                    5. In the Connection Information area on the Basic Information page, click in the Database Port field.

                                                                      A PostgreSQL database can use ports 2100 to 9500.

                                                                      +

                                                                      Procedure

                                                                      1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                      2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                      3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                      4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance or click first and then click the target read replica.
                                                                      5. On the Overview page, find Database Port and click Configure under it

                                                                        A PostgreSQL database can use ports 2100 to 9500.

                                                                        -
                                                                        • To submit the change, click .
                                                                          • In the dialog box, click Yes.
                                                                            1. If you change the database port of the primary DB instance, that of the standby DB instance will also be changed and both DB instances will be rebooted.
                                                                            2. If you change the database port of a read replica, the change will not affect other DB instances. Only the read replica will be rebooted.
                                                                            3. This process takes 1-5 minutes.
                                                                            -
                                                                          • In the dialog box, click No to cancel the modification.
                                                                          -
                                                                        • To cancel the change, click .
                                                                        -

                                                                      6. View the results on the Basic Information page.
                                                                      +
                                                                      • In the displayed dialog box, enter a new port and click Yes.
                                                                        • If you change the database port of the primary DB instance, that of the standby DB instance will also be changed.
                                                                        • This process takes 1-5 minutes.
                                                                        +
                                                                      • In the dialog box, click No to cancel the modification.
                                                                      +

                                                                    6. View the results on the Overview page.
                                                                    diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_modify_availability.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_modify_availability.html index 62ebd2bee..5a3cae891 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_modify_availability.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_modify_availability.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@

                                                                    Scenarios

                                                                    You can configure the failover priority for reliability or for availability, depending on your service requirements.

                                                                    • Reliability: This option is selected by default. Data consistency is preferentially ensured during a primary/standby failover. This is recommended for users whose highest priority is data consistency.
                                                                    • Availability: Database availability is preferentially ensured during a primary/standby failover. This is recommended for users who require their databases to provide uninterrupted online services.
                                                                    -

                                                                    Procedure

                                                                    1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                    2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                    3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                    4. On the Instances page, click the target primary/standby DB instances.
                                                                    5. In the DB Information area on the displayed Basic Information page, click Change in the Failover Priority field. In the displayed dialog box, select a priority and click OK.
                                                                    6. View the results on the Basic Information page.
                                                                    +

                                                                    Procedure

                                                                    1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                    2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                    3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                    4. On the Instances page, click the primary instance name.
                                                                    5. On the displayed Overview page, find Failover Priority and click Configure under it. In the displayed dialog box, select a priority and click OK.
                                                                    6. View the results on the Overview page.
                                                                    diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_modify_instance_name.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_modify_instance_name.html index ed3b3418f..0db0b186a 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_modify_instance_name.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_modify_instance_name.html @@ -3,10 +3,10 @@

                                                                    Changing a DB Instance Name

                                                                    Scenarios

                                                                    You can change the name of a primary DB instance or read replica.

                                                                    -

                                                                    Procedure

                                                                    1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                    2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                    3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                    4. On the Instances page, locate the target DB instance and click next to it to edit the DB instance name. Then, click OK.

                                                                      Alternatively, click the target DB instance to go to the Basic Information page. In the DB Instance Name field in the DB Information area, click to edit the DB instance name.

                                                                      +

                                                                      Procedure

                                                                      1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                      2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                      3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                      4. On the Instances page, locate the target DB instance and click next to it to edit the DB instance name. Then, click OK.

                                                                        Alternatively, click the target DB instance to go to the Overview page. Under DB Instance Name, click to edit the DB instance name.

                                                                        The DB instance name must start with a letter and consist of 4 to 64 characters. Only uppercase letters, lowercase letters, digits, hyphens (-), and underscores (_) are allowed.

                                                                        • To submit the change, click .
                                                                        • To cancel the change, click .
                                                                        -

                                                                      5. View the results on the Basic Information page.
                                                                      +

                                                                    5. View the results on the Overview page.
                                                                    diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_public_accessibility.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_public_accessibility.html index d589f20b7..858686fa8 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_public_accessibility.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_public_accessibility.html @@ -7,12 +7,10 @@

                                                                    Prerequisites

                                                                    • You have assigned an EIP on the VPC console.
                                                                    • You can bind an EIP to a primary DB instance or a read replica only.
                                                                    • If a DB instance has already been bound with an EIP, you must unbind the EIP from the DB instance first before binding a new EIP to it.
                                                                    -

                                                                    Binding an EIP

                                                                    1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                    2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                    3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                    4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance.
                                                                    5. On the EIPs page, click Bind EIP.
                                                                    6. In the displayed dialog box, all unbound EIPs are listed. Select the EIP to be bound and click OK. If no available EIPs are displayed, click View EIP and obtain an EIP.
                                                                    7. On the EIPs page of the RDS console, view the EIP that has been bound to the DB instance.

                                                                      You can also view the progress and result of binding an EIP to a DB instance on the Task Center page.

                                                                      -

                                                                      To unbind the EIP from the DB instance, see Unbinding an EIP.

                                                                      +

                                                                      Binding an EIP

                                                                      1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                      2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                      3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                      4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance.
                                                                      5. In the navigation pane on the left, choose Connectivity & Security. In the Connection Information area, click Bind next to the EIP field.
                                                                      6. In the displayed dialog box, all unbound EIPs are listed. Select the EIP to be bound and click OK. If no available EIPs are displayed, click View EIP to obtain an EIP.
                                                                      7. On the Connectivity & Security page, check the EIP that has been bound to the DB instance.

                                                                        You can also view the progress and result of binding an EIP to a DB instance on the Task Center page.

                                                                      -

                                                                      Unbinding an EIP

                                                                      1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                      2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                      3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                      4. On the Instances page, click the DB instance that has an EIP bound.
                                                                      5. On the EIPs page, locate the target EIP to be unbound and click Unbind. In the displayed dialog box, click Yes.
                                                                      6. On the EIPs page, view the unbinding result.

                                                                        You can also view the progress and result of unbinding an EIP from a DB instance on the Task Center page.

                                                                        -

                                                                        To bind an EIP to the DB instance again, see Binding an EIP.

                                                                        +

                                                                        Unbinding an EIP

                                                                        1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                        2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                        3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                        4. On the Instances page, click the DB instance that has an EIP bound.
                                                                        5. In the navigation pane on the left, choose Connectivity & Security. In the Connection Information area, click Unbind next to the EIP field.
                                                                        6. In the displayed dialog box, click OK.
                                                                        7. On the Connectivity & Security page, check the results.

                                                                          You can also view the progress and result of unbinding an EIP from a DB instance on the Task Center page.

                                                                      diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_reset_password.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_reset_password.html index 579f2b806..3e4326f65 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_reset_password.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_reset_password.html @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@

                                                                    -

                                                                    Method 2

                                                                    1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                    2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                    3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                    4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance.
                                                                    5. In the DB Information area on the Basic Information page, click Reset Password in the Administrator field.
                                                                    6. Enter and confirm a new password.

                                                                      Keep this password secure. The system cannot retrieve it.

                                                                      +

                                                                      Method 2

                                                                      1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                      2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                      3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                      4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance.
                                                                      5. On the Overview page, find Administrator and click Reset Password under it.
                                                                      6. Enter and confirm a new password.

                                                                        Keep this password secure. The system cannot retrieve it.

                                                                        The new password must consist of 8 to 32 characters and contain at least three types of the following characters: uppercase letters, lowercase letters, digits, and special characters (~!@#$%^*-_=+?,). Enter a strong password and periodically change it for security reasons.

                                                                        If provided password will be considered by system as weak, you will receive an error and you should provide stronger password.
                                                                        • To submit the new password, click OK.
                                                                        • To cancel the reset operation, click Cancel.
                                                                        diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_scale_cluster.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_scale_cluster.html index 1f09632a7..b5275af17 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_scale_cluster.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_scale_cluster.html @@ -37,18 +37,18 @@

                                                                        Constraints

                                                                        • The maximum allowed storage is 4,000 GB. There is no limit on the number of scale-ups.
                                                                        • For primary/standby DB instances, scaling up the primary DB instance will cause the standby DB instance to also be scaled up accordingly.
                                                                        • You cannot reboot or delete a DB instance that is being scaled up.
                                                                        • Storage space can only be scaled up.
                                                                        • If you scale up a DB instance with disks encrypted, the expanded storage space will be encrypted using the original encryption key.

                                                                        Scaling up a Primary DB Instance

                                                                        1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                        2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                        3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                        4. On the Instances page, locate the target DB instance and choose More > Scale Storage Space in the Operation column.

                                                                          You can also perform the following operations to scale up storage space:

                                                                          -
                                                                          • Click the target DB instance to enter the Basic Information page. In the Storage Space area, click Scale.
                                                                          +
                                                                          • Click the target DB instance to enter the Overview page. In the Storage & Backup area, click Scale Storage Space.

                                                                        5. On the displayed page, specify the new storage space and click Next.

                                                                          The minimum start value of each scaling is 10 GB. A DB instance can be scaled up only by a multiple of 10 GB. The allowed maximum storage space is 4,000 GB.

                                                                        6. Confirm specifications.

                                                                          • If you need to modify your settings, click Previous.
                                                                          • If you do not need to modify your settings, click Submit.
                                                                          -

                                                                        7. View the scale-up result.

                                                                          Scaling up storage space takes 3-5 minutes. During the time period, the status of the DB instance on the Instances page will be Scaling up. Click the DB instance and view the utilization on the displayed Basic Information page to verify that the scale-up is successful.

                                                                          +

                                                                        8. View the scale-up result.

                                                                          Scaling up storage space takes 3-5 minutes. During the time period, the status of the DB instance on the Instances page will be Scaling up. Click the DB instance and view the utilization on the displayed Overview page to verify that the scale-up is successful.

                                                                        Scaling up a Read Replica

                                                                        Scaling up the storage space of a read replica does not affect that of the primary DB instance. Therefore, you can separately scale read replicas to meet service requirements. New storage space of read replicas after scaling up must be greater than or equal to that of the primary DB instance.

                                                                        -
                                                                        1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                        2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                        3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                        4. On the Instances page, locate the target DB instance and click in front of it. Locate a read replica to be scaled and choose More > Scale Storage Space in the Operation column.

                                                                          You can also perform the following operations to scale up storage space:

                                                                          -
                                                                          • Click the target DB instance to enter the Basic Information page. In the Storage Space area, click Scale.
                                                                          +
                                                                          1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                          2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                          3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                          4. On the Instances page, locate the target DB instance and click in front of it. Locate a read replica to be scaled and choose More > Scale Storage Space in the Operation column.

                                                                            You can also perform the following operations to scale up storage space:

                                                                            +
                                                                            • Click the target DB instance to enter the Overview page. In the Storage & Backup area, click Scale Storage Space.

                                                                          5. On the displayed page, specify the new storage space and click Next.

                                                                            The minimum start value of each scaling is 10 GB. A read replica can be scaled up only by a multiple of 10 GB. The allowed maximum storage space is 4,000 GB.

                                                                          6. Confirm specifications.

                                                                            • If you need to modify your settings, click Previous.
                                                                            • If you do not need to modify your settings, click Submit.
                                                                            -

                                                                          7. View the scale-up result.

                                                                            Scaling up storage space takes 3-5 minutes. During this time, the status of the read replica on the Instances page will be Scaling up. Click the read replica and view the utilization on the displayed Basic Information page to verify that the scale-up is successful.

                                                                            +

                                                                          8. View the scale-up result.

                                                                            Scaling up storage space takes 3-5 minutes. During this time, the status of the read replica on the Instances page will be Scaling up. Click the read replica and view the utilization on the displayed Overview page to verify that the scale-up is successful.

                                                                        diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_scale_rds.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_scale_rds.html index bb6618fde..d8659c205 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_scale_rds.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_scale_rds.html @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@

                                                                        Constraints

                                                                        • A DB instance cannot be deleted when its instance class is being changed.
                                                                        • If the primary DB instance has a read replica, the new DB instance class must be less than or equal to the read replica class. When changing the read replica class, ensure that the selected class is greater than or equal to the current primary instance class.
                                                                        • After you change instance classes, the DB instances will be rebooted and service will be interrupted. Therefore, you are advised to change instance classes during off-peak hours.
                                                                        -

                                                                        Procedure

                                                                        1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                        2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                        3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                        4. On the Instances page, locate the target DB instance and choose More > Change Instance Class in the Operation column.

                                                                          Alternatively, click the target DB instance to go to the Basic Information page. In the DB Information area, click Change in the Instance Class field.

                                                                          -

                                                                        5. On the displayed page, specify the new instance class and click Next.
                                                                        6. View the DB instance class change result.

                                                                          Changing the DB instance class takes 5–15 minutes. During this period, the status of the DB instance on the Instances page is Changing instance class. After a few minutes, click the DB instance and view the instance class on the displayed Basic Information page to check that the change is successful.

                                                                          +

                                                                          Procedure

                                                                          1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                          2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                          3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                          4. On the Instances page, locate the target DB instance and choose More > Change Instance Class in the Operation column.

                                                                            Alternatively, click the target DB instance to go to the Overview page. Under Instance Class, click Configure.

                                                                            +

                                                                          5. On the displayed page, specify the new instance class and click Next.
                                                                          6. View the DB instance class change result.

                                                                            Changing the DB instance class takes 5–15 minutes. During this period, the status of the DB instance on the Instances page is Changing instance class. After a few minutes, click the DB instance and view the instance class on the displayed Overview page to check that the change is successful.

                                                                            After the CPU or memory of a PostgreSQL DB instance is changed, the system will change the values of the following parameters accordingly:

                                                                            • shared_buffers
                                                                            • max_connections
                                                                            • maintenance_work_mem
                                                                            • effective_cache_size
                                                                            diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_switch_ha.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_switch_ha.html index 99cccb51f..a6515d36e 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_switch_ha.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_switch_ha.html @@ -5,10 +5,9 @@

                                                                          Constraints

                                                                          • A DB instance is running properly.
                                                                          • The replication between the primary and standby instances is normal.
                                                                          -

                                                                          Procedure

                                                                          1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                          2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                          3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                          4. On the Instances page, click the target primary/standby DB instance.
                                                                          5. In the DB Information area on the displayed Basic Information page, click Switch in the DB Instance Type field.

                                                                            Alternatively, click in the DB instance topology on the Basic Information page to perform a primary/standby switchover.

                                                                            -

                                                                            A primary/standby switchover may cause service interruptions for some seconds or minutes (depending on the replication delay). If the replication delay is too long, a small amount of data may be lost. To prevent traffic congestion, you are advised to perform a switchover during off-peak hours.

                                                                            +

                                                                            Procedure

                                                                            1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                            2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                            3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                            4. On the Instances page, click the target primary/standby DB instance.
                                                                            5. In the Configurations area on the displayed Overview page, under DB Instance Type, click Switch.

                                                                              A primary/standby switchover may cause service interruptions for some seconds or minutes (depending on the replication delay). If the replication delay is too long, a small amount of data may be lost. To prevent traffic congestion, you are advised to perform a switchover during off-peak hours.

                                                                              -

                                                                            6. In the Switch Primary/Standby Instances dialog box, click Yes to switch between the primary and standby DB instances.

                                                                              If the replication status is Available and the replication delay is greater than 300s, the primary/standby switchover task cannot be delivered.

                                                                              +

                                                                            7. In the displayed dialog box, click Yes to switch between the primary and standby DB instances.

                                                                              If the replication status is Available and the replication delay is greater than 300s, the primary/standby switchover task cannot be delivered.

                                                                            8. After a switchover is successful, you can view and manage the DB instance on the Instances page.

                                                                              • During the switchover process, the DB instance status is Switchover in progress.
                                                                              • In the upper right corner of the DB instance list, click to refresh the list. After the switchover is successful, the DB instance status will become Available.

                                                                            diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_public_accessibility.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_public_accessibility.html index 024dd97ab..3233e3951 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_public_accessibility.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_public_accessibility.html @@ -7,11 +7,11 @@

                                                                            Prerequisites

                                                                            • You have assigned an EIP on the VPC console.
                                                                            • You can bind an EIP to a primary DB instance or a read replica only.
                                                                            • If a DB instance has already been bound with an EIP, you must unbind the EIP from the DB instance first before binding a new EIP to it.
                                                                            -

                                                                            Binding an EIP

                                                                            1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                            2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                            3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                            4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance.
                                                                            5. In the navigation pane on the left, choose EIPs. On the displayed page, click Bind EIP.
                                                                            6. In the displayed dialog box, all unbound EIPs are listed. Select the EIP to be bound and click OK. If no available EIPs are displayed, click View EIP to obtain one.
                                                                            7. On the EIPs page, view the EIP that has been bound to the DB instance.

                                                                              You can also view the progress and result of binding an EIP to a DB instance on the Task Center page.

                                                                              +

                                                                              Binding an EIP

                                                                              1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                              2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                              3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                              4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance.
                                                                              5. In the navigation pane on the left, choose Connectivity & Security. In the Connection Information area, click Bind next to the EIP field.
                                                                              6. In the displayed dialog box, all unbound EIPs are listed. Select the EIP to be bound and click OK. If no available EIPs are displayed, click View EIP to obtain an EIP.
                                                                              7. On the Connectivity & Security page, check the EIP that has been bound to the DB instance.

                                                                                You can also view the progress and result of binding an EIP to a DB instance on the Task Center page.

                                                                                To unbind the EIP from the DB instance, see Unbinding an EIP.

                                                                              -

                                                                              Unbinding an EIP

                                                                              1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                              2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                              3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                              4. On the Instances page, click the DB instance that has an EIP bound.
                                                                              5. On the EIPs page, locate the target EIP to be unbound and click Unbind. In the displayed dialog box, click Yes.
                                                                              6. On the EIPs page, view the unbinding result.

                                                                                You can also view the progress and result of unbinding an EIP from a DB instance on the Task Center page.

                                                                                +

                                                                                Unbinding an EIP

                                                                                1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                                2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                                3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                                4. On the Instances page, click the DB instance that has an EIP bound.
                                                                                5. In the navigation pane on the left, choose Connectivity & Security. In the Connection Information area, click Unbind next to the EIP field.
                                                                                6. In the displayed dialog box, click OK.
                                                                                7. On the Connectivity & Security page, check the results.

                                                                                  You can also view the progress and result of unbinding an EIP from a DB instance on the Task Center page.

                                                                                  To bind an EIP to the DB instance again, see Binding an EIP.

                                                                                diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_reset_password.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_reset_password.html index 630d97594..29fbb622e 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_reset_password.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_reset_password.html @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@

                                                                            -

                                                                            Method 2

                                                                            1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                            2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                            3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                            4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance.
                                                                            5. In the DB Information area on the Basic Information page, click Reset Password in the Administrator field.
                                                                            6. Enter and confirm a new password.

                                                                              Keep this password secure. The system cannot retrieve it.

                                                                              +

                                                                              Method 2

                                                                              1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                              2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                              3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                              4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance.
                                                                              5. On the Overview page, find Administrator and click Reset Password under it.
                                                                              6. Enter and confirm a new password.

                                                                                Keep this password secure. The system cannot retrieve it.

                                                                                The new password must consist of 8 to 32 characters and contain at least three types of the following characters: uppercase letters, lowercase letters, digits, and special characters (~!@#$%^*-_=+?,()&.|). Enter a strong password and periodically change it for security reasons.

                                                                                If provided password will be considered by system as weak, you will receive an error and you should provide stronger password.
                                                                                • To submit the new password, click OK.
                                                                                • To cancel the reset operation, click Cancel.
                                                                                diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_sql_auditing_log.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_sql_auditing_log.html index 43f0aaac6..d7985e941 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_sql_auditing_log.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_sql_auditing_log.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@

                                                                                By default, SQL audit is disabled because enabling this function may affect database performance. This section describes how to enable, modify, or disable SQL audit.

                                                                                • After you enable the SQL audit function, the system records all SQL operations and uploads logs every half an hour or when the size is accumulated to 100 MB.
                                                                                • After SQL audit is enabled, log files will occupy your backup space.
                                                                                -

                                                                                Constraints

                                                                                Only the versions listed below support SQL audit. .
                                                                                • MySQL 5.7.23 and later versions for DB instances using cloud disks, MySQL 5.7.29.3 and later versions for DB instances using local disks
                                                                                • MySQL 8.0
                                                                                +

                                                                                Constraints

                                                                                Only the versions listed below support SQL audit.
                                                                                • MySQL 5.7.23 and later versions for DB instances using cloud disks, MySQL 5.7.29.3 and later versions for DB instances using local disks
                                                                                • MySQL 8.0

                                                                                Procedure

                                                                                1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                                2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                                3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                                4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance.
                                                                                5. In the navigation pane on the left, choose SQL Audits. On the displayed page, click Set SQL Audit above the list. In the displayed dialog box, configure information as required and click OK.

                                                                                  Enabling or setting SQL audit
                                                                                  • To retain SQL audit logs, set (disabled) to (enabled).
                                                                                  • Audit logs are retained for 7 days by default but can be retained from anywhere from 1 to 732 days if needed.
                                                                                  diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_0024.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_0024.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..20de948fc --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_0024.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + + +

                                                                                  Applying for and Changing a Private Domain Name

                                                                                  +

                                                                                  You can apply for a private domain name and connect to your RDS DB instance through the private domain name.

                                                                                  +

                                                                                  Constraints

                                                                                  After a private domain name is generated, changing the floating IP address will interrupt database connections. Exercise caution when performing this operation.

                                                                                  +
                                                                                  +

                                                                                  Applying for a Private Domain Name

                                                                                  1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                                  2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                                  3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                                  4. On the Instances page, click the DB instance name to go to the Overview page.
                                                                                  5. Under Private Domain Name, click Apply.

                                                                                    Alternatively, in the navigation pane on the left, choose Connectivity & Security. On the displayed page, click Apply next to the Private Domain Name field.

                                                                                    +

                                                                                  6. In the Private Domain Name field, view the generated private domain name.
                                                                                  +
                                                                                  +

                                                                                  Changing a Private Domain Name

                                                                                  1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                                  2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                                  3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                                  4. On the Instances page, click the DB instance name to go to the Overview page.
                                                                                  5. Under Private Domain Name, click Configure.
                                                                                  6. In the displayed dialog box, enter a new private domain name. Click OK.

                                                                                    • Only the prefix of a private domain name can be modified.
                                                                                    • The prefix of a private domain name can contain 8 to 63 characters, and can include only letters and digits.
                                                                                    • The new private domain name must be different from the existing ones.
                                                                                    +
                                                                                    +

                                                                                  +

                                                                                  +
                                                                                  +
                                                                                  +
                                                                                  +
                                                                                  +
                                                                                  Parent topic: Connection Management
                                                                                  +
                                                                                  +
                                                                                  + diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_0025.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_0025.html index e4937e4cb..60502b57e 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_0025.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_0025.html @@ -7,11 +7,11 @@

                                                                                  Prerequisites

                                                                                  • You have assigned an EIP on the VPC console.
                                                                                  • You can bind an EIP to a primary DB instance or a read replica only.
                                                                                  • If a DB instance has already been bound with an EIP, you must unbind the EIP from the DB instance first before binding a new EIP to it.
                                                                                  -

                                                                                  Binding an EIP

                                                                                  1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                                  2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                                  3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                                  4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance.
                                                                                  5. On the EIPs page, click Bind EIP.
                                                                                  6. In the displayed dialog box, all unbound EIPs are listed. Select the EIP to be bound and click OK. If no available EIPs are displayed, click View EIP and obtain an EIP.
                                                                                  7. On the EIPs page of the RDS console, view the EIP that has been bound to the DB instance.

                                                                                    You can also view the progress and result of binding an EIP to a DB instance on the Task Center page.

                                                                                    +

                                                                                    Binding an EIP

                                                                                    1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                                    2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                                    3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                                    4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance.
                                                                                    5. In the navigation pane on the left, choose Connectivity & Security. In the Connection Information area, click Bind next to the EIP field.
                                                                                    6. In the displayed dialog box, all unbound EIPs are listed. Select the EIP to be bound and click OK. If no available EIPs are displayed, click View EIP to obtain an EIP.
                                                                                    7. On the Connectivity & Security page, check the EIP that has been bound to the DB instance.

                                                                                      You can also view the progress and result of binding an EIP to a DB instance on the Task Center page.

                                                                                      To unbind the EIP from the DB instance, see Unbinding an EIP.

                                                                                    -

                                                                                    Unbinding an EIP

                                                                                    1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                                    2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                                    3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                                    4. On the Instances page, click the DB instance that has an EIP bound.
                                                                                    5. On the EIPs page, locate the target EIP to be unbound and click Unbind. In the displayed dialog box, click Yes.
                                                                                    6. On the EIPs page, view the unbinding result.

                                                                                      You can also view the progress and result of unbinding an EIP from a DB instance on the Task Center page.

                                                                                      +

                                                                                      Unbinding an EIP

                                                                                      1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                                      2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                                      3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                                      4. On the Instances page, click the DB instance that has an EIP bound.
                                                                                      5. In the navigation pane on the left, choose Connectivity & Security. In the Connection Information area, click Unbind next to the EIP field.
                                                                                      6. In the displayed dialog box, click OK.
                                                                                      7. On the Connectivity & Security page, check the results.

                                                                                        You can also view the progress and result of unbinding an EIP from a DB instance on the Task Center page.

                                                                                        To bind an EIP to the DB instance again, see Binding an EIP.

                                                                                      diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_05_0005.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_05_0005.html index cb0f2dff8..138a31984 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_05_0005.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_05_0005.html @@ -10,6 +10,8 @@
                                                                                    7. Changing a Database Port
                                                                                      8. +
                                                                                    8. Applying for and Changing a Private Domain Name
                                                                                      +
                                                                                      9. diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_05_0008.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_05_0008.html index 47d790c1c..df0ab73ba 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_05_0008.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_05_0008.html @@ -8,12 +8,16 @@
                                                                                        +
                                                                                      • Introduction to Instance Overview
                                                                                        +
                                                                                      • Changing a DB Instance Name
                                                                                      • Changing the Failover Priority
                                                                                      • Changing a DB Instance Class
                                                                                        • +
                                                                                      • Changing a Storage Type
                                                                                        +
                                                                                      • Scaling up Storage Space
                                                                                      • Configuring Autoscaling
                                                                                        diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_05_0023.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_05_0023.html index 8a595504b..8b4bbe852 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_05_0023.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_05_0023.html @@ -3,8 +3,7 @@

                                                                                        Changing a DB Instance Type from Single to Primary/Standby

                                                                                        Scenarios

                                                                                        • RDS enables you to change single DB instances to primary/standby DB instances to improve instance reliability.
                                                                                        • Primary/standby DB instances support automatic failover. If the primary DB instance fails, the standby DB instance takes over services quickly. You are advised to deploy primary and standby DB instances in different AZs for high availability and disaster recovery.
                                                                                        -

                                                                                        Procedure

                                                                                        1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                                        2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                                        3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                                        4. On the Instances page, locate a single DB instance and choose More > Change Type to Primary/Standby in the Operation column.

                                                                                          Alternatively, click the target DB instance. In the DB instance topology, click on the left to change the instance type from single to primary/standby.

                                                                                          -

                                                                                        5. Select a standby AZ and enter the original administrator password. Other configurations are the same as those of the primary DB instance by default. Confirm the configurations and click Submit.
                                                                                        6. After a single DB instance is changed to primary/standby instance, you can view and manage it on the Instances page.

                                                                                          • The DB instance is in the Changing type to primary/standby status. You can view the progress on the Task Center page. For details, see Task Center.
                                                                                          • In the upper right corner of the DB instance list, click to refresh the list. After the DB instance type is changed to primary/standby, the instance status will change to Available and the instance type will change to Primary/Standby.
                                                                                          +

                                                                                          Procedure

                                                                                          1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                                          2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                                          3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                                          4. On the Instances page, locate a single DB instance and choose More > Change Type to Primary/Standby in the Operation column.
                                                                                          5. Select a standby AZ and enter the original administrator password. Other configurations are the same as those of the primary DB instance by default. Confirm the configurations and click Submit.
                                                                                          6. After a single DB instance is changed to primary/standby instance, you can view and manage it on the Instances page.

                                                                                            • The DB instance is in the Changing type to primary/standby status. You can view the progress on the Task Center page. For details, see Task Center.
                                                                                            • In the upper right corner of the DB instance list, click to refresh the list. After the DB instance type is changed to primary/standby, the instance status will change to Available and the instance type will change to Primary/Standby.

                                                                                        diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_05_0024.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_05_0024.html index 1dcfce666..da3c9be54 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_05_0024.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_05_0024.html @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@

                                                                                        Changing a Floating IP Address

                                                                                        You can change the floating IP address of an existing DB instance.

                                                                                        -
                                                                                        1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                                        2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                                        3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                                        4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance.
                                                                                        5. In the Connection Information area on the Basic Information page, click Change in the Floating IP Address field.
                                                                                        6. In the displayed dialog box, enter a new floating IP address. Click OK.

                                                                                          In the in-use IP address list, the IP addresses whose statuses are To be used are occupied and cannot be used.

                                                                                          +
                                                                                          1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                                          2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                                          3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                                          4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance name to go to the Overview page.
                                                                                          5. Under Floating IP Address, click Configure.
                                                                                          6. In the displayed dialog box, select an available IP address and click OK.

                                                                                            In the in-use IP address list, the IP addresses whose statuses are To be used are occupied and cannot be used.

                                                                                      diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_05_0038.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_05_0038.html index 23d22ed4a..a17335351 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_05_0038.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_05_0038.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@

                                                                                      Precautions

                                                                                      • During the maintenance window, the DB instance will be intermittently disconnected for one or two times. Ensure that your applications support automatic reconnection.
                                                                                      -

                                                                                      Procedure

                                                                                      1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                                      2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                                      3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                                      4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance. In the DB Information area on the Basic Information page, click Change in the Maintenance Window field.
                                                                                      5. In the displayed dialog box, select a maintenance window and click OK.

                                                                                        Changing the maintenance window does not affect the execution time of the scheduled tasks in the original maintenance period.

                                                                                        +

                                                                                        Procedure

                                                                                        1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                                        2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                                        3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                                        4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance name to go to the Overview page. Under Maintenance Window, click Configure.
                                                                                        5. In the displayed dialog box, select a maintenance window and click OK.

                                                                                          Changing the maintenance window does not affect the execution time of the scheduled tasks in the original maintenance period.

                                                                                        diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_05_0050.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_05_0050.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..17cce6f5e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_05_0050.html @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ + + +

                                                                                        Changing a Storage Type

                                                                                        +

                                                                                        Scenarios

                                                                                        If the storage type of your DB instance does not match your workloads, you can change it as needed.

                                                                                        +
                                                                                        +

                                                                                        Constraints

                                                                                        • If the storage type of a read replica is different from that of its associated DB instance, the data synchronization may be affected. Ensure that the storage type of the read replica is the same as or faster than that of the primary DB instance.
                                                                                        +
                                                                                        • During the storage type change, operations such as changing the instance class and scaling up storage space cannot be performed on the instance.
                                                                                        • Changing the storage type may affect storage performance, so the storage type should be changed during off-peak hours.
                                                                                        • Changing the storage type may take several minutes, hours, or even days. The time required depends on the throughput, storage space, and original storage type. This operation cannot be paused.
                                                                                        • In rare cases, the change may fail due to resource problems. If this happens, you are advised to perform the change again.
                                                                                        +
                                                                                        +

                                                                                        Supported Storage Types

                                                                                        +
                                                                    Table 3 Network

                                                                    Parameter

                                                                    +
                                                                    - - - - - - - - -
                                                                    Table 4 Basic Settings

                                                                    Parameter

                                                                    Description

                                                                    +

                                                                    Description

                                                                    VPC

                                                                    +

                                                                    DB Instance Name

                                                                    Same as the primary DB instance's VPC.

                                                                    -

                                                                    Subnet

                                                                    -

                                                                    Same as the primary DB instance's subnet. A floating IP address is automatically assigned when you create a read replica. You can also enter an unused floating IP address in the subnet CIDR block. After the read replica is created, you can change the floating IP address.

                                                                    -

                                                                    Security Group

                                                                    -

                                                                    Same as the primary DB instance's VPC.

                                                                    +

                                                                    Must start with a letter and consist of 4 to 64 characters. It can contain only uppercase letters, lowercase letters, digits, hyphens (-), and underscores (_).
                                                                    -

                                                                  7. Confirm specifications.

                                                                    • If you need to modify your settings, click Previous.
                                                                    • If you do not need to modify your settings, click Submit.
                                                                    -

                                                                  8. After a read replica has been created, you can view and manage it on the Instances page by clicking on the left of the DB instance to which it belongs.

                                                                    Alternatively, click the target DB instance. In the DB instance topology, click the target read replica. You can view and manage it in the displayed pane.

                                                                    -

                                                                    -

                                                                    9. + +
                                                                    + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
                                                                    Table 5 Connectivity

                                                                    Parameter

                                                                    +

                                                                    Description

                                                                    +

                                                                    VPC

                                                                    +

                                                                    Same as the primary DB instance's VPC.

                                                                    +

                                                                    Subnet

                                                                    +

                                                                    Same as the primary DB instance's subnet. A floating IP address is automatically assigned when you create a read replica. You can also enter an unused floating IP address in the subnet CIDR block. After the read replica is created, you can change the floating IP address.

                                                                    +

                                                                    Security Group

                                                                    +

                                                                    Same as the primary DB instance's VPC.

                                                                    +
                                                                    +
                                                                    + +
                                                                    + + + + + + + +
                                                                    Table 6 Additional Options

                                                                    Parameter

                                                                    +

                                                                    Description

                                                                    +

                                                                    Tag

                                                                    +

                                                                    Tags an RDS DB instance. This configuration is optional. Adding tags to RDS DB instances helps you better identify and manage the DB instances. A maximum of 20 tags can be added for each DB instance.

                                                                    +

                                                                    After a DB instance is created, you can view its tag details on the Tags page. For details, see section Managing Tags.

                                                                    +
                                                                    +
                                                                    +

                                                                  9. Confirm specifications.

                                                                    • If you need to modify your settings, click Previous.
                                                                    • If you do not need to modify your settings, click Submit.
                                                                    +

                                                                  10. After a read replica has been created, you can view and manage it on the Instances page by clicking on the left of the DB instance to which it belongs.

                                                                    11. Follow-up Operations

                                                                    Managing a Read Replica

                                                                    diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_change_database_port.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_change_database_port.html index 8e6fe18ae..f617ef4cb 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_change_database_port.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_change_database_port.html @@ -6,13 +6,12 @@

                                                                    Constraints

                                                                    When the database port of a DB instance is being changed, you cannot:

                                                                    • Bind an EIP to the DB instance.
                                                                    • Delete the DB instance.
                                                                    • Create a backup for the DB instance.
                                                                    • Restore from backup data or from a specific point in time to the original DB instance.
                                                                    -

                                                                    Procedure

                                                                    1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                    2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                    3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                    4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance or click first and then click the target read replica.
                                                                    5. In the Connection Information area on the Basic Information page, click in the Database Port field.

                                                                      A MySQL database can use ports 2100 to 9500.

                                                                      +

                                                                      Procedure

                                                                      1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                      2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                      3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                      4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance or click first and then click the target read replica.
                                                                      5. On the Overview page, find Database Port and click Configure under it.

                                                                        A MySQL database can use ports 2100 to 9500.

                                                                        -
                                                                        • To submit the change, click .
                                                                          • In the dialog box, click Yes.
                                                                            1. If you change the database port of the primary DB instance, that of the standby DB instance will also be changed and both DB instances will be rebooted.
                                                                            2. If you change the database port of a read replica, the change will not affect other DB instances. Only the read replica will be rebooted.
                                                                            3. This process takes 1-5 minutes.
                                                                            -
                                                                          • In the dialog box, click No to cancel the modification.
                                                                          -
                                                                        • To cancel the change, click .
                                                                        -

                                                                      6. View the results on the Basic Information page.
                                                                      +
                                                                      • In the displayed dialog box, enter a new port and click OK.
                                                                        • If you change the database port of the primary DB instance, that of the standby DB instance will also be changed.
                                                                        • This process takes 1-5 minutes.
                                                                        +
                                                                      • In the dialog box, click No to cancel the modification.
                                                                      +

                                                                    6. View the results on the Overview page.
                                                                    diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_faq_0050.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_faq_0050.html index 269971dce..6929b4732 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_faq_0050.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_faq_0050.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@

                                                                    Obtaining and Using JDBC

                                                                    Connection with the SSL Certificate

                                                                    Download the SSL certificate and verify the certificate before connecting to databases.

                                                                    -

                                                                    In the DB Information area on the Basic Information page, click in the SSL field to download the root certificate or certificate bundle.

                                                                    +

                                                                    On the Instances page, click the target DB instance. In the Basic Information area on the Overview page, click Download in the SSL field to download the root certificate or certificate bundle.

                                                                    1. Connect to the RDS PostgreSQL DB instance through JDBC.

                                                                      jdbc:postgresql://<instance_ip>:<instance_port>/<database_name>?sslmode=verify-full&sslrootcert=<ca.pem>
                                                                      @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@

                                                                    <instance_ip>

                                                                    If you attempt to access the RDS DB instance through an ECS, set instance_ip to the floating IP address displayed on the Basic Information page of the DB instance to which you intend to connect.

                                                                    +

                                                                    If you attempt to access the RDS DB instance through an ECS, set instance_ip to the floating IP address displayed on the Overview page of the DB instance to which you intend to connect.

                                                                    If you attempt to access the RDS DB instance through an EIP, set instance_ip to the EIP that has been bound to the DB instance.

                                                                    @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@

                                                                    <instance_port>

                                                                    Enter the database port displayed on the Basic Information page. Default value: 5432

                                                                    +

                                                                    Enter the database port displayed on the Overview page. Default value: 5432

                                                                    <database_name>

                                                                    @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ public class MyConnTest {

                                                                    <instance_ip>

                                                                    If you attempt to access the RDS DB instance through an ECS, set instance_ip to the floating IP address displayed on the Basic Information page of the DB instance to which you intend to connect.

                                                                    +

                                                                    If you attempt to access the RDS DB instance through an ECS, set instance_ip to the floating IP address displayed on the Overview page of the DB instance to which you intend to connect.

                                                                    If you attempt to access the RDS DB instance through an EIP, set instance_ip to the EIP that has been bound to the DB instance.

                                                                    @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ public class MyConnTest {

                                                                    <instance_port>

                                                                    Enter the database port displayed on the Basic Information page. Default value: 5432

                                                                    +

                                                                    Enter the database port displayed on the Overview page. Default value: 5432

                                                                    <database_name>

                                                                    diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_faq_0051.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_faq_0051.html index 711dd2d92..26f2046ed 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_faq_0051.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_faq_0051.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@

                                                                    When you connect to an RDS MySQL DB instance using an SSL connection, run the following command to check whether the certificate has expired:

                                                                    show status like '%ssl_server%';

                                                                    Update the root certificate to the latest version before it expires:

                                                                    -
                                                                    1. In the DB Information area on the Basic Information page, click in the SSL field to download the root certificate or certificate bundle.
                                                                    2. Reboot the DB instance for the new certificate to take effect.
                                                                    3. Connect to the DB instance using the new certificate or certificate bundle. +
                                                                      1. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance. In the Basic Information area on the Overview page, click Download in the SSL field to download the root certificate or certificate bundle.
                                                                      2. Reboot the DB instance for the new certificate to take effect.
                                                                      3. Connect to the DB instance using the new certificate or certificate bundle.

                                                                        If a certificate is about to expire, replace it with an officially issued certificate to improve system security.

                                                                      diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_faq_0065.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_faq_0065.html index b938864f9..5ace7b07d 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_faq_0065.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_faq_0065.html @@ -5,11 +5,10 @@

                                                                      Failover

                                                                      Also called an unplanned handover. If the primary DB instance fails, the system will automatically switch to the standby DB instance within 5 minutes. No human intervention is required. The connection IP address remains unchanged. DB instances cannot be accessed during the failover. You need to configure automatic reconnections between applications and RDS DB instances to ensure near-continuous availability.

                                                                      Switchover (Manual)

                                                                      Also called a planned handover. When a DB instance is running properly, you can manually perform a primary/standby switchover if it is needed.

                                                                      -
                                                                      1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                      2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                      3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                      4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance.
                                                                      5. In the DB Information area on the displayed Basic Information page, click Switch in the DB Instance Type field.

                                                                        Alternatively, click in the DB instance topology on the Basic Information page to manually trigger a primary/standby switchover.

                                                                        -

                                                                        A primary/standby switchover may cause service interruption for some seconds or minutes (depending on the replication delay). If the replication delay is too long, a small amount of data may be lost. To prevent traffic congestion, perform a switchover during off-peak hours.

                                                                        +
                                                                        1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                        2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                        3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                        4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance name to go to the Overview page.
                                                                        5. Under DB Instance Type, click Switch.

                                                                          A primary/standby switchover may cause service interruption for some seconds or minutes (depending on the replication delay). If the replication delay is too long, a small amount of data may be lost. To prevent traffic congestion, perform a switchover during off-peak hours.

                                                                          -

                                                                        6. In the Switch Primary/Standby Instances dialog box, click Yes to switch between the primary and standby DB instances.

                                                                          If the replication status is Available and the replication delay is greater than 300s, the primary/standby switchover task cannot be delivered.

                                                                          -

                                                                        7. After a switchover is successful, you can view and manage the DB instance on the Instances page.

                                                                          • During the switchover process, the DB instance status is Switchover in progress.
                                                                          • In the upper right corner of the DB instance list, click to refresh the list. After the switchover is complete, the DB instance status will become Available
                                                                          +

                                                                        8. In the displayed dialog box, click Yes to switch between the primary and standby DB instances.

                                                                          If the replication status is Available and the replication delay is greater than 300s, the primary/standby switchover task cannot be delivered.

                                                                          +

                                                                        9. After a switchover is successful, you can view and manage the DB instance on the Instances page.

                                                                          • During the switchover process, the DB instance status is Switchover in progress.
                                                                          • In the upper right corner of the DB instance list, click to refresh the list. After the switchover is complete, the DB instance status will become Available

                                                                        diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_faq_0100.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_faq_0100.html index 2b545a95b..3f7d4d1f7 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_faq_0100.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_faq_0100.html @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
                                                                        • Check whether the IP address and port are correct.

                                                                          Use a colon to separate the IP address and port.

                                                                        • Check whether the RDS service is running properly.
                                                                        • Check whether the username and password are correct. You can reset the password.
                                                                        • Reboot the RDS DB instance and check whether it can be connected through an ECS.
                                                                      -

                                                                      Solution

                                                                      1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                      2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                      3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                      4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance. On the Basic Information and Backups & Restorations pages, check connection and backup information.
                                                                      5. On the Basic Information page, check the administrator.
                                                                      6. Download an SQL Server Management Studio installation package and install it on an ECS.
                                                                      7. Connect to the RDS DB instance through an ECS.
                                                                      +

                                                                      Solution

                                                                      1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                      2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                      3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                      4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance. On the Connectivity & Security and Backups & Restorations pages, check connection and backup information.
                                                                      5. On the Overview page, check the administrator.
                                                                      6. Download an SQL Server Management Studio installation package and install it on an ECS.
                                                                      7. Connect to the RDS DB instance through an ECS.
                                                                      diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_faq_0119.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_faq_0119.html index b0d5719f0..7b570380c 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_faq_0119.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_faq_0119.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@

                                                                      Does RDS for PostgreSQL Support the test_decoding Plugin?

                                                                      -

                                                                      PostgreSQL 12 and PostgreSQL 13 support test_decoding. For more information about test_decoding, see test_decoding introduction.

                                                                      +

                                                                      PostgreSQL 12 support test_decoding. For more information about test_decoding, see test_decoding introduction.

                                                                      To use test_decoding, set wal_level to logical.

                                                                      1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                      2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                      3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                      4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance.
                                                                      5. In the navigation pane on the left, choose Parameters. On the Parameters tab page, locate wal_level and change its value to logical.
                                                                      6. Click Save. In the displayed dialog box, click Yes.
                                                                      diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_history_0008.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_history_0008.html index 8842582a3..71507324a 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_history_0008.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_history_0008.html @@ -8,7 +8,14 @@

                                                                    2025-04-21

                                                                    +

                                                                    2025-10-10

                                                                    +

                                                                    Modified the following content:

                                                                    +

                                                                    Added Changing a Storage Type.

                                                                    +

                                                                    Added Changing a Storage Type.

                                                                    +

                                                                    2025-04-21

                                                                    Modified the following content:

                                                                    diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_modify_availability.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_modify_availability.html index b62eed8aa..d8ecd9877 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_modify_availability.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_modify_availability.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@

                                                                    Scenarios

                                                                    You can configure the failover priority for reliability or for availability, depending on your service requirements.

                                                                    • Reliability: This option is selected by default. Data consistency is preferentially ensured during a primary/standby failover. This is recommended for users whose highest priority is data consistency.
                                                                    • Availability: Database availability is preferentially ensured during a primary/standby failover. This is recommended for users who require their databases to provide uninterrupted online services.
                                                                    -

                                                                    Procedure

                                                                    1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                    2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                    3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                    4. On the Instances page, click the target primary/standby DB instances.
                                                                    5. In the DB Information area on the displayed Basic Information page, click Change in the Failover Priority field. In the displayed dialog box, select a priority and click OK.
                                                                    6. View the results on the Basic Information page.
                                                                    +

                                                                    Procedure

                                                                    1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                    2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                    3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                    4. On the Instances page, click the primary instance name.
                                                                    5. On the displayed Overview page, find Failover Priority and click Configure under it. In the displayed dialog box, select a priority and click OK.
                                                                    6. View the results on the Overview page.
                                                                    diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_modify_instance_name.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_modify_instance_name.html index 915e639fb..bf3458d40 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_modify_instance_name.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_modify_instance_name.html @@ -3,10 +3,10 @@

                                                                    Changing a DB Instance Name

                                                                    Scenarios

                                                                    You can change the name of a primary DB instance or read replica.

                                                                    -

                                                                    Procedure

                                                                    1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                    2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                    3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                    4. On the Instances page, locate the target DB instance and click next to it to edit the DB instance name. Then, click OK.

                                                                      Alternatively, click the target DB instance to go to the Basic Information page. In the DB Instance Name field in the DB Information area, click to edit the DB instance name.

                                                                      +

                                                                      Procedure

                                                                      1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                      2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                      3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                      4. On the Instances page, locate the target DB instance and click next to it to edit the DB instance name. Then, click OK.

                                                                        Alternatively, click the target DB instance to go to the Overview page. Under DB Instance Name, click to edit the DB instance name.

                                                                        The DB instance name must start with a letter and consist of 4 to 64 characters. Only uppercase letters, lowercase letters, digits, hyphens (-), and underscores (_) are allowed.

                                                                        • To submit the change, click .
                                                                        • To cancel the change, click .
                                                                        -

                                                                      5. View the results on the Basic Information page.
                                                                      +

                                                                    5. View the results on the Overview page.
                                                                    diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_05_0001.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_05_0001.html index dd2f99eca..f1db37c81 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_05_0001.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_05_0001.html @@ -8,6 +8,8 @@
                                                                      +
                                                                    • Introduction to Instance Overview
                                                                      +
                                                                    • Upgrading a Minor Version
                                                                    • Changing a DB Instance Name
                                                                      @@ -18,6 +20,8 @@
                                                                    • Scaling up Storage Space
                                                                      • +
                                                                    • Changing a Storage Type
                                                                      +
                                                                    • Storage Autoscaling
                                                                    • Changing the Maintenance Window
                                                                      diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_05_0003.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_05_0003.html index 90b239727..7d6fe27fa 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_05_0003.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_05_0003.html @@ -3,12 +3,11 @@

                                                                      Upgrading a Minor Version

                                                                      Scenarios

                                                                      RDS for PostgreSQL supports minor version upgrades to improve performance, add new functions, and fix bugs.

                                                                      -

                                                                      Precautions

                                                                      • When any new minor version is released to address vulnerabilities and other issues from the open source community, perform a minor version upgrade for your instance.
                                                                      • The upgrade will cause the instance to reboot and interrupt services for a period of time. The length of the interruption depends on service volume. To minimize the impact of the upgrade, perform the upgrade during off-peak hours, or ensure that your applications support automatic reconnection.
                                                                      • When you upgrade the minor version of a primary instance, the minor versions of read replicas (if any) will also be upgraded automatically. Read replicas cannot be upgraded separately.
                                                                      • A minor version upgrade cannot be rolled back after the upgrade is complete. If the upgrade fails, the DB instance will be automatically rolled back to the source version.
                                                                      • You are advised to perform a full backup before upgrading a minor version.
                                                                      • You need to re-establish a DR relationship after upgrading the minor version of a DR instance.
                                                                      • Before upgrading minor versions earlier than RDS for PostgreSQL 12.6, you need to stop all logical replications and delete all logical replication slots. Otherwise, the upgrade will fail.
                                                                        • Querying a replication slot: select * from pg_replication_slots;
                                                                        • Deleting a replication slot: select pg_drop_replication_slot('SLOT_NAME');
                                                                        -
                                                                      +

                                                                      Precautions

                                                                      • When any new minor version is released to address vulnerabilities and other issues from the open source community, perform a minor version upgrade for your instance.
                                                                      • The upgrade will cause the instance to reboot and interrupt services for a period of time. The length of the interruption depends on service volume. To minimize the impact of the upgrade, perform the upgrade during off-peak hours, or ensure that your applications support automatic reconnection.
                                                                      • When you upgrade the minor version of a primary instance, the minor versions of read replicas (if any) will also be upgraded automatically. Read replicas cannot be upgraded separately.
                                                                      • A minor version upgrade cannot be rolled back after the upgrade is complete. If the upgrade fails, the DB instance will be automatically rolled back to the source version.
                                                                      • You are advised to perform a full backup before upgrading a minor version.
                                                                      • You need to re-establish a DR relationship after upgrading the minor version of a DR instance.

                                                                      Constraints

                                                                      • The minor version cannot be upgraded for instances with abnormal nodes.
                                                                      • The upgrade will be performed immediately upon the submission of your request. Delayed upgrade of minor versions is not supported.
                                                                      -

                                                                      Procedure

                                                                      1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                      2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                      3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                      4. On the Instances page, click the primary instance name.
                                                                      5. In the DB Information area on the Basic Information page, click Upgrade Minor Version next to the DB Engine Version field.
                                                                      6. In the displayed dialog box, click OK.

                                                                        RDS upgrades the minor version to the latest version immediately.

                                                                        +

                                                                        Procedure

                                                                        1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                        2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                        3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                        4. On the Instances page, click the primary instance name to go to the Overview page.
                                                                        5. Under DB Engine Version, click Upgrade Minor Version.
                                                                        6. In the displayed dialog box, click OK.

                                                                          RDS upgrades the minor version to the latest version immediately.

                                                                      diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_05_0005.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_05_0005.html index 3f2f4a19a..a92edc1d6 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_05_0005.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_05_0005.html @@ -6,6 +6,8 @@
                                                                      • Configuring and Changing a Floating IP Address
                                                                        • +
                                                                      • Changing a Private Domain Name
                                                                        +
                                                                      • Binding and Unbinding an EIP
                                                                      • Changing a Database Port
                                                                        diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_05_0023.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_05_0023.html index 64f00a78a..d9a914ba4 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_05_0023.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_05_0023.html @@ -3,8 +3,7 @@

                                                                        Changing a DB Instance Type from Single to Primary/Standby

                                                                        Scenarios

                                                                        • RDS enables you to change single DB instances to primary/standby DB instances to improve instance reliability.
                                                                        • Primary/standby DB instances support automatic failover. If the primary DB instance fails, the standby DB instance takes over services quickly. You are advised to deploy primary and standby DB instances in different AZs for high availability and disaster recovery.
                                                                        • Anti-affinity deployment is supported for primary/standby DB instances to prevent the entire instance unavailability due to the failure of a single host.
                                                                        -

                                                                        Procedure

                                                                        1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                        2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                        3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                        4. On the Instances page, locate a single DB instance and choose More > Change Type to Primary/Standby in the Operation column.

                                                                          Alternatively, click the target DB instance. In the DB instance topology, click on the left to change the instance type from single to primary/standby.

                                                                          -

                                                                        5. Select a standby AZ. Other configurations are the same as those of the primary DB instance by default. Confirm the configurations and click Submit.
                                                                        6. After a single DB instance is changed to primary/standby instance, you can view and manage it on the Instances page.

                                                                          • The DB instance is in the Changing type to primary/standby status. You can view the progress on the Task Center page. For details, see Task Center.
                                                                          • In the upper right corner of the DB instance list, click to refresh the list. After the DB instance type is changed to primary/standby, the instance status will change to Available and the instance type will change to Primary/Standby.
                                                                          +

                                                                          Procedure

                                                                          1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                          2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                          3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                          4. On the Instances page, locate a single DB instance and choose More > Change Type to Primary/Standby in the Operation column.
                                                                          5. Select a standby AZ. Other configurations are the same as those of the primary DB instance by default. Confirm the configurations and click Submit.
                                                                          6. After a single DB instance is changed to primary/standby instance, you can view and manage it on the Instances page.

                                                                            • The DB instance is in the Changing type to primary/standby status. You can view the progress on the Task Center page. For details, see Task Center.
                                                                            • In the upper right corner of the DB instance list, click to refresh the list. After the DB instance type is changed to primary/standby, the instance status will change to Available and the instance type will change to Primary/Standby.

                                                                        diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_05_0024.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_05_0024.html index 78423da09..428101fc0 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_05_0024.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_05_0024.html @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@

                                                                        Changing a Floating IP Address

                                                                        You can change the floating IP address of an existing DB instance.

                                                                        -
                                                                        1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                        2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                        3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                        4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance.
                                                                        5. In the Connection Information area on the Basic Information page, click Change in the Floating IP Address field.
                                                                        6. In the displayed dialog box, enter a new floating IP address and click OK.

                                                                          In the in-use IP address list, the IP addresses whose statuses are To be used are occupied and cannot be used.

                                                                          +
                                                                          1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                          2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                          3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                          4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance name to go to the Overview page.
                                                                          5. Under Floating IP Address, click Configure.
                                                                          6. In the displayed dialog box, enter a new floating IP address and click OK.

                                                                            In the in-use IP address list, the IP addresses whose statuses are To be used are occupied and cannot be used.

                                                                      diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_05_0026.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_05_0026.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..58c882edb --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_05_0026.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + + +

                                                                      Changing a Private Domain Name

                                                                      +

                                                                      You can change the private domain name of your DB instance and connect to the instance using the new domain name.

                                                                      +

                                                                      Procedure

                                                                      1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                      2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                      3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                      4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance name to go to the Overview page.
                                                                      5. Under Private Domain Name, click Configure.
                                                                      6. In the displayed dialog box, enter a new private domain name. Click OK.

                                                                        • Only the prefix of a private domain name can be modified.
                                                                        • The prefix of a private domain name can contain 8 to 63 characters, and can include only letters and digits.
                                                                        • The new private domain name must be different from the existing ones.
                                                                        +
                                                                        +

                                                                      +
                                                                      +
                                                                      +
                                                                      +
                                                                      +
                                                                      Parent topic: Connection Management
                                                                      +
                                                                      +
                                                                      + diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_05_0038.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_05_0038.html index b33d40244..e4e26e363 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_05_0038.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_05_0038.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@

                                                                      Precautions

                                                                      • During the maintenance window, the DB instance will be intermittently disconnected for one or two times. Ensure that your applications support automatic reconnection.
                                                                      -

                                                                      Procedure

                                                                      1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                      2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                      3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                      4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance. In the DB Information area on the Basic Information page, click Change in the Maintenance Window field.
                                                                      5. In the displayed dialog box, select a maintenance window and click OK.

                                                                        Changing the maintenance window does not affect the execution time of the scheduled tasks in the original maintenance period.

                                                                        +

                                                                        Procedure

                                                                        1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                        2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                        3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                        4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance name to go to the Overview page. Under Maintenance Window, click Configure.
                                                                        5. In the displayed dialog box, select a maintenance window and click OK.

                                                                          Changing the maintenance window does not affect the execution time of the scheduled tasks in the original maintenance period.

                                                                        diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_05_0039.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_05_0039.html index 9b0abf462..67e087cd2 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_05_0039.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_05_0039.html @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@

                                                                        Constraints

                                                                        • The maximum allowed storage is 4,000 GB.
                                                                        • For a primary/standby DB instance, autoscaling the storage for the primary node will also autoscale the storage for the standby node.
                                                                        • Storage autoscaling is unavailable when the DB instance is in any of the following statuses: changing instance class, upgrading a minor version, migrating the standby DB instance, and rebooting.
                                                                        -

                                                                        Procedure

                                                                        1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                        2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region.
                                                                        3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service.
                                                                        4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance or read replica (click in front of a DB instance to locate the read replica).
                                                                        5. In the Storage Space area, click Configure Autoscaling.
                                                                        6. In the displayed dialog box, set the following parameters:

                                                                          +

                                                                          Procedure

                                                                          1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                          2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region.
                                                                          3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service.
                                                                          4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance or read replica name (click in front of a DB instance to locate the read replica) to go to the Overview page.
                                                                          5. In the Storage & Backup area, toggle on the Storage Autoscaling switch.
                                                                          6. In the displayed dialog box, set the following parameters:

                                                                            @@ -692,8 +690,6 @@ @@ -707,8 +703,6 @@ @@ -722,8 +716,6 @@ diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_08_0025.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_08_0025.html index 302735a11..fc56fb427 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_08_0025.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_08_0025.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -

                                                                            Viewing the Overall Status of a DB Instance

                                                                            -

                                                                            On the Dashboard page, you can get knowledge of the overall status of your instance, including alarms, resource usages, and key performance metrics. DBA Assistant diagnoses instance health using operational data analytics and intelligent algorithms, and provides you with solutions and suggestions for handling detected exceptions.

                                                                            -

                                                                            Functions

                                                                            Table 1 lists the functions provided by Dashboard.

                                                                            +

                                                                            Introduction to Instance Overview

                                                                            +

                                                                            On the Overview page, you can get knowledge of the overall status of your RDS for PostgreSQL instance, including alarms, intelligent anomaly diagnosis, and key performance metrics. DBA Assistant diagnoses instance health using operational data analytics and intelligent algorithms, and provides you with solutions and suggestions for handling detected exceptions.

                                                                            +

                                                                            Functions

                                                                            Table 1 lists the functions provided on the Overview page.

                                                                            Table 1 Parameter description

                                                                            Parameter

                                                                            Description

                                                                            diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_05_0060.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_05_0060.html index 51250b603..603eff192 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_05_0060.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_05_0060.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
                                                                            • DDL operations and scheduled events will be suspended during migration. To prevent service interruption, perform the migration during off-peak hours.
                                                                            -

                                                                            Procedure

                                                                            1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                            2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                            3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                            4. On the Instances page, locate the target DB instance and choose More > Migrate Standby DB Instance in the Operation column.
                                                                            5. On the displayed page, select a target AZ and click Submit.
                                                                            6. After the migration is complete, you can view and manage the DB instance on the Instances page.

                                                                              • During the migration process, the DB instance status is Migrating standby DB instance. You can view the progress on the Task Center page. For details, see Task Center.
                                                                              • In the upper right corner of the DB instance list, click to refresh the list. After the migration is complete, the DB instance status will become Available.
                                                                              • In the DB Information area on the Basic Information page, you can view the AZ hosting the standby DB instance.
                                                                              +

                                                                              Procedure

                                                                              1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                              2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                              3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                              4. On the Instances page, locate the target DB instance and choose More > Migrate Standby Instance to Another AZ in the Operation column.
                                                                              5. On the displayed page, select a target AZ and click Submit.
                                                                              6. After the migration is complete, you can view and manage the DB instance on the Instances page.

                                                                                • During the migration process, the DB instance status is Migrating standby DB instance. You can view the progress on the Task Center page. For details, see Task Center.
                                                                                • In the upper right corner of the DB instance list, click to refresh the list. After the migration is complete, the DB instance status will become Available.
                                                                                • On the Overview page, find AZ and check the AZ hosting the standby DB instance.

                                                                              diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_05_0084.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_05_0084.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc5126eed --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_05_0084.html @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + + +

                                                                              Changing a Storage Type

                                                                              +

                                                                              Scenarios

                                                                              If the storage type of your RDS DB instance does not match your workloads, you can change it as needed.

                                                                              +
                                                                              +

                                                                              Constraints

                                                                              • If the storage type of a read replica is different from that of its associated DB instance, the data synchronization may be affected. Make sure that the storage type of the read replica has always same or faster than the DB instance.
                                                                              +
                                                                              • During the storage type change, operations such as changing the instance class and scaling up storage space cannot be performed on the instance.
                                                                              • Changing the storage type may affect the disk performance, so you need to change the type during off-peak hours.
                                                                              • Changing the storage type may take several minutes, hours, or even days. The time required depends on the throughput, storage space, and original storage type. This operation cannot be paused.
                                                                              • In rare cases, the change may fail due to resource problems. If this happens, you are advised to perform the change again.
                                                                              +
                                                                              +

                                                                              Procedure

                                                                              1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                              2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                              3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                              4. On the Instances page, locate the target DB instance and choose More > Change Instance Class in the Operation column.

                                                                                Alternatively, click the target DB instance to go to the Overview page. Under Instance Class, click Configure.

                                                                                +

                                                                              5. On the displayed page, select a new storage type and click Next.
                                                                              6. Confirm the new storage type. Click Submit.
                                                                              7. Check the results.

                                                                                Return to the Instances page. A few minutes later, click the instance name and check the new storage type on the displayed Overview page.

                                                                                +

                                                                              +
                                                                              +
                                                                              +
                                                                              +
                                                                              +
                                                                              Parent topic: Instance Modifications
                                                                              +
                                                                              +
                                                                              + diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_06_0001.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_06_0001.html index aeb59af4d..cd64e921a 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_06_0001.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_06_0001.html @@ -677,8 +677,6 @@

                                                                            ≥ 0

                                                                            PostgreSQL instance

                                                                            -
                                                                            NOTE:

                                                                            Only RDS for PostgreSQL 12 is supported.

                                                                            -

                                                                            1 minute

                                                                            ≥ 0 bytes/s

                                                                            PostgreSQL instance

                                                                            -
                                                                            NOTE:

                                                                            Only RDS for PostgreSQL 12 is supported.

                                                                            -

                                                                            1 minute

                                                                            ≥ 0 ms

                                                                            PostgreSQL instance

                                                                            -
                                                                            NOTE:

                                                                            Only RDS for PostgreSQL 12 is supported.

                                                                            -

                                                                            1 minute

                                                                            0-100%

                                                                            PostgreSQL instance

                                                                            -
                                                                            NOTE:

                                                                            Only RDS for PostgreSQL 12 is supported.

                                                                            -

                                                                            1 minute

                                                                            @@ -10,38 +10,59 @@ - + + + - - - - -
                                                                            Table 1 Function description

                                                                            Function

                                                                            Alarms

                                                                            +

                                                                            Instance Information

                                                                            +

                                                                            Shows basic information about your instance and allows you to modify the instance.

                                                                            +
                                                                            • Basic Information

                                                                              This area displays the DB instance name/ID, description, AZ, and enterprise project, and allows you to configure a maintenance window, configure SSL, and reset root password.

                                                                              +
                                                                            • Configurations

                                                                              This area displays the DB engine version, and allows you to switch between the primary and standby nodes, change the instance class, scale up storage.

                                                                              +
                                                                            • Connectivity

                                                                              This area displays the VPC and subnet, and allows you to change the floating IP address, change the database port, and manage security groups.

                                                                              +
                                                                            +

                                                                            Alarms

                                                                            To view alarm details, click the number next to an alarm severity.

                                                                            Health

                                                                            +

                                                                            Intelligent Anomaly Diagnosis

                                                                            Shows the health status of your instance based on operational data analytics and intelligent algorithms.

                                                                            Resources

                                                                            +

                                                                            Performance Monitoring

                                                                            Shows the vCPU usage, memory usage, storage usage, and disk IOPS of your instance.

                                                                            +

                                                                            Shows key performance metrics of the instance, including the CPU usage, memory usage, number of SQL statements executed for more than 3s, and connections.

                                                                            Key Performance Metrics

                                                                            +

                                                                            Storage & Backup

                                                                            Shows vCPU utilization & slow query logs, connections, memory utilization, and disk reads/writes of your instance in the last hour.

                                                                            +

                                                                            Shows the storage space and backup space usage of your instance, and allows you to scale up the storage.
                                                                          -

                                                                          Alarms

                                                                          1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                          2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                          3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                          4. On the Instances page, click the DB instance name.
                                                                          5. In the navigation pane, choose DBA Assistant > Real-Time Diagnosis.
                                                                          6. On the Dashboard page, view the status of your instance.

                                                                            • In the Alarms area, view alarm information of your instance.

                                                                              You can customize alarm rules by adjusting alarm policies and severities for key metrics, such as CPU usage and disk usage. To view alarm details, click the number next to an alarm severity.

                                                                              -
                                                                            • In the Health area, view the health diagnosis results of your instance.
                                                                            • In the Resources area, view the resource usages of your instance.
                                                                            • In the Key Performance Metrics area, view the key performance metrics of your instance in the last hour.
                                                                            -

                                                                          +

                                                                          Instance Information

                                                                          1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                          2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                          3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                          4. On the Instances page, click the target instance name to go to the Overview page.
                                                                          5. In the Instance Information area, check the instance information and modify the instance as required.
                                                                          +
                                                                          +

                                                                          Alarms

                                                                          In the Alarms area, check alarm information of your instance.

                                                                          +

                                                                          Based on the configured alarm rules, you can see active alarms of your instance, including alarms in the Alarm (metric) or Triggered (event) state.

                                                                          +
                                                                          • To check all alarm records, click All Alarms.
                                                                          • To configure alarm rules, click Alarm Settings.
                                                                          • To check alarms over time, select a time window in the upper part of the Alarms area.

                                                                            The time window can be last 1 hour, last 6 hours, last 12 hours, last 24 hours, last 7 days, last 30 days, or a custom time period.

                                                                            +
                                                                          +
                                                                          +

                                                                          Intelligent Anomaly Diagnosis

                                                                          In the Intelligent Anomaly Diagnosis area, view the health diagnosis results of your instance.

                                                                          +

                                                                          Intelligent Anomaly Diagnosis provides diagnosis results for the check items in the past 5 minutes. If any diagnosis result is abnormal, the check item is abnormal in the past 5 minutes.

                                                                          +
                                                                          +

                                                                          Performance Monitoring

                                                                          In the Performance Monitoring area, you can view the vCPUs (used/total), memory (used/total), number of SQL statements executed for more than 3s, and connections of your instance.

                                                                          +
                                                                          • To check all metrics, click Real-Time Monitoring to go to the DBA Assistant page. For details, see Viewing Performance Metrics of a DB Instance.
                                                                          • To check the analysis results of slow queries, click Slow SQL Log to go to the DBA Assistant page. For details, see Viewing Slow Query Logs of a DB Instance.
                                                                          • To check metric changes over time, select a time range in the upper part.

                                                                            The time window can be last 1 hour, last 6 hours, last 12 hours, last 24 hours, last 7 days, last 30 days, or a custom time period.

                                                                            +
                                                                          +
                                                                          +

                                                                          Storage & Backup

                                                                          In the Storage & Backup area, you can check the storage space usage and backup space usage of your instance, enable disk encryption, and scale up storage space.

                                                                          -
                                                                          Parent topic: Performance Monitoring
                                                                          +
                                                                          Parent topic: Instance Modifications
                                                                          diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_08_0033.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_08_0033.html index 3b3ff0c0e..2beeaf5cf 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_08_0033.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_08_0033.html @@ -6,9 +6,9 @@
                                                                          • When workloads increase sharply, the instance stability is ensured by limiting the execution of a certain type of SQL statements.
                                                                          • When there are not enough resources, the success of core tasks is ensured by limiting the execution of other SQL statements to reduce resource consumption.

                                                                        Supported Versions

                                                                        SQL throttling is available in the following versions:

                                                                        -
                                                                        • RDS for PostgreSQL 17
                                                                        • RDS for PostgreSQL 16
                                                                        • RDS for PostgreSQL 15: 15.4 and later
                                                                        • RDS for PostgreSQL 14: 14.8 and later
                                                                        • RDS for PostgreSQL 13: 13.11 and later
                                                                        • RDS for PostgreSQL 12: 12.15 and later
                                                                        • RDS for PostgreSQL 11: 11.20 and later
                                                                        +
                                                                        • RDS for PostgreSQL 17
                                                                        • RDS for PostgreSQL 16
                                                                        • RDS for PostgreSQL 15: 15.4 and later
                                                                        • RDS for PostgreSQL 14: 14.8 and later
                                                                        • RDS for PostgreSQL 13: 13.11 and later
                                                                        • RDS for PostgreSQL 12: 12.15 and later
                                                                        -

                                                                        Constraints

                                                                        +

                                                                        Constraints

                                                                        • The kernel does not record the SQL statements specified in SQL throttling rules you create using query IDs.
                                                                        • SQL statements executed by built-in users (rdsAdmin, rdsMetric, rdsRepl, and rdsBackup) are not affected by SQL throttling rules.
                                                                        • To use SQL throttling, the rds_pg_sql_ccl extension must be installed. For details, see Installing and Uninstalling a Plugin on the RDS Console.

                                                                        Procedure

                                                                        1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                        2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                        3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                        4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance name.
                                                                        5. In the navigation pane, choose DBA Assistant > Historical Diagnosis.
                                                                        6. Choose SQL Explorer > SQL Throttling.
                                                                        7. Toggle on the SQL throttling switch .

                                                                          SQL throttling rules take effect only after SQL throttling is enabled.

                                                                          diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_08_0037.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_08_0037.html index 07bf3062a..ea44c8737 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_08_0037.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_pg_08_0037.html @@ -14,14 +14,7 @@

                                                                    Dashboard

                                                                    -

                                                                    Shows the status of your instance, including alarms, resource usages, and key performance metrics. DBA Assistant diagnoses instance health using operational data analytics and intelligent algorithms, and provides you with solutions and suggestions for handling detected exceptions.

                                                                    -

                                                                    Viewing the Overall Status of a DB Instance

                                                                    -

                                                                    Performance

                                                                    +

                                                                    Performance

                                                                    Displays key metrics of your instance and provides metric comparison between different days. You can keep track of metric changes and detect exceptions in a timely manner.
                                                                    + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
                                                                    Table 1 Storage types

                                                                    Original Storage Type

                                                                    +

                                                                    Target Storage Type

                                                                    +

                                                                    Ultra-high I/O

                                                                    +

                                                                    Cloud SSD or extreme SSD

                                                                    +

                                                                    Cloud SSD

                                                                    +

                                                                    Extreme SSD

                                                                    +

                                                                    Extreme SSD

                                                                    +

                                                                    Cloud SSD

                                                                    +
                                                                    +
                                                                    + +

                                                                    Procedure

                                                                    1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                    2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                    3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                    4. On the Instances page, locate the target DB instance and choose More > Change Instance Class in the Operation column.

                                                                      Alternatively, click the target DB instance to go to the Overview page. Under Instance Class, click Configure.

                                                                      +

                                                                    5. On the displayed page, select a new storage type and click Next.
                                                                    6. Confirm the new storage type. Click Submit.
                                                                    7. Check the results.

                                                                      Return to the Instances page. A few minutes later, click the instance name and check the new storage type on the displayed Overview page.

                                                                      +

                                                                    +
                                                                    + +
                                                                    +
                                                                    +
                                                                    Parent topic: Instance Modifications
                                                                    +
                                                                    +
                                                                    + diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_05_0117.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_05_0117.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eaf47499f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_05_0117.html @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ + + +

                                                                    Introduction to Instance Overview

                                                                    +

                                                                    On the Overview page, you can get knowledge of the overall status of your RDS for SQL Server instance, including alarms, intelligent anomaly diagnosis, and key performance metrics. DBA Assistant diagnoses instance health using operational data analytics and intelligent algorithms, and provides you with solutions and suggestions for handling detected exceptions.

                                                                    +

                                                                    Functions

                                                                    Table 1 lists the functions provided on the Overview page.

                                                                    + +
                                                                    + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
                                                                    Table 1 Function description

                                                                    Function

                                                                    +

                                                                    Description

                                                                    +

                                                                    Instance Information

                                                                    +

                                                                    Shows basic information about your instance and allows you to modify the instance.

                                                                    +
                                                                    • Basic Information

                                                                      This area displays the DB instance name/ID, description and enterprise project, AZ, and allows you to configure a maintenance window, configure SSL, and reset root password.

                                                                      +
                                                                    • Configurations

                                                                      This area displays the DB engine version, and allows you to switch between the primary and standby nodes, change the instance class, scale up storage.

                                                                      +
                                                                    • Connectivity

                                                                      This area displays the VPC, and subnet, and allows you to change the floating IP address, change the database port, and manage security groups.

                                                                      +
                                                                    +

                                                                    Alarms

                                                                    +

                                                                    To view alarm details, click the number next to an alarm severity.

                                                                    +

                                                                    Storage & Backup

                                                                    +

                                                                    Shows the storage space and backup space usage of your instance, and allows you to scale up the storage.

                                                                    +
                                                                    +
                                                                    +
                                                                    +

                                                                    Instance Information

                                                                    1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                    2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                    3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                    4. On the Instances page, click the target instance name to go to the Overview page.
                                                                    5. In the Instance Information area, check the instance information and modify the instance as required.
                                                                    +
                                                                    +

                                                                    Alarms

                                                                    In the Alarms area, check alarm information of your instance.

                                                                    +

                                                                    Based on the configured alarm rules, you can see active alarms of your instance, including alarms in the Alarm (metric) or Triggered (event) state.

                                                                    +
                                                                    • To check all alarm records, click All Alarms.
                                                                    • To configure alarm rules, click Alarm Settings.
                                                                    • To check alarms over time, select a time window in the upper part of the Alarms area.

                                                                      The time window can be last 1 hour, last 6 hours, last 12 hours, last 24 hours, last 7 days, last 30 days, or a custom time period.

                                                                      +
                                                                    +
                                                                    +

                                                                    Storage & Backup

                                                                    In the Storage & Backup area, you can check the storage space usage and backup space usage of your instance, enable disk encryption, and scale up storage space.

                                                                    +
                                                                    +
                                                                    +
                                                                    +
                                                                    +
                                                                    Parent topic: Instance Modifications
                                                                    +
                                                                    +
                                                                    + diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_11_0004.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_11_0004.html index 425a26518..c8d1667b0 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_11_0004.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_11_0004.html @@ -1,11 +1,9 @@

                                                                    Managing a Read Replica

                                                                    -

                                                                    Entering the Management Interface Through a Read Replica

                                                                    1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                    2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                    3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                    4. In the DB instance list, click to expand the DB instance details and click the target read replica to go to the Basic Information page.
                                                                    +

                                                                    Entering the Management Interface Through a Read Replica

                                                                    1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                    2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                    3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                    4. In the DB instance list, click to expand the DB instance details and click the target read replica to go to the Overview page.
                                                                    -

                                                                    Entering the Management Interface Through a Primary DB Instance

                                                                    1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                    2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                    3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                    4. Click the name of the primary DB instance with which the target read replica is associated to go to the Basic Information page.
                                                                    5. In the DB instance topology, click the target read replica. You can view and manage it in the displayed pane.
                                                                    -
                                                                    -

                                                                    Deleting a Read Replica

                                                                    1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                    2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                    3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                    4. In the DB instance list, click in front of a DB instance, locate the read replica to be deleted, and choose More > Delete in the Operation column.
                                                                    +

                                                                    Deleting a Read Replica

                                                                    1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                    2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                    3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                    4. In the DB instance list, click in front of a DB instance, locate the read replica to be deleted, and choose More > Delete in the Operation column.
                                                                    diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_change_database_port.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_change_database_port.html index 210320e14..0e94308ac 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_change_database_port.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_change_database_port.html @@ -3,14 +3,11 @@

                                                                    Changing a Database Port

                                                                    Scenarios

                                                                    This section describes how to change the database port of a primary DB instance or a read replica. For primary/standby DB instances, changing the database port of the primary DB instance will cause the database port of the standby DB instance to also be changed accordingly.

                                                                    -

                                                                    Procedure

                                                                    1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                    2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                    3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                    4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance or click first and then click the target read replica.
                                                                    5. In the Connection Information area on the Basic Information page, click in the Database Port field.

                                                                      The DB instance port is 1433 by default or it can be set to a value from 2100 to 9500, excluding 5355 and 5985.

                                                                      +

                                                                      Procedure

                                                                      1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                      2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                      3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                      4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance or click first and then click the target read replica.
                                                                      5. On the Overview page, find Database Port and click Configure under it

                                                                        For RDS for SQL Server 2022 Enterprise Edition, 2022 Standard Edition, 2019 Enterprise Edition, 2019 Standard Edition, 2017 Enterprise Edition, and 2017 Standard Edition, the port number can be set to 1433 (default) or 2100 to 9500 (excluding 5050, 5353, 5355, 5985, and 5986).

                                                                        -
                                                                        • To submit the change, click .
                                                                          • In the dialog box, click Yes.
                                                                            1. If you change the database port of the primary DB instance, that of the standby DB instance will also be changed and both DB instances will be rebooted.
                                                                            2. If you change the database port of a read replica, the change will not affect other DB instances. Only the read replica will reboot.

                                                                              RDS for SQL Server 2019 Enterprise Edition and 2017 Enterprise Edition support read replicas.

                                                                              -
                                                                              -
                                                                            3. This process takes 1-5 minutes.
                                                                            -
                                                                          • In the dialog box, click No to cancel the modification.
                                                                          -
                                                                        • To cancel the change, click .
                                                                        -

                                                                      6. View the results on the Basic Information page.
                                                                      +
                                                                      • In the displayed dialog box, enter a new port and click Yes.
                                                                        • If you change the database port of the primary DB instance, that of the standby DB instance will also be changed.
                                                                        • This process takes 1-5 minutes.
                                                                        +
                                                                      • In the dialog box, click No to cancel the modification.
                                                                      +

                                                                    6. View the results on the Overview page.
                                                                    diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_modify_availability.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_modify_availability.html index f51b4fc3c..64fca485b 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_modify_availability.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_modify_availability.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@

                                                                    Scenarios

                                                                    You can configure the failover priority for reliability or for availability, depending on your service requirements.

                                                                    • Reliability: This option is selected by default. Data consistency is preferentially ensured during a primary/standby failover. This is recommended for users whose highest priority is data consistency.
                                                                    • Availability: Database availability is preferentially ensured during a primary/standby failover. This is recommended for users who require their databases to provide uninterrupted online services.
                                                                    -

                                                                    Procedure

                                                                    1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                    2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                    3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                    4. On the Instances page, click the target primary/standby DB instances.
                                                                    5. In the DB Information area on the displayed Basic Information page, click Change in the Failover Priority field. In the displayed dialog box, select a priority and click OK.
                                                                    6. View the results on the Basic Information page.
                                                                    +

                                                                    Procedure

                                                                    1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                    2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                    3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                    4. On the Instances page, click the primary instance name.
                                                                    5. On the displayed Overview page, find Failover Priority and click Configure under it. In the displayed dialog box, select a priority and click OK.
                                                                    6. View the results on the Overview page.
                                                                    diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_modify_instance_name.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_modify_instance_name.html index c45841c65..23985c60c 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_modify_instance_name.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_modify_instance_name.html @@ -3,10 +3,10 @@

                                                                    Changing a DB Instance Name

                                                                    Scenarios

                                                                    You can change the name of a primary DB instance or read replica.

                                                                    -

                                                                    Procedure

                                                                    1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                    2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                    3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                    4. On the Instances page, locate the target DB instance and click next to it to edit the DB instance name. Then, click OK.

                                                                      Alternatively, click the target DB instance to go to the Basic Information page. In the DB Instance Name field in the DB Information area, click to edit the DB instance name.

                                                                      +

                                                                      Procedure

                                                                      1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                      2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                      3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                      4. On the Instances page, locate the target DB instance and click next to it to edit the DB instance name. Then, click OK.

                                                                        Alternatively, click the target DB instance to go to the Overview page. Under DB Instance Name, click to edit the DB instance name.

                                                                        The DB instance name must start with a letter and consist of 4 to 64 characters. Only uppercase letters, lowercase letters, digits, hyphens (-), and underscores (_) are allowed.

                                                                        • To submit the change, click .
                                                                        • To cancel the change, click .
                                                                        -

                                                                      5. View the results on the Basic Information page.
                                                                      +

                                                                    5. View the results on the Overview page.
                                                                    diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_scale_cluster.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_scale_cluster.html index 090289365..a9c238eaf 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_scale_cluster.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_scale_cluster.html @@ -37,10 +37,10 @@

                                                                    Constraints

                                                                    • DB instances can be scaled up numerous times.
                                                                    • The maximum allowed storage is 4,000 GB. There is no limit on the number of scale-ups.
                                                                    • For primary/standby DB instances, scaling up the primary DB instance will cause the standby DB instance to also be scaled up accordingly.
                                                                    • You cannot reboot or delete a DB instance that is being scaled up.
                                                                    • Storage space can only be scaled up.
                                                                    • If you scale up a DB instance with disks encrypted, the expanded storage space will be encrypted using the original encryption key.

                                                                    Procedure

                                                                    1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                    2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                    3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                    4. On the Instances page, locate the target DB instance and choose More > Scale Storage Space in the Operation column.

                                                                      You can also perform the following operations to scale up storage space:

                                                                      -
                                                                      • Click the target DB instance to enter the Basic Information page. In the Storage Space area, click Scale.
                                                                      +
                                                                      • Click the target DB instance to enter the Overview page. In the Storage & Backup area, click Scale Storage Space.

                                                                    5. On the displayed page, specify the new storage space and click Next.

                                                                      The minimum start value of each scaling is 10 GB. A DB instance can be scaled up only by a multiple of 10 GB. The allowed maximum storage space is 4,000 GB.

                                                                    6. Confirm specifications.

                                                                      • If you need to modify your settings, click Previous.
                                                                      • If you do not need to modify your settings, click Submit.
                                                                      -

                                                                    7. View the scale-up result.

                                                                      Scaling up storage space takes 3-5 minutes. During this time, the status of the DB instance on the Instances page will be Scaling up. Click the DB instance and view the utilization on the displayed Basic Information page to verify that the scale-up is successful.

                                                                      +

                                                                    8. View the scale-up result.

                                                                      Scaling up storage space takes 3-5 minutes. During this time, the status of the DB instance on the Instances page will be Scaling up. Click the DB instance and view the utilization on the displayed Overview page to verify that the scale-up is successful.

                                                                    diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_scale_rds.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_scale_rds.html index 086f3b78c..ff1246441 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_scale_rds.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_scale_rds.html @@ -7,8 +7,8 @@
                                                                    • After you change instance classes, the DB instances will be rebooted and service will be interrupted. Therefore, you are advised to change instance classes during off-peak hours.
                                                                    • Set the recovery model of your database to FULL instead of SIMPLE.
                                                                      • In the SIMPLE recovery model, no incremental backup is performed for the database, so the database cannot be restored to a specified time point.
                                                                      • For primary/standby or cluster instances, if the recovery model is set to SIMPLE, no replication relationship will be established for the instances. As a result, a primary/standby switchover or instance class change cannot be performed.
                                                                    -

                                                                    Procedure

                                                                    1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                    2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                    3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                    4. On the Instances page, locate the target DB instance and choose More > Change Instance Class in the Operation column.

                                                                      Alternatively, click the target DB instance to go to the Basic Information page. In the DB Information area, click Change in the Instance Class field.

                                                                      -

                                                                    5. On the displayed page, specify the new instance class and click Next.
                                                                    6. View the DB instance class change result.

                                                                      Changing the DB instance class takes 5–15 minutes. During this period, the status of the DB instance on the Instances page is Changing instance class. After a few minutes, click the DB instance and view the instance class on the displayed Basic Information page to check that the change is successful.

                                                                      +

                                                                      Procedure

                                                                      1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                      2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                      3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                      4. On the Instances page, locate the target DB instance and choose More > Change Instance Class in the Operation column.

                                                                        Alternatively, click the target DB instance to go to the Overview page. Under Instance Class, click Configure.

                                                                        +

                                                                      5. On the displayed page, specify the new instance class and click Next.
                                                                      6. View the DB instance class change result.

                                                                        Changing the DB instance class takes 5–15 minutes. During this period, the status of the DB instance on the Instances page is Changing instance class. After a few minutes, click the DB instance and view the instance class on the displayed Overview page to check that the change is successful.

                                                                        After you change a Microsoft SQL Server DB instance class, the value of max server memory will also be changed accordingly. You are advised to set it to a size equal to the memory size minus 520 MB. For example, if there is 1 GB of memory (1,024 MB), you are advised to set max server memory to 504 MB (1,024 MB – 520 MB).

                                                                      diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_switch_ha.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_switch_ha.html index 8eed4c8d9..a327b211a 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_switch_ha.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_sqlserver_switch_ha.html @@ -6,10 +6,9 @@

                                                                      Constraints

                                                                      • A DB instance is running properly.
                                                                      • The replication between the primary and standby instances is normal.
                                                                      • Set the recovery model of your database to FULL instead of SIMPLE.
                                                                        • In the SIMPLE recovery model, no incremental backup is performed for the database, so the database cannot be restored to a specified time point.
                                                                        • For primary/standby or cluster instances, if the recovery model is set to SIMPLE, no replication relationship will be established for the instances. As a result, a primary/standby switchover or instance class change cannot be performed.
                                                                      -

                                                                      Procedure

                                                                      1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                      2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                      3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                      4. On the Instances page, click the target primary/standby DB instance.
                                                                      5. In the DB Information area on the displayed Basic Information page, click Switch in the DB Instance Type field.

                                                                        Alternatively, click in the DB instance topology on the Basic Information page to perform a primary/standby switchover.

                                                                        -

                                                                        A primary/standby switchover may cause service interruptions for some seconds or minutes (depending on the replication delay). If the replication delay is too long, a small amount of data may be lost. To prevent traffic congestion, you are advised to perform a switchover during off-peak hours.

                                                                        +

                                                                        Procedure

                                                                        1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                        2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                        3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                        4. On the Instances page, click the target primary/standby DB instance.
                                                                        5. In the Configurations area on the displayed Overview page, under DB Instance Type, click Switch.

                                                                          A primary/standby switchover may cause service interruptions for some seconds or minutes (depending on the replication delay). If the replication delay is too long, a small amount of data may be lost. To prevent traffic congestion, you are advised to perform a switchover during off-peak hours.

                                                                          -

                                                                        6. In the Switch Primary/Standby Instances dialog box, click Yes to switch between the primary and standby DB instances.

                                                                          If the replication status is Available and the replication delay is greater than 300s, the primary/standby switchover task cannot be delivered.

                                                                          +

                                                                        7. In the displayed dialog box, click Yes to switch between the primary and standby DB instances.

                                                                          If the replication status is Available and the replication delay is greater than 300s, the primary/standby switchover task cannot be delivered.

                                                                        8. After a switchover is successful, you can view and manage the DB instance on the Instances page.

                                                                          • During the switchover process, the DB instance status is Switchover in progress.
                                                                          • In the upper right corner of the DB instance list, click to refresh the list. After the switchover is successful, the DB instance status will become Available.

                                                                        diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_switch_ha.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_switch_ha.html index 15bf82c7f..4210ce47b 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_switch_ha.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_switch_ha.html @@ -5,10 +5,9 @@

                                                                        Constraints

                                                                        • A DB instance is running properly.
                                                                        • The replication between the primary and standby instances is normal.
                                                                        -

                                                                        Procedure

                                                                        1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                        2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                        3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                        4. On the Instances page, click the target primary/standby DB instance.
                                                                        5. In the DB Information area on the displayed Basic Information page, click Switch in the DB Instance Type field.

                                                                          Alternatively, click in the DB instance topology on the Basic Information page to perform a primary/standby switchover.

                                                                          -

                                                                          A primary/standby switchover may cause service interruptions for some seconds or minutes (depending on the replication delay). If the replication delay is too long, a small amount of data may be lost. To prevent traffic congestion, you are advised to perform a switchover during off-peak hours.

                                                                          +

                                                                          Procedure

                                                                          1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                          2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                          3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service. The RDS console is displayed.
                                                                          4. On the Instances page, click the target primary/standby DB instance.
                                                                          5. In the Configurations area on the displayed Overview page, under DB Instance Type, click Switch.

                                                                            A primary/standby switchover may cause service interruptions for some seconds or minutes (depending on the replication delay). If the replication delay is too long, a small amount of data may be lost. To prevent traffic congestion, you are advised to perform a switchover during off-peak hours.

                                                                            -

                                                                          6. In the Switch Primary/Standby Instances dialog box, click Yes to switch between the primary and standby DB instances.

                                                                            If the replication status is Available and the replication delay is greater than 300s, the primary/standby switchover task cannot be delivered.

                                                                            +

                                                                          7. In the displayed dialog box, click Yes to switch between the primary and standby DB instances.

                                                                            If the replication status is Available and the replication delay is greater than 300s, the primary/standby switchover task cannot be delivered.

                                                                          8. After a switchover is successful, you can view and manage the DB instance on the Instances page.

                                                                            • During the switchover process, the DB instance status is Switchover in progress.
                                                                            • In the upper right corner of the DB instance list, click to refresh the list. After the switchover is successful, the DB instance status will become Available.